]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - doc/misc/calc.texi
d77e0ff568355eb17cd787e67b93efcdf2431e6d
[gnu-emacs] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
11 @c @texline foo
12 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
13 @c @infoline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
15
16 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
17 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
18
19 @iftex
20 @macro texline
21 @end macro
22 @alias infoline=comment
23 @alias expr=math
24 @alias tfn=code
25 @alias mathit=expr
26 @alias summarykey=key
27 @macro cpi{}
28 @math{@pi{}}
29 @end macro
30 @macro cpiover{den}
31 @math{@pi/\den\}
32 @end macro
33 @end iftex
34
35 @ifnottex
36 @alias texline=comment
37 @macro infoline{stuff}
38 \stuff\
39 @end macro
40 @alias expr=samp
41 @alias tfn=t
42 @alias mathit=i
43 @macro summarykey{ky}
44 \ky\
45 @end macro
46 @macro cpi{}
47 @expr{pi}
48 @end macro
49 @macro cpiover{den}
50 @expr{pi/\den\}
51 @end macro
52 @end ifnottex
53
54
55 @tex
56 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
57 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
58 @end tex
59
60 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
61 @iftex
62 @finalout
63 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
64 @tex
65 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
66
67 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
68 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
69 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
70 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
71 @end tex
72 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
73 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
74 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
75 @ignore
76 @newcount@calcpageno
77 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
78 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
79 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
80 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
81 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
82 \r@ggedbottomtrue
83 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
84 @end ignore
85 @end iftex
86
87 @copying
88 @ifinfo
89 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
90 @end ifinfo
91 @ifnotinfo
92 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with GNU Emacs 23.1.
93 @end ifnotinfo
94
95 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
96 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
97
98 @quotation
99 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
100 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
101 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
102 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
103 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
104 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
105 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
106
107 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
108 modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
109 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
110 @end quotation
111 @end copying
112
113 @dircategory Emacs
114 @direntry
115 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
116 @end direntry
117
118 @titlepage
119 @sp 6
120 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
121 @sp 4
122 @center GNU Emacs Calc
123 @c [volume]
124 @sp 5
125 @center Dave Gillespie
126 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
127 @page
128
129 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
130 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
131 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
132 @insertcopying
133 @end titlepage
134
135
136 @summarycontents
137
138 @c [end]
139
140 @contents
141
142 @c [begin]
143 @ifnottex
144 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
145 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
146
147 @noindent
148 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
149 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
150
151 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
152 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
153 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
154 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
155 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
156 @end ifnottex
157
158 @ifinfo
159 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
160 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
161 longer Info tutorial.)
162 @end ifinfo
163
164 @menu
165 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
166 @ifinfo
167 * Interactive Tutorial::
168 @end ifinfo
169 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
170
171 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
172 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
173 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
174 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
175 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
176 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
177 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
178 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
179 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
180 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
181 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
182 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
183 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
184 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
185 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
186
187 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
188 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
189 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
190 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
191
192 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
193
194 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
195 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
196 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
197 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
198 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
199 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
200 @end menu
201
202 @ifinfo
203 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
204 @end ifinfo
205 @ifnotinfo
206 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
207 @end ifnotinfo
208 @chapter Getting Started
209 @noindent
210 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
211 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
212 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
213
214 @menu
215 * What is Calc::
216 * About This Manual::
217 * Notations Used in This Manual::
218 * Demonstration of Calc::
219 * Using Calc::
220 * History and Acknowledgements::
221 @end menu
222
223 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
224 @section What is Calc?
225
226 @noindent
227 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
228 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
229 series of calculators, its many features include:
230
231 @itemize @bullet
232 @item
233 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
234
235 @item
236 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
237
238 @item
239 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
240 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
241 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
242 and algebraic formulas.
243
244 @item
245 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
246
247 @item
248 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
249
250 @item
251 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
252
253 @item
254 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
255 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
256
257 @item
258 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
259
260 @item
261 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
262
263 @item
264 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
265 inside any editing buffer.
266
267 @item
268 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
269
270 @item
271 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
272 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
273 @end itemize
274
275 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
276 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
277 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
278 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
279 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
280 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
281 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
282 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
283
284 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
285 @section About This Manual
286
287 @noindent
288 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
289 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
290 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
291 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
292 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
293 regularly.
294
295 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
296 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
297 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
298 @c [when-split]
299 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
300 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
301 @c chapter.
302
303 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
304 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
305 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
306 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
307 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
308
309 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
310 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
311 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
312 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
313 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
314 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
315 to use its features.
316
317 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
318 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
319 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
320 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
321 need to know.
322
323 @c @cindex Marginal notes
324 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
325 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
326 variables also have their own indices.
327 @c @texline Each
328 @c @infoline In the printed manual, each
329 @c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
330 @c in the margin with its index entry.
331
332 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
333 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
334 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
335 you can press @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
336 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{C-x * t},
337 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s}. Within Calc,
338 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
339 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
340 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
341
342 @ifnottex
343 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
344 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
345 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
346 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
347 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
348 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
349 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
350 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
351 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
352 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
353 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
354 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
355 The result will be a device-independent output file called
356 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
357 for your system. On many systems, the command is
358
359 @example
360 lpr -d calc.dvi
361 @end example
362
363 @noindent
364 or
365
366 @example
367 dvips calc.dvi
368 @end example
369 @end ifnottex
370 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
371 @c Foundation.
372
373 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
374 @section Notations Used in This Manual
375
376 @noindent
377 This section describes the various notations that are used
378 throughout the Calc manual.
379
380 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
381 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
382 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
383 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
384 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
385 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
386 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
387 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
388 regularly using Emacs.
389
390 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
391 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
392 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
393 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
394 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
395
396 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
397 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
398 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
399
400 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
401 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
402 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
403 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
404
405 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
406 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
407 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
408 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
409 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
410
411 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
412 [@code{sincos}].
413
414 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
415 @section A Demonstration of Calc
416
417 @noindent
418 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
419 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
420 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
421 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
422 Tutorial.
423
424 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
425 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
426 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
427 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
428
429 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
430 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
431 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
432 Delete, and Space keys.
433
434 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
435 then the command to operate on the numbers.
436
437 @noindent
438 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
439 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
440 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
441
442 @noindent
443 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
444 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
445 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
446
447 @noindent
448 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
449
450 @noindent
451 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
452 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
453
454 @noindent
455 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
456
457 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
458 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
459 use the apostrophe key.
460
461 @noindent
462 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
463 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
464 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
465
466 @noindent
467 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
468 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
469 @infoline `pi' squared.
470 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
471
472 @noindent
473 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
474 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
475
476 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
477 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
478 the next section.)
479
480 @noindent
481 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
482 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
483
484 @noindent
485 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
486
487 @noindent
488 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
489
490 @noindent
491 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
492
493 @noindent
494 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
495 the Keypad Calculator off.
496
497 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
498 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
499 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
500 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
501 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
502 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
503 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
504
505 @example
506 @group
507 1.23 1.97
508 1.6 2
509 1.19 1.08
510 @end group
511 @end example
512
513 @noindent
514 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
515 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
516
517 @noindent
518 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
519 the product of the numbers.
520
521 @noindent
522 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
523 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
524 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
525
526 @noindent
527 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
528 @texline @math{3\times2}
529 @infoline 3x2
530 matrix into a
531 @texline @math{2\times3}
532 @infoline 2x3
533 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
534 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
535 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
536 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
537
538 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
539 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
540 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
541
542 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
543 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
544 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
545 many weeks have passed since then.
546
547 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
548 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
549 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
550 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
551 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
552 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
553
554 @noindent
555 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
556 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
557 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
558 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
559 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
560
561 @noindent
562 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
563 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
564
565 @ifnotinfo
566 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
567 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
568 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
569 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
570 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
571 @end ifnotinfo
572 @ifinfo
573 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
574 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
575 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
576 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
577 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
578 @end ifinfo
579
580 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
581 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
582
583 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
584 @section Using Calc
585
586 @noindent
587 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
588 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
589 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
590
591 @menu
592 * Starting Calc::
593 * The Standard Interface::
594 * Quick Mode Overview::
595 * Keypad Mode Overview::
596 * Standalone Operation::
597 * Embedded Mode Overview::
598 * Other C-x * Commands::
599 @end menu
600
601 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
602 @subsection Starting Calc
603
604 @noindent
605 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
606 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
607 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
608
609 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
610 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
611 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
612 which Calc interface you want to use.
613
614 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
615 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
616 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
617 a complete list.
618
619 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
620 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
621 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
622
623 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
624 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
625 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
626 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
627 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
628
629 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
630 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
631
632 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
633 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
634
635 @noindent
636 @cindex Standard user interface
637 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
638 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
639 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
640 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
641
642 @smallexample
643 @group
644
645 ...
646 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
647 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
648 2: 17.3 | 17.3
649 1: -5 | 3
650 . | 2
651 | 4
652 | * 8
653 | ->-5
654 |
655 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
656 @end group
657 @end smallexample
658
659 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
660 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
661 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
662 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
663 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
664 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
665 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
666 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
667 you do.
668
669 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
670 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
671 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
672 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
673 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
674
675 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
676 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
677 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
678
679 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
680 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
681 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
682 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
683 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
684 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
685 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
686
687 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
688 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
689 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
690 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
691 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
692 as Calc commands.
693
694 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
695 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
696 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
697 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
698 Calculator.
699
700 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
701 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
702 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
703 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
704 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
705 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
706 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
707
708 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
709
710 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
711 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
712 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
713 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
714 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
715 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
716 normal partial-screen mode.
717
718 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
719 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
720 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
721 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
722 @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
723
724 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
725 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
726
727 @noindent
728 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
729 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
730 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
731
732 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
733 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
734 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
735 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
736 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
737 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
738 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
739 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
740
741 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
742 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
743
744 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
745 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
746
747 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
748 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
749
750 @noindent
751 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
752 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
753 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
754 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
755
756 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
757 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
758 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
759 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
760
761 @tex
762 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
763 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
764 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
765 \medskip
766 @end tex
767 @smallexample
768 @group
769 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
770 |2: 17.3
771 |1: -5
772 | .
773 |--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
774 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
775 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
776 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
777 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
778 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
779 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
780 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
781 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
782 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
783 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
784 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
785 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
786 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
787 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
788 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
789 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
790 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
791 @end group
792 @end smallexample
793
794 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
795 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
796 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
797 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
798 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
799 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
800
801 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
802 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
803 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
804 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
805 the stack).
806
807 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
808 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
809 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
810 numbers.
811
812 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
813 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
814 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
815 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
816 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
817
818 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
819 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
820 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
821
822 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
823 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
824
825 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
826 @subsection Standalone Operation
827
828 @noindent
829 @cindex Standalone Operation
830 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
831 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
832 can give the commands:
833
834 @example
835 emacs -f full-calc
836 @end example
837
838 @noindent
839 or
840
841 @example
842 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
843 @end example
844
845 @noindent
846 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
847 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
848 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
849 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
850 itself.
851
852 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
853 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
854
855 @noindent
856 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
857 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
858 document like this:
859
860 @smallexample
861 @group
862 The derivative of
863
864 ln(ln(x))
865
866 is
867 @end group
868 @end smallexample
869
870 @noindent
871 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
872 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
873 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
874 you want the result to be:
875
876 @smallexample
877 @group
878 The derivative of
879
880 ln(ln(x))
881
882 is
883
884 ln(ln(x))
885 @end group
886 @end smallexample
887
888 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
889 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
890 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
891 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
892 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
893 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
894 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
895 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
896 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
897 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
898
899 @smallexample
900 @group
901 The derivative of
902
903 ln(ln(x))
904
905 is
906
907 1 / ln(x) x
908 @end group
909 @end smallexample
910
911 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
912 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
913
914 @smallexample
915 @group
916 The derivative of
917
918 ln(ln(x))
919
920 is
921 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
922 % [calc-mode: language: big]
923
924 1
925 -------
926 ln(x) x
927 @end group
928 @end smallexample
929
930 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
931 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
932 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
933 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
934 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
935 out of the way.)
936
937 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
938 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
939
940 @smallexample
941 @group
942 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
943 % [calc-mode: language: big]
944 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
945
946 1
947 ------- (1)
948 ln(x) x
949 @end group
950 @end smallexample
951
952 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
953 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
954
955 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
956 generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
957 expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
958 Here's an example of its use:
959
960 @smallexample
961 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
962 @end smallexample
963
964 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
965 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
966 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
967 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
968
969 @smallexample
970 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
971 @end smallexample
972
973 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
974 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
975
976 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
977 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
978
979 @noindent
980 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
981 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
982 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
983 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
984 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
985
986 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
987 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
988 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
989 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
990 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
991 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
992 formula.
993
994 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
995 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
996 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
997
998 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
999 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1000 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1001 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1002 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1003 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1004 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1005 is something on the Calc stack.
1006
1007 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1008 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1009 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1010
1011 @noindent
1012 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1013
1014 @table @kbd
1015 @item *
1016 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1017
1018 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1019 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1020
1021 @item C
1022 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1023 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1024 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1025
1026 @item O
1027 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1028 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1029 move it out of that window.
1030
1031 @item B
1032 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1033
1034 @item Q
1035 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1036
1037 @item K
1038 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1039
1040 @item E
1041 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1042
1043 @item J
1044 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1045
1046 @item W
1047 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1048
1049 @item Z
1050 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1051
1052 @item X
1053 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1054 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1055 @end table
1056 @iftex
1057 @sp 2
1058 @end iftex
1059
1060 @noindent
1061 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1062
1063 @table @kbd
1064 @item G
1065 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1066
1067 @item R
1068 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1069
1070 @item :
1071 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1072
1073 @item _
1074 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1075
1076 @item Y
1077 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1078 @end table
1079 @iftex
1080 @sp 2
1081 @end iftex
1082
1083 @noindent
1084 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1085
1086 @table @kbd
1087 @item A
1088 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1089 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1090 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1091
1092 @item D
1093 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1094 the duplicate.
1095
1096 @item F
1097 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1098
1099 @item N
1100 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1101
1102 @item P
1103 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1104
1105 @item U
1106 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1107
1108 @item `
1109 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1110 @end table
1111 @iftex
1112 @sp 2
1113 @end iftex
1114
1115 @noindent
1116 Miscellaneous commands:
1117
1118 @table @kbd
1119 @item I
1120 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1121 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1122
1123 @item T
1124 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1125
1126 @item S
1127 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1128
1129 @item L
1130 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1131 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1132
1133 @item M
1134 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1135 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1136
1137 @item 0
1138 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1139 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1140 @end table
1141
1142 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1143 @section History and Acknowledgements
1144
1145 @noindent
1146 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1147 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1148 the value of
1149 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1150 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1151 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1152 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1153 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1154 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1155 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1156 all.
1157
1158 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1159 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1160 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1161 got too far out of hand.
1162
1163 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1164 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1165 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1166
1167 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1168 this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1169 only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1170 calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1171 well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1172 just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1173 the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1174 there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1175 which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1176 All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1177 might be worth having.
1178
1179 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1180 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1181 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1182 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1183 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1184 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1185 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1186 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1187 implement what they needed for themselves.
1188
1189 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1190 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1191 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1192
1193 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1194 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1195 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1196
1197 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1198 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1199 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1200 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1201 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1202 algebra system for microcomputers.
1203
1204 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1205 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1206 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1207 rules, and many other algebra features;
1208 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1209 @infoline Francois
1210 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1211 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1212 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1213 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1214 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1215 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1216 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
1217 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1218 parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1219 Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1220 well as many other things.
1221
1222 @cindex Bibliography
1223 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1224 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1225 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1226 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1227 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1228 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1229 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1230 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1231 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1232 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1233 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1234 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1235 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1236 Dan LaLiberte.
1237
1238 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1239 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1240 finished in two weeks.
1241
1242 @c [tutorial]
1243
1244 @ifinfo
1245 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1246 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1247 @chapter Tutorial
1248
1249 @noindent
1250 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1251
1252 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1253 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1254 for this).
1255
1256 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1257 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1258 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1259 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1260
1261 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1262 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1263 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1264 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1265 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1266
1267 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1268
1269 Press the number @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1270
1271 @menu
1272 * Tutorial::
1273 @end menu
1274
1275 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1276 @end ifinfo
1277 @ifnotinfo
1278 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1279 @end ifnotinfo
1280 @chapter Tutorial
1281
1282 @noindent
1283 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1284 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1285 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1286 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1287 @c [not-split]
1288 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1289 @c [when-split]
1290 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1291
1292 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1293 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1294 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1295 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1296 the Embedded mode interface.
1297
1298 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1299 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. Press
1300 @kbd{C-x * t} to set this up; the on-line tutorial will be opened in the
1301 current window and Calc will be started in another window. From the
1302 Info window, the command @kbd{C-x * c} can be used to switch to the Calc
1303 window and @kbd{C-x * o} can be used to switch back to the Info window.
1304 (If you have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead; in
1305 that case you only need to press @kbd{C-x * c} to start Calc.)
1306
1307 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1308 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1309 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1310 general areas.
1311
1312 @ifnottex
1313 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1314 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1315 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1316 @end ifnottex
1317 @iftex
1318 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1319 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1320 Calc.
1321 @end iftex
1322
1323 @menu
1324 * Basic Tutorial::
1325 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1326 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1327 * Types Tutorial::
1328 * Algebra Tutorial::
1329 * Programming Tutorial::
1330
1331 * Answers to Exercises::
1332 @end menu
1333
1334 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1335 @section Basic Tutorial
1336
1337 @noindent
1338 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1339 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1340 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1341
1342 @menu
1343 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1344 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1345 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1346 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1347 @end menu
1348
1349 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1350 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1351
1352 @cindex RPN notation
1353 @ifnottex
1354 @noindent
1355 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1356 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1357 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1358 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1359 @end ifnottex
1360 @tex
1361 \noindent
1362 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1363 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1364 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1365 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1366 @end tex
1367
1368 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1369 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1370 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1371 from the top of the stack.
1372
1373 @cindex Operators
1374 @cindex Operands
1375 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1376 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1377 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1378 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1379 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1380 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1381
1382 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1383 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1384 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1385 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1386 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1387 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1388 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1389 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1390 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1391
1392 @smallexample
1393 @group
1394 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1395 . 1: 3 .
1396 .
1397
1398 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1399 @end group
1400 @end smallexample
1401
1402 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1403 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1404 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1405 less distracting in regular use.
1406
1407 @cindex Stack levels
1408 @cindex Levels of stack
1409 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1410 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1411 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1412 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1413 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1414 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1415 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1416
1417 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1418 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1419 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1420 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1421 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1422 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1423 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1424 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1425 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1426 if you are interested.
1427
1428 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1429 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1430 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1431 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1432 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1433
1434 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1435 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1440 . 1: 3 .
1441 .
1442
1443 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1444 @end group
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @noindent
1448 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1449 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1450 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1451
1452 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1453 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1454 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1455 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1456 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1457 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1458 return to where you were.)
1459
1460 @noindent
1461 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1462 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1463 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1464 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1465
1466 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1467 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1468 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1469 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1470
1471 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1472 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1473 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1474 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1475 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1476 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1477 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1478 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1479 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1480
1481 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1482 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1483 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1484
1485 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1486 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1487 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1488 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1489 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1490
1491 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1492 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1493 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1494
1495 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1496 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1497 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1498
1499 @smallexample
1500 @group
1501 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1502 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1503 . .
1504
1505 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1506 @end group
1507 @end smallexample
1508
1509 @noindent
1510 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1511 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1512
1513 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1514 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1515 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1516
1517 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1518 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1519 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1520 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1521 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1522
1523 @smallexample
1524 @group
1525 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1526 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1527 . .
1528
1529 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1530 @end group
1531 @end smallexample
1532
1533 @noindent
1534 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1535
1536 @smallexample
1537 @group
1538 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1539 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1540 . 1: 3 .
1541 .
1542
1543 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1544 @end group
1545 @end smallexample
1546
1547 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1548 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1549 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1550
1551 @smallexample
1552 @group
1553 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1554 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1555 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1556 . . .
1557
1558 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1559 @end group
1560 @end smallexample
1561
1562 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1563 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1564 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1565 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1566
1567 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1568 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1569 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1570 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1571
1572 @smallexample
1573 @group
1574 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1575 . . 1: 16 . .
1576 .
1577
1578 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1579 @end group
1580 @end smallexample
1581
1582 @noindent
1583 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1584 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1585
1586 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1587 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1588 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1589 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1590 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1591
1592 @smallexample
1593 @group
1594 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1595 . 1: 4 .
1596 .
1597
1598 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1599 @end group
1600 @end smallexample
1601
1602 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1603 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1604 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1605 prefix for you:
1606
1607 @smallexample
1608 @group
1609 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1610 . 1: 4 .
1611 .
1612
1613 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1614 @end group
1615 @end smallexample
1616
1617 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1618
1619 @smallexample
1620 @group
1621 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1622 . . .
1623
1624 4 @key{RET} n Q
1625 @end group
1626 @end smallexample
1627
1628 @noindent
1629 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1630 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1631 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1632 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1633
1634 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1635 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1636 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1637 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1638 complex result.)
1639
1640 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1641 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1642
1643 @smallexample
1644 @group
1645 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1646 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1647 . .
1648
1649 ( 2 , 3 )
1650 @end group
1651 @end smallexample
1652
1653 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1654 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1655
1656 @smallexample
1657 @group
1658 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1659 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1660 . 1: 3 . .
1661 .
1662 (error)
1663 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1664 @end group
1665 @end smallexample
1666
1667 @noindent
1668 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1669 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1670
1671 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1672 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1673
1674 @smallexample
1675 @group
1676 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1677 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1678 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1679 . . .
1680
1681 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1682 @end group
1683 @end smallexample
1684
1685 @noindent
1686 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1687 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1688 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1689 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1690
1691 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1692 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1693 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1694 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1695 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1696
1697 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1698 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1699 the tutorial.
1700
1701 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1702 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1703 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1704 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1705 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1706 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1707 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1708
1709 @smallexample
1710 @group
1711 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1712 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1713 . 1: 30 1: 30
1714 . .
1715
1716 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1717 @end group
1718 @end smallexample
1719
1720 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1721 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1722 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1723 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1724 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1725
1726 @smallexample
1727 @group
1728 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1729 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1730 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1731 . . 1: 20
1732 .
1733
1734 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1735 @end group
1736 @end smallexample
1737
1738 @cindex Clearing the stack
1739 @cindex Emptying the stack
1740 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1741 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1742 entire stack.)
1743
1744 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1745 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1746
1747 @noindent
1748 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1749 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1750 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1751 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1752
1753 @strong{Warning:} Note that @samp{/} has lower precedence than
1754 @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}. See
1755 below for details.
1756
1757 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1758 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1759 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1760 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1761 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1762 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1763 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1764
1765 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1766 The result should be the number 9.
1767
1768 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1769 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1770 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1771 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1772 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1773
1774 @example
1775 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1776 @end example
1777
1778 @noindent
1779 is equivalent to
1780
1781 @example
1782 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1783 @end example
1784
1785 @noindent
1786 or, in large mathematical notation,
1787
1788 @ifnottex
1789 @example
1790 @group
1791 3 * 4 * 5
1792 2 + --------- - 9
1793 8
1794 6 * 7
1795 @end group
1796 @end example
1797 @end ifnottex
1798 @tex
1799 \turnoffactive
1800 \beforedisplay
1801 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1802 \afterdisplay
1803 @end tex
1804
1805 @noindent
1806 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1807
1808 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1809 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1810 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1811 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1812
1813 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1814 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1815 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1816 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1817
1818 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1819 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1820 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1821 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1822 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1823
1824 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1825
1826 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1827 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1828 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1829 an algebraic entry.
1830
1831 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1832 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1833 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1834 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1835 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1836
1837 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1838 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1839
1840 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1841 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1842 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1843 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1844 rule to use!
1845
1846 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1847 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1848 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1849
1850 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1851
1852 @smallexample
1853 @group
1854 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1855 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1856 . .
1857
1858 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1859 @end group
1860 @end smallexample
1861
1862 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1863 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1864 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1865
1866 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1867 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1868 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1869 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1870 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1871 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1872 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1873
1874 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1875
1876 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1877 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1878 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1879 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1880 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1881 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1882 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1883 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1884 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1885 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1886 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1887 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1888 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1889
1890 @smallexample
1891 @group
1892 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1893 . . .
1894
1895 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1896 @end group
1897 @end smallexample
1898
1899 @noindent
1900 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1901 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1902
1903 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1904 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1905 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1906 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1907
1908 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1909 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1910
1911 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1912 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1913 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1914 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1915 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1916 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1917 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1918
1919 @smallexample
1920 @group
1921 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1922 . . .
1923
1924 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1925 @end group
1926 @end smallexample
1927
1928 @noindent
1929 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1930 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1931
1932 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1933 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1934 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1935
1936 @smallexample
1937 @group
1938 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1939 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1940 . 1: 2 .
1941 .
1942
1943 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1944 @end group
1945 @end smallexample
1946
1947 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1948 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1949 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1950 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1951 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1952 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1953
1954 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1955 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1956
1957 @smallexample
1958 @group
1959 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1960 . .
1961
1962 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1963 @end group
1964 @end smallexample
1965
1966 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1967 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1968
1969 @smallexample
1970 @group
1971 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1972 .
1973
1974 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1975 @end group
1976 @end smallexample
1977
1978 @noindent
1979 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1980 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1981 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1982 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1983 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1984 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1985 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1986 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1987 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1988 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1989 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1990 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1991 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
1992 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
1993
1994 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
1995 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
1996 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
1997 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
1998 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1999
2000 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2001 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2002 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2003
2004 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2005 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2006 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2007 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2008 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2009 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2010 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2011 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2012
2013 @smallexample
2014 @group
2015 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2016 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2017 . .
2018
2019 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2020 @end group
2021 @end smallexample
2022
2023 @noindent
2024 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2025 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2026 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2027 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2028 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2029
2030 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2031
2032 @smallexample
2033 @group
2034 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2035 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2036 .
2037
2038 s u a @key{RET}
2039 @end group
2040 @end smallexample
2041
2042 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2043 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2044
2045 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2046 @subsection Undo and Redo
2047
2048 @noindent
2049 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2050 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2051 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2052 with a clean slate. Now:
2053
2054 @smallexample
2055 @group
2056 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2057 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2058 . .
2059
2060 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2061 @end group
2062 @end smallexample
2063
2064 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2065 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2066 above example, you could type:
2067
2068 @smallexample
2069 @group
2070 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2071 . 1: 3 .
2072 .
2073 (error)
2074 U U U U
2075 @end group
2076 @end smallexample
2077
2078 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2079 mistakenly.
2080
2081 @smallexample
2082 @group
2083 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2084 . 1: 3 . .
2085 .
2086 (error)
2087 D D D D
2088 @end group
2089 @end smallexample
2090
2091 @noindent
2092 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2093 by something other than an undo command.
2094
2095 @cindex Time travel
2096 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2097 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2098 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2099 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2100 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2101 was an earlier undo command.
2102
2103 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2104 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2105 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2106 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2107
2108 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2109 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2110 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2111 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2112 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2113 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2114 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2115 stack.
2116
2117 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2118 went into the trail.
2119
2120 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2121 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2122 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2123 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2124 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2125 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2126 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2127 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2128
2129 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2130 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2131 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2132 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2133 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2134
2135 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2136 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2137 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2138 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2139 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2140 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2141 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2142 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2143 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2144 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2145 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2146
2147 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2148
2149 @smallexample
2150 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2151 @end smallexample
2152
2153 @noindent
2154 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2155 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2156 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2157 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2158 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2159 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2160 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2161
2162 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2163 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2164 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2165 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2166 the prefix.
2167
2168 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2169 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2170 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2171 to edit a stack entry.
2172
2173 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2174 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2175 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2176 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2177 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2178 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2179 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2180 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2181
2182 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2183 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2184
2185 @noindent
2186 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2187 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2188 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2189 try some of the most common ones here.
2190
2191 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2192 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2193
2194 @smallexample
2195 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2196 @end smallexample
2197
2198 @noindent
2199 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2200 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2201 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2202 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2203 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2204 leading and trailing zeros.
2205
2206 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2207 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2208 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2209
2210 @smallexample
2211 @group
2212 1: 0.142857142857
2213 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2214 .
2215 @end group
2216 @end smallexample
2217
2218 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2219 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2220 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2221 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2222
2223 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2224 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2225
2226 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2227 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2228 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2229 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2230 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2231 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2232 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2233
2234 @smallexample
2235 @group
2236 1: 0.142857142857
2237 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2238 3: 1.14285714286
2239 .
2240 @end group
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 @noindent
2244 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2245 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2246
2247 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2248 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2249 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2250 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2251 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2252 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2253 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2254 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2255 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2256 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2257 arithmetic.
2258
2259 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2260 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2261 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2262
2263 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2264
2265 @smallexample
2266 @group
2267 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2268 . 1: 10000 .
2269 .
2270
2271 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2272 @end group
2273 @end smallexample
2274
2275 @noindent
2276 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2277 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2278 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2279 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2280 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2281
2282 @smallexample
2283 @group
2284 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2285 . 1: 10000. .
2286 .
2287
2288 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2289 @end group
2290 @end smallexample
2291
2292 @cindex Round-off errors
2293 @noindent
2294 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2295 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2296 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2297 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2298 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2299 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2300 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2301 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2302 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2303 out:
2304
2305 @smallexample
2306 @group
2307 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2308 . 1: 10000. .
2309 .
2310
2311 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2312 @end group
2313 @end smallexample
2314
2315 @noindent
2316 @cindex Guard digits
2317 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2318 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2319 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2320 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2321 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2322 last place.
2323
2324 @cindex Guard digits
2325 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2326 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2327 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2328 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2329 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2330 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2331 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2332
2333 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2334 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2335 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2336 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2337 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2338 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2339 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2340 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2341 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2342 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2343 numbers shown here:
2344
2345 @smallexample
2346 @group
2347 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2348 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2349 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2350 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2351 . . . . .
2352
2353 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2354 @end group
2355 @end smallexample
2356
2357 @noindent
2358 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2359 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2360 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2361 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2362 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2363 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2364
2365 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2366 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2367 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2368 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2369
2370 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2371 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2372 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2373 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2374 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2375
2376 @smallexample
2377 @group
2378 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2379 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2380 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2381 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2382 . . . . .
2383
2384 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2385 @end group
2386 @end smallexample
2387
2388 @noindent
2389 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2390 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2391 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2392 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2393 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2394 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2395 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2396
2397 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2398 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2399 displayed exactly.
2400
2401 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2402 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2403 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2404
2405 @example
2406 2417851639229258349412352
2407 @end example
2408
2409 @noindent
2410 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2411
2412 @example
2413 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2414 @end example
2415
2416 @noindent
2417 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2418 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2419 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2420
2421 @example
2422 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2423 @end example
2424
2425 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2426 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2427 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2428
2429 @example
2430 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2431 @end example
2432
2433 @noindent
2434 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2435 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2436
2437 @example
2438 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2439 @end example
2440
2441 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2442 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2443
2444 @example
2445 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2446 @end example
2447
2448 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2449 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2450 restore the default precision.
2451
2452 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2453 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2454 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2455 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2456
2457 @example
2458 16#200000000000000000000
2459 @end example
2460
2461 @noindent
2462 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2463 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2464 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2465 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2466 form:
2467
2468 @example
2469 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2470 @end example
2471
2472 @noindent
2473 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2474 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2475 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2476 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2477 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2478 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2479
2480 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2481 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2482 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2483 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2484 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2485
2486 @example
2487 2#101,1111,1110
2488 @end example
2489
2490 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2491 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2492 other radix.
2493
2494 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2495
2496 @example
2497 1,534
2498 @end example
2499
2500 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2501 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2502 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2503 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2504
2505 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2506 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2507 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2508 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2509 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2510 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2511 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2512 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2513 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2514
2515 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2516 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2517 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2518 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2519 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2520 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2521 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2522 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2523
2524 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2525 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2526 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2527 the way they are actually computed.
2528
2529 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2530 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2531 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2532 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2533
2534 @smallexample
2535 @group
2536 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2537 . . . .
2538
2539 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2540 @end group
2541 @end smallexample
2542
2543 @noindent
2544 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2545 of 45 degrees is
2546 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2547 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2548 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2549 roundoff error because the representation of
2550 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2551 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2552 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2553 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2554 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2555
2556 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2557 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2558 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2559 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2560 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2561
2562 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2563 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2564 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2565 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2566 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2567
2568 @smallexample
2569 @group
2570 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2571 . . .
2572
2573 P 4 / m r S
2574 @end group
2575 @end smallexample
2576
2577 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2578 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2579
2580 @smallexample
2581 @group
2582 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2583 . . .
2584
2585 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2586 @end group
2587 @end smallexample
2588
2589 @noindent
2590 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2591 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2592 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2593 first in radians, then in degrees.
2594
2595 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2596 and vice-versa.
2597
2598 @smallexample
2599 @group
2600 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2601 . . .
2602
2603 45 c r c d
2604 @end group
2605 @end smallexample
2606
2607 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2608 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2609 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2610 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2611 number, instead.
2612
2613 @smallexample
2614 @group
2615 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2616 1: 9 . .
2617 .
2618
2619 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2620 @end group
2621 @end smallexample
2622
2623 @noindent
2624 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2625 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2626
2627 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2628 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2629 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2630 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2631 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2632 what to do when dividing two integers.
2633
2634 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2635 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2636 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2637 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2638 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2639
2640 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2641 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2642 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2643 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2644 recompute for you.
2645
2646 @smallexample
2647 @group
2648 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2649 . . .
2650
2651 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2652 @end group
2653 @end smallexample
2654
2655 @noindent
2656 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2657 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2658 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2659 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2660 might affect their values.
2661
2662 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2663 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2664
2665 @noindent
2666 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2667 available in the Calculator.
2668
2669 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2670 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2671 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2672 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2673
2674 @smallexample
2675 @group
2676 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2677 . . . . .
2678
2679 5 & & n n
2680 @end group
2681 @end smallexample
2682
2683 @cindex Binary operators
2684 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2685 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2686 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2687 a negative prefix.
2688
2689 @smallexample
2690 @group
2691 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2692 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2693 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2694 . . 1: 10 .
2695 .
2696
2697 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2698 @end group
2699 @end smallexample
2700
2701 @cindex Unary operators
2702 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2703 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2704
2705 @smallexample
2706 @group
2707 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2708 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2709 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2710 . . .
2711
2712 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2713 @end group
2714 @end smallexample
2715
2716 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2717 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2718 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2719 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2720 integer.
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 @group
2724 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2725 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2726 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2727 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2728 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2729 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2730 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2731 . . .
2732
2733 M-7 F U M-7 R
2734 @end group
2735 @end smallexample
2736
2737 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2738 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2739 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2740 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2741 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2742
2743 @smallexample
2744 @group
2745 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2746 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2747 . .
2748
2749 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2750 @end group
2751 @end smallexample
2752
2753 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2754
2755 @smallexample
2756 @group
2757 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2758 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2759 . .
2760
2761 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2762 @end group
2763 @end smallexample
2764
2765 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2766 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2767 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2768 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2769 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2770
2771 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2772 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2773 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2774 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2775 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2776
2777 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2778 identity
2779 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2780 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2781 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2782 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2783
2784 @smallexample
2785 @group
2786 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2787 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2788 . . . .
2789
2790 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2791 @end group
2792 @end smallexample
2793
2794 @noindent
2795 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2796 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2797
2798 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2799 of squares, command.
2800
2801 Another identity is
2802 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2803 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2804 @smallexample
2805 @group
2806
2807 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2808 1: 0.43837 . .
2809 .
2810
2811 U / I T
2812 @end group
2813 @end smallexample
2814
2815 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2816 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2817 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2818 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2819
2820 @smallexample
2821 @group
2822 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2823 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2824 . .
2825
2826 U U M-2 n / I T
2827 @end group
2828 @end smallexample
2829
2830 @noindent
2831 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2832 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2833 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2834 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2835 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2836 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2837 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2838
2839 @smallexample
2840 @group
2841 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2842 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2843 . 1: 0.43837 .
2844 .
2845
2846 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2847 @end group
2848 @end smallexample
2849
2850 @noindent
2851 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2852 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2853
2854 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2855 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2856 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2857 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2858 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2859 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2860 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2861 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2862
2863 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2864 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2865 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2866 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2867 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2868
2869 @smallexample
2870 @group
2871 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2872 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2873 . . . . .
2874
2875 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2876 @end group
2877 @end smallexample
2878
2879 @noindent
2880 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2881 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2882 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2883 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2884 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2885 error.
2886
2887 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2888 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2889 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2890 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2891
2892 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2893 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2894
2895 @cindex Common logarithm
2896 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2897 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2898 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2899 prefix.
2900
2901 @smallexample
2902 @group
2903 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2904 . . . .
2905
2906 1000 L U H L
2907 @end group
2908 @end smallexample
2909
2910 @noindent
2911 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2912 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2913
2914 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2915 value of @var{b}.
2916
2917 @smallexample
2918 @group
2919 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2920 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2921 . .
2922
2923 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2924 @end group
2925 @end smallexample
2926
2927 @noindent
2928 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2929 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2930 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2931 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2932 onto the stack.
2933
2934 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2935 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2936 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2937 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2938 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2939 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2940 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2941 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2942 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2943 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2944
2945 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2946 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2947 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2948
2949 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2950 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2951 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2952
2953 @smallexample
2954 @group
2955 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2956 . . . .
2957
2958 100 ! U c f !
2959 @end group
2960 @end smallexample
2961
2962 @noindent
2963 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2964 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2965 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2966 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2967 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2968 in this case).
2969
2970 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2971 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2972 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2973 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2974 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2975
2976 @smallexample
2977 @group
2978 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2979 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2980 1: 5. 1: 120.
2981 . .
2982
2983 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2984 @end group
2985 @end smallexample
2986
2987 @noindent
2988 Here we verify the identity
2989 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2990 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2991
2992 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
2993 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
2994 is defined by
2995 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
2996 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
2997 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
2998 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
2999 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
3000 large intermediate values.
3001
3002 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3003 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3004 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3005
3006 @smallexample
3007 @group
3008 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3009 1: 20 . .
3010 .
3011
3012 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3013 @end group
3014 @end smallexample
3015
3016 @noindent
3017 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3018 together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3019 number, 30045015.
3020
3021 @cindex Hash tables
3022 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3023 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3024 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3025
3026 @smallexample
3027 @group
3028 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3029 . . .
3030
3031 10000 k n I k n
3032 @end group
3033 @end smallexample
3034
3035 @noindent
3036 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3037 10000.
3038
3039 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3040 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3041 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3042 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3043
3044 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3045 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3046 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3047
3048 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3049 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3050
3051 @noindent
3052 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3053 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3054 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3055 a vector as a list of objects.
3056
3057 @menu
3058 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3059 * Matrix Tutorial::
3060 * List Tutorial::
3061 @end menu
3062
3063 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3064 @subsection Vector Analysis
3065
3066 @noindent
3067 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3068 elements, taken pairwise.
3069
3070 @smallexample
3071 @group
3072 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3073 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3074 .
3075
3076 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3077 @end group
3078 @end smallexample
3079
3080 @noindent
3081 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3082 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3083 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3084 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3085
3086 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3087 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3088 of the vectors.
3089
3090 @smallexample
3091 @group
3092 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3093 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3094 .
3095
3096 r 1 r 2 *
3097 @end group
3098 @end smallexample
3099
3100 @cindex Dot product
3101 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3102 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3103 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3104 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3105 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3106 vector.
3107
3108 @smallexample
3109 @group
3110 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3111 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3112 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3113 . .
3114
3115 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3116 @end group
3117 @end smallexample
3118
3119 @noindent
3120 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3121 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3122 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3123 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3124 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3125 is about 56 degrees.
3126
3127 @cindex Cross product
3128 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3129 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3130 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3131 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3132 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3133 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3134 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3135
3136 @smallexample
3137 @group
3138 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3139 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3140 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3141 .
3142
3143 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3144 @end group
3145 @end smallexample
3146
3147 @noindent
3148 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3149 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3150 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3151 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3152
3153 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3154 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3155 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3156 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3157 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3158 prefix keys have this property.)
3159
3160 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3161 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3162 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3163
3164 @smallexample
3165 @group
3166 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3167 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3168 . .
3169
3170 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3171 @end group
3172 @end smallexample
3173
3174 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3175 @cindex Unit vectors
3176 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3177 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3178 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3179 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3180
3181 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3182 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3183 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3184 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3185 Find the average position of the particle.
3186 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3187
3188 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3189 @subsection Matrices
3190
3191 @noindent
3192 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3193 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3194 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3195 both methods here:
3196
3197 @smallexample
3198 @group
3199 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3200 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3201 . .
3202
3203 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3204 @end group
3205 @end smallexample
3206
3207 @noindent
3208 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3209
3210 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3211 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3212 the second example.
3213
3214 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3215 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3216 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3217 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3218 of the right matrix.
3219
3220 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3221 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3222
3223 @smallexample
3224 @group
3225 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3226 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3227 .
3228
3229 @key{RET} *
3230 @end group
3231 @end smallexample
3232
3233 @noindent
3234 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3235 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3236 been left in symbolic form.
3237
3238 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3239
3240 @smallexample
3241 @group
3242 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3243 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3244 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3245 [ 2, 5 ] .
3246 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3247 .
3248
3249 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3250 @end group
3251 @end smallexample
3252
3253 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3254 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3255 matrix, as happened here!
3256
3257 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3258 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3259 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3260 as a row or column as appropriate.
3261
3262 @smallexample
3263 @group
3264 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3265 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3266 1: [1, 2, 3]
3267 .
3268
3269 r 4 r 1 *
3270 @end group
3271 @end smallexample
3272
3273 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3274 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3275 vector.
3276
3277 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3278 of the above
3279 @texline @math{2\times3}
3280 @infoline 2x3
3281 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3282 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3283 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3284
3285 @cindex Identity matrix
3286 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3287 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3288 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3289 the original matrix.
3290
3291 @smallexample
3292 @group
3293 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3294 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3295 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3296 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3297 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3298 .
3299
3300 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3301 @end group
3302 @end smallexample
3303
3304 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3305 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3306 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3307 inverse of a matrix.
3308
3309 @smallexample
3310 @group
3311 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3312 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3313 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3314 . .
3315
3316 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3317 @end group
3318 @end smallexample
3319
3320 @noindent
3321 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3322 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3323 our matrix to make it square.
3324
3325 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3326
3327 @smallexample
3328 @group
3329 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3330 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3331 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3332 . .
3333
3334 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3335 @end group
3336 @end smallexample
3337
3338 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3339 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3340 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3341 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3342
3343 @ifnottex
3344 @group
3345 @example
3346 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3347 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3348 7a + 6b = 3
3349 @end example
3350 @end group
3351 @end ifnottex
3352 @tex
3353 \turnoffactive
3354 \beforedisplayh
3355 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3356 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3357 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3358 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3359 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3360 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3361 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3362 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3363 $$
3364 \afterdisplayh
3365 @end tex
3366
3367 @noindent
3368 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3369
3370 @ifnottex
3371 @group
3372 @example
3373 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3374 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3375 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3376 @end example
3377 @end group
3378 @end ifnottex
3379 @tex
3380 \turnoffactive
3381 \beforedisplay
3382 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3383 \times
3384 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3385 $$
3386 \afterdisplay
3387 @end tex
3388
3389 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3390 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3391
3392 @smallexample
3393 @group
3394 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3395 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3396 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3397 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3398 .
3399
3400 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3401 @end group
3402 @end smallexample
3403
3404 @noindent
3405 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3406 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3407 inverse.)
3408
3409 Let's verify this solution:
3410
3411 @smallexample
3412 @group
3413 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3414 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3415 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3416 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3417 .
3418
3419 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3420 @end group
3421 @end smallexample
3422
3423 @noindent
3424 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3425 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3426 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3427 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3428 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3429 vectors, use explicit
3430 @texline @math{N\times1}
3431 @infoline Nx1
3432 or
3433 @texline @math{1\times N}
3434 @infoline 1xN
3435 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3436 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3437
3438 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3439 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3440 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3441 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3442
3443 @ifnottex
3444 @group
3445 @example
3446 x + a y = 6
3447 x + b y = 10
3448 @end example
3449 @end group
3450 @end ifnottex
3451 @tex
3452 \turnoffactive
3453 \beforedisplay
3454 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3455 x &+ b y = 10}
3456 $$
3457 \afterdisplay
3458 @end tex
3459
3460 @noindent
3461 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3462
3463 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3464 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3465 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3466 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3467 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3468 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3469 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3470 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3471 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3472 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3473 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3474 @ifnottex
3475 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3476 @end ifnottex
3477 @tex
3478 \turnoffactive
3479 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3480 @end tex
3481 Now
3482 @texline @math{A^T A}
3483 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3484 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3485 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3486 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3487 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3488 system:
3489
3490 @ifnottex
3491 @group
3492 @example
3493 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3494 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3495 7a + 6b = 3
3496 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3497 @end example
3498 @end group
3499 @end ifnottex
3500 @tex
3501 \turnoffactive
3502 \beforedisplayh
3503 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3504 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3505 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3506 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3507 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3508 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3509 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3510 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3511 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3512 $$
3513 \afterdisplayh
3514 @end tex
3515
3516 @noindent
3517 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3518
3519 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3520 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3521
3522 @noindent
3523 @cindex Lists
3524 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3525 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3526 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3527 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3528 number.
3529
3530 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3531
3532 @smallexample
3533 @group
3534 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3535 2: 20 . 2: 20
3536 1: 30 1: 30
3537 . .
3538
3539 M-3 v p v u
3540 @end group
3541 @end smallexample
3542
3543 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3544 of many copies of a given value:
3545
3546 @smallexample
3547 @group
3548 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3549 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3550 . .
3551
3552 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3553 @end group
3554 @end smallexample
3555
3556 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3557 @dfn{map} command.
3558
3559 @smallexample
3560 @group
3561 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3562 . . .
3563
3564 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3565 @end group
3566 @end smallexample
3567
3568 @noindent
3569 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3570 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3571 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3572 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3573 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3574 of each element.
3575
3576 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3577 from
3578 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3579 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3580 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3581
3582 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3583 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3584 elements in the vector:
3585
3586 @smallexample
3587 @group
3588 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3589 . . .
3590
3591 123123 k f V R *
3592 @end group
3593 @end smallexample
3594
3595 @noindent
3596 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3597 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3598
3599 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3600 reduction:
3601
3602 @smallexample
3603 @group
3604 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3605 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3606 .
3607
3608 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3609 @end group
3610 @end smallexample
3611
3612 @noindent
3613 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3614 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3615 for the dot product as before.
3616
3617 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3618 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3619 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3620
3621 @smallexample
3622 @group
3623 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3624 . .
3625
3626 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3627 @end group
3628 @end smallexample
3629
3630 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3631 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3632 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3633 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3634 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3635 vector size).
3636
3637 @smallexample
3638 @group
3639 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3640 . .
3641
3642 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3643 @end group
3644 @end smallexample
3645
3646 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3647 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3648 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3649
3650 @smallexample
3651 @group
3652 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3653 . .
3654
3655 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3656 @end group
3657 @end smallexample
3658
3659 @noindent
3660 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3661 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3662 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3663 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3664 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3665 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3666 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3667
3668 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3669 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3670 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3671
3672 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3673 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3674 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3675 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3676 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3677 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3678 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3679 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3680 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3681 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3682
3683 @smallexample
3684 x y
3685 --- ---
3686 1.34 0.234
3687 1.41 0.298
3688 1.49 0.402
3689 1.56 0.412
3690 1.64 0.466
3691 1.73 0.473
3692 1.82 0.601
3693 1.91 0.519
3694 2.01 0.603
3695 2.11 0.637
3696 2.22 0.645
3697 2.33 0.705
3698 2.45 0.917
3699 2.58 1.009
3700 2.71 0.971
3701 2.85 1.062
3702 3.00 1.148
3703 3.15 1.157
3704 3.32 1.354
3705 @end smallexample
3706
3707 @noindent
3708 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3709 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3710 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3711 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3712
3713 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3714 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3715 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3716 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3717 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3718 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3719 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3720 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3721
3722 @smallexample
3723 @group
3724 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3725 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3726 @dots{}
3727 @end group
3728 @end smallexample
3729
3730 @noindent
3731 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3732 large matrix.)
3733
3734 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3735 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3736 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3737 of row vectors on the stack.
3738
3739 @smallexample
3740 @group
3741 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3742 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3743 . .
3744
3745 v t v u
3746 @end group
3747 @end smallexample
3748
3749 @noindent
3750 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3751
3752 @smallexample
3753 @group
3754 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3755 .
3756
3757 t 2 t 1
3758 @end group
3759 @end smallexample
3760
3761 @noindent
3762 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3763 stored value from the stack.)
3764
3765 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3766
3767 @ifnottex
3768 @example
3769 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3770 @end example
3771 @end ifnottex
3772 @tex
3773 \turnoffactive
3774 \beforedisplay
3775 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3776 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3777 \afterdisplay
3778 @end tex
3779
3780 @noindent
3781 where
3782 @texline @math{\sum x}
3783 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3784 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3785 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3786 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3787 this formula uses.
3788
3789 @smallexample
3790 @group
3791 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3792 . .
3793
3794 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3795
3796 @end group
3797 @end smallexample
3798 @noindent
3799 @smallexample
3800 @group
3801 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3802 . .
3803
3804 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3805 @end group
3806 @end smallexample
3807
3808 @ifnottex
3809 @noindent
3810 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3811 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3812 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3813 @end ifnottex
3814 @tex
3815 \turnoffactive
3816 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3817 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3818 $\sum x y$.)
3819 @end tex
3820
3821 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3822 the length of either of our lists.
3823
3824 @smallexample
3825 @group
3826 1: 19
3827 .
3828
3829 r 1 v l t 7
3830 @end group
3831 @end smallexample
3832
3833 @noindent
3834 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3835
3836 Now we grind through the formula:
3837
3838 @smallexample
3839 @group
3840 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3841 . 1: 566.70919 .
3842 .
3843
3844 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3845
3846 @end group
3847 @end smallexample
3848 @noindent
3849 @smallexample
3850 @group
3851 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3852 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3853 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3854 .
3855
3856 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3857 @end group
3858 @end smallexample
3859
3860 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3861 be found with the simple formula,
3862
3863 @ifnottex
3864 @example
3865 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3866 @end example
3867 @end ifnottex
3868 @tex
3869 \turnoffactive
3870 \beforedisplay
3871 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3872 \afterdisplay
3873 \vskip10pt
3874 @end tex
3875
3876 @smallexample
3877 @group
3878 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3879 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3880 .
3881
3882 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3883 @end group
3884 @end smallexample
3885
3886 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3887 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3888 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3889 and compare it with the original data.
3890
3891 @smallexample
3892 @group
3893 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3894 . .
3895
3896 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3897 @end group
3898 @end smallexample
3899
3900 @noindent
3901 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3902 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3903 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3904 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3905
3906 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3907 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3908
3909 @smallexample
3910 @group
3911 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3912 . . .
3913
3914 r 2 - V M A V R X
3915 @end group
3916 @end smallexample
3917
3918 @noindent
3919 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3920 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3921 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3922 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3923 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3924 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3925 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3926 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3927 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3928
3929 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3930 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3931 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3932 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3933 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3934
3935 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3936 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3937 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3938 plotting of data.
3939
3940 @smallexample
3941 @group
3942 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3943 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3944 .
3945
3946 r 1 r 2 g f
3947 @end group
3948 @end smallexample
3949
3950 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3951 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3952 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3953 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3954 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3955 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3956
3957 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3958 @ifinfo
3959 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3960 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3961 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3962 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3963 @end ifinfo
3964
3965 @smallexample
3966 @group
3967 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3968 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3969 .
3970
3971 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3972 @end group
3973 @end smallexample
3974
3975 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3976 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3977 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3978
3979 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3980 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3981 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3982 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3983 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3984 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3985
3986 @cindex Geometric mean
3987 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3988 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3989 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3990 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3991 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3992 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3993
3994 @example
3995 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3996 15 14 7.5
3997 2.5
3998 @end example
3999
4000 @noindent
4001 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4002 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4003 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4004
4005 @ifnottex
4006 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4007 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4008 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4009 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4010 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4011 for @expr{n=6}.
4012 @end ifnottex
4013 @tex
4014 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4015 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4016 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4017 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4018 for \cite{n=6}.
4019 @end tex
4020
4021 @smallexample
4022 @group
4023 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4024 . .
4025
4026 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4027
4028 @end group
4029 @end smallexample
4030 @noindent
4031 @smallexample
4032 @group
4033 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4034 . .
4035
4036 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4037 @end group
4038 @end smallexample
4039
4040 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4041 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4042 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4043 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4044 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4045
4046 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4047 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4048 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4049 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4050 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4051 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4052
4053 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4054 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4055 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4056 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4057 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4058 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4059 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4060 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4061 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4062 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4063 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4064 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4065 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4066 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4067 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4068
4069 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4070 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4071 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4072 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4073
4074 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4075 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4076 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4077 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4078 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4079 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4080
4081 @cindex Divisor functions
4082 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4083 @tex
4084 $\sigma_k(n)$
4085 @end tex
4086 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4087 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4088 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4089 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4090 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4091
4092 @cindex Square-free numbers
4093 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4094 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4095 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4096 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4097 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4098 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4099 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4100 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4101
4102 @cindex Triangular lists
4103 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4104 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4105 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4106
4107 @smallexample
4108 @group
4109 1: [ [1],
4110 [1, 2],
4111 [1, 2, 3],
4112 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4113 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4114 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4115 @end group
4116 @end smallexample
4117
4118 @noindent
4119 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4120
4121 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4122
4123 @smallexample
4124 @group
4125 1: [ [0],
4126 [1, 2],
4127 [3, 4, 5],
4128 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4129 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4130 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4131 @end group
4132 @end smallexample
4133
4134 @noindent
4135 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4136
4137 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4138 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4139 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4140 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4141 @infoline @expr{J1}
4142 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4143 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4144 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4145 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4146 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4147 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4148 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4149
4150 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4151 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4152 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4153 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4154 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4155 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4156 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4157 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4158 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4159 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4160 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4161
4162 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4163 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4164 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4165
4166 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4167 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4168 @texline @math{2\times2}
4169 @infoline 2x2
4170 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4171 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4172 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4173 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4174 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4175 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4176 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4177 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4178 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4179 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4180
4181 @cindex Matchstick problem
4182 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4183 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4184 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4185 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4186 a line turns out to be
4187 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4188 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4189 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4190 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4191 one turns out to be
4192 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4193 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4194 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4195 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4196
4197 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4198 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4199 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4200 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4201 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4202 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4203 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4204 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4205 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4206 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4207 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4208 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4209 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4210 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4211 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4212 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4213 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4214 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4215
4216 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4217 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4218 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4219 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4220 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4221 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4222 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4223 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4224 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4225 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4226 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4227 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4228
4229 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4230 @section Types Tutorial
4231
4232 @noindent
4233 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4234 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4235
4236 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4237 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4238 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4239 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4240 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4241
4242 @smallexample
4243 @group
4244 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4245 . 1: 49 . . .
4246 .
4247
4248 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4249 @end group
4250 @end smallexample
4251
4252 @noindent
4253 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4254 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4255 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4256 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4257 fraction beginning with 49.
4258
4259 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4260 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4261
4262 @smallexample
4263 @group
4264 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4265 . .
4266
4267 c f c F
4268 @end group
4269 @end smallexample
4270
4271 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4272 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4273 same, to within the current precision.
4274
4275 @smallexample
4276 @group
4277 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4278 . . . .
4279
4280 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4281 @end group
4282 @end smallexample
4283
4284 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4285 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4286 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4287 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4288
4289 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4290
4291 @smallexample
4292 @group
4293 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4294 . . . . .
4295
4296 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4297 @end group
4298 @end smallexample
4299
4300 @noindent
4301 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4302 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4303 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4304 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4305
4306 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4307 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4308 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4309 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4310 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4311 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4312 algebraic entry.
4313
4314 @smallexample
4315 @group
4316 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4317 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4318 . . . .
4319
4320 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4321 @end group
4322 @end smallexample
4323
4324 @noindent
4325 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4326 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4327 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4328 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4329 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4330 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4331 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4332 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4333 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4334 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4335 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4336 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4337 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4338
4339 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4340 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4341 to turn on Infinite mode.
4342
4343 @smallexample
4344 @group
4345 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4346 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4347 1: 0 . . .
4348 .
4349
4350 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4351 @end group
4352 @end smallexample
4353
4354 @noindent
4355 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4356 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4357 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4358 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4359 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4360 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4361 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4362 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4363 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4364 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4365 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4366 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4367 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4368 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4369 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4370 that matter, with anything else.
4371
4372 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4373 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4374 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4375 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4376 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4377
4378 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4379 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4380 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4381 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4382
4383 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4384 seconds.
4385
4386 @smallexample
4387 @group
4388 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4389 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4390 .
4391
4392 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4393 @end group
4394 @end smallexample
4395
4396 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4397 seconds.
4398
4399 @smallexample
4400 @group
4401 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4402 . . . .
4403
4404 0.5 I T c h S
4405 @end group
4406 @end smallexample
4407
4408 @noindent
4409 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4410 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4411 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4412
4413 @cindex Beatles
4414 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4415 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4416 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4417 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4418 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4419
4420 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4421 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4422 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4423
4424 @smallexample
4425 @group
4426 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4427 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4428 .
4429
4430 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4431 @end group
4432 @end smallexample
4433
4434 @noindent
4435 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4436 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4437 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4438 date form.
4439
4440 @smallexample
4441 @group
4442 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4443 . .
4444
4445 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4446 @end group
4447 @end smallexample
4448
4449 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4450 @noindent
4451 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4452 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4453 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4454 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4455 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4456 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4457
4458 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4459 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4460
4461 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4462 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4463
4464 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4465 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4466 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4467 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4468 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4469 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4470 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4471 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4472
4473 @smallexample
4474 @group
4475 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4476 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4477 .
4478
4479 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4480 @end group
4481 @end smallexample
4482
4483 @noindent
4484 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4485 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4486 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4487
4488 @cindex Torus, volume of
4489 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4490 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4491 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4492 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4493 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4494 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4495 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4496 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4497
4498 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4499 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4500 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4501 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4502 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4503
4504 @smallexample
4505 @group
4506 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4507 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4508 .
4509
4510 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4511 @end group
4512 @end smallexample
4513
4514 @noindent
4515 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4516 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4517
4518 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4519 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4520 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4521 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4522 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4523 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4524 the other.
4525
4526 @smallexample
4527 @group
4528 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4529 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4530 .
4531
4532 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4533 @end group
4534 @end smallexample
4535
4536 @noindent
4537 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4538 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4539 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4540 or both endpoints.
4541
4542 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4543 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4544 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4545 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4546 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4547
4548 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4549 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4550 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4551 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4552 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4553
4554 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4555 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4556 or 24 hours.
4557
4558 @smallexample
4559 @group
4560 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4561 . . . .
4562
4563 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4564 @end group
4565 @end smallexample
4566
4567 @noindent
4568 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4569 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4570 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4571 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4572 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4573
4574 @smallexample
4575 @group
4576 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4577 . . . .
4578
4579 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4580 @end group
4581 @end smallexample
4582
4583 @noindent
4584 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4585 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4586 that arises in the second one.
4587
4588 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4589 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4590 says that
4591 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4592 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4593 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4594 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4595 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4596 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4597 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4598 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4599
4600 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4601 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4602 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4603 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4604
4605 @smallexample
4606 @group
4607 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4608 . .
4609
4610 x time @key{RET} n
4611 @end group
4612 @end smallexample
4613
4614 @noindent
4615 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4616
4617 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4618 is about
4619 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4620 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4621 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4622 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4623
4624 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4625 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4626 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4627 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4628 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4629 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4630
4631 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4632 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4633 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4634 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4635 like centimeters and inches.
4636
4637 @smallexample
4638 @group
4639 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4640 . . . .
4641
4642 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4643 @end group
4644 @end smallexample
4645
4646 @noindent
4647 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4648 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4649 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4650 which in this case means meters.
4651
4652 @smallexample
4653 @group
4654 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4655 . . . .
4656
4657 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4658
4659 @end group
4660 @end smallexample
4661 @noindent
4662 @smallexample
4663 @group
4664 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4665 . . .
4666
4667 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4668 @end group
4669 @end smallexample
4670
4671 @noindent
4672 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4673 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4674 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4675 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4676 being interpreted as unit names.
4677
4678 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4679 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4680 as its standard unit of length.
4681
4682 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4683
4684 @smallexample
4685 @group
4686 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4687 . . . .
4688
4689 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4690 @end group
4691 @end smallexample
4692
4693 @noindent
4694 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4695 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4696 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4697
4698 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4699 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4700 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4701 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4702 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4703 for them.
4704
4705 @smallexample
4706 @group
4707 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4708 . . . .
4709
4710 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4711 @end group
4712 @end smallexample
4713
4714 @noindent
4715 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4716 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4717 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4718 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4719 for easier comparison with the other result.
4720
4721 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4722 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4723 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4724 numbers are in which units:
4725
4726 @smallexample
4727 @group
4728 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4729 . . .
4730
4731 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4732 @end group
4733 @end smallexample
4734
4735 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4736 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4737 at the units table.
4738
4739 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4740 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4741
4742 @cindex Speed of light
4743 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4744 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4745 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4746 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4747 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4748
4749 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4750 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4751 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4752 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4753 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4754
4755 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4756 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4757
4758 @noindent
4759 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4760 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4761 formulas.
4762
4763 @menu
4764 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4765 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4766 @end menu
4767
4768 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4769 @subsection Basic Algebra
4770
4771 @noindent
4772 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4773 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4774 formulas as regular data objects.
4775
4776 @smallexample
4777 @group
4778 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4779 . . .
4780
4781 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4782 @end group
4783 @end smallexample
4784
4785 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4786 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4787 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4788
4789 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4790 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4791
4792 @smallexample
4793 @group
4794 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4795 . .
4796
4797 a x a c x @key{RET}
4798 @end group
4799 @end smallexample
4800
4801 @noindent
4802 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4803 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4804
4805 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4806 is one-half.
4807
4808 @smallexample
4809 @group
4810 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4811 . .
4812
4813 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4814 @end group
4815 @end smallexample
4816
4817 @noindent
4818 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4819 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4820 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4821 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4822 back to its original value, if any.
4823
4824 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4825 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4826 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4827 properly.)
4828
4829 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4830 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4831 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4832 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4833 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4834 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4835 the function has a local maximum there.
4836
4837 @smallexample
4838 @group
4839 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4840 . .
4841
4842 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4843 @end group
4844 @end smallexample
4845
4846 @noindent
4847 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4848 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4849
4850 @smallexample
4851 @group
4852 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4853 . . .
4854
4855 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4856
4857 @end group
4858 @end smallexample
4859 @noindent
4860 @smallexample
4861 @group
4862 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4863 . .
4864
4865 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4866 @end group
4867 @end smallexample
4868
4869 @noindent
4870 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4871 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4872 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4873
4874 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4875
4876 @smallexample
4877 @group
4878 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4879 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4880 . .
4881
4882 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4883 @end group
4884 @end smallexample
4885
4886 @noindent
4887 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4888 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4889 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4890 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4891
4892 @smallexample
4893 @group
4894 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4895 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4896 . .
4897
4898 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4899 @end group
4900 @end smallexample
4901
4902 @noindent
4903 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4904 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4905 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4906
4907 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4908 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4909 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4910 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4911 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4912 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4913 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4914
4915 @smallexample
4916 @group
4917 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4918 . . .
4919
4920 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4921 @end group
4922 @end smallexample
4923
4924 @noindent
4925 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4926 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4927 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4928 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4929 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4930
4931 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4932 into the original formula.
4933
4934 @smallexample
4935 @group
4936 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4937 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4938 .
4939
4940 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4941 @end group
4942 @end smallexample
4943
4944 @noindent
4945 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4946 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4947 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4948
4949 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4950 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4951
4952 @smallexample
4953 @group
4954 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4955 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4956 .
4957
4958 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4959 @end group
4960 @end smallexample
4961
4962 @noindent
4963 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4964 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4965 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4966 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4967 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4968 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4969 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4970 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4971 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4972 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4973
4974 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4975 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4976
4977 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4978 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4979 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4980 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4981 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4982 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4983 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4984 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4985
4986 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4987 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4988 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4989 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4990 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4991 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4992
4993 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4994 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4995 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4996 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4997
4998 @smallexample
4999 @group
5000 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5001 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5002 . .
5003
5004 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5005 @end group
5006 @end smallexample
5007
5008 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5009
5010 @smallexample
5011 @group
5012 3
5013 2: 34 x - 24 x
5014
5015 ____ ____
5016 V 51 V 51
5017 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5018 6 -6
5019
5020 .
5021
5022 d B
5023 @end group
5024 @end smallexample
5025
5026 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5027 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5028 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5029 and La@TeX{} mode.
5030
5031 @smallexample
5032 @group
5033 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5034 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5035 . .
5036
5037 d C d F
5038
5039 @end group
5040 @end smallexample
5041 @noindent
5042 @smallexample
5043 @group
5044 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5045 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5046 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5047 .
5048
5049 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5050 @end group
5051 @end smallexample
5052
5053 @noindent
5054 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5055 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5056 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5057 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5058
5059 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5060 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5061 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5062 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5063 correct.
5064
5065 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5066 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5067 are shown in normal mode.)
5068
5069 @cindex Area under a curve
5070 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5071 This is simply the integral of the function:
5072
5073 @smallexample
5074 @group
5075 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5076 . .
5077
5078 r 1 a i x
5079 @end group
5080 @end smallexample
5081
5082 @noindent
5083 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5084 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5085
5086 @smallexample
5087 @group
5088 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5089 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5090
5091 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5092 @end group
5093 @end smallexample
5094
5095 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5096 of
5097 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5098 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5099 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5100 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5101 3}. (@bullet{})
5102
5103 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5104 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5105 under the curve
5106 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5107 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5108 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5109 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5110 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5111 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5112
5113 @cindex Integration, numerical
5114 @cindex Numerical integration
5115 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5116 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5117 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5118 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5119
5120 @smallexample
5121 @group
5122 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5123 2: 1 .
5124 1: 0.1
5125 .
5126
5127 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5128 @end group
5129 @end smallexample
5130
5131 @noindent
5132 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5133 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5134
5135 @smallexample
5136 @group
5137 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5138 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5139 .
5140
5141 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5142
5143 @end group
5144 @end smallexample
5145 @noindent
5146 @smallexample
5147 @group
5148 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5149 . .
5150
5151 V R + 0.1 *
5152 @end group
5153 @end smallexample
5154
5155 @noindent
5156 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5157 to Radians mode?)
5158
5159 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5160 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5161 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5162 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5163 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5164 is the same for every box.)
5165
5166 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5167 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5168
5169 @smallexample
5170 @group
5171 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5172 . .
5173
5174 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5175 @end group
5176 @end smallexample
5177
5178 @noindent
5179 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5180 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5181 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5182
5183 @smallexample
5184 @group
5185 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5186 . . .
5187
5188 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5189 @end group
5190 @end smallexample
5191
5192 @noindent
5193 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5194 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5195 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5196 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5197 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5198 of @expr{x=1}.)
5199
5200 @cindex Simpson's rule
5201 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5202 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5203 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5204 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5205 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5206 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5207 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5208 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5209 down to the formula,
5210
5211 @ifnottex
5212 @example
5213 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5214 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5215 @end example
5216 @end ifnottex
5217 @tex
5218 \turnoffactive
5219 \beforedisplay
5220 $$ \displaylines{
5221 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5222 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5223 } $$
5224 \afterdisplay
5225 @end tex
5226
5227 @noindent
5228 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5229 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5230 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5231 method:
5232
5233 @ifnottex
5234 @example
5235 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5236 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5237 @end example
5238 @end ifnottex
5239 @tex
5240 \turnoffactive
5241 \beforedisplay
5242 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5243 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5244 \afterdisplay
5245 @end tex
5246
5247 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5248 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5249 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5250 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5251 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5252
5253 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5254 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5255 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5256 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5257
5258 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5259 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5260 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5261 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5262 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5263 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5264 details and examples.
5265
5266 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5267 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5268
5269 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5270 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5271
5272 @noindent
5273 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5274 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5275 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5276 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5277
5278 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5279
5280 @smallexample
5281 @group
5282 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5283 .
5284
5285 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) @key{RET} s 1
5286 @end group
5287 @end smallexample
5288
5289 @noindent
5290 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5291 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5292 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5293 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5294 rules just for practice.
5295
5296 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5297
5298 @smallexample
5299 @group
5300 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5301 .
5302
5303 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5304 @end group
5305 @end smallexample
5306
5307 @noindent
5308 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5309 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5310 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5311 it as a rewrite rule.)
5312
5313 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5314 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5315 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5316 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5317 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5318 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5319
5320 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5321 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5322 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5323 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5324 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5325
5326 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5327
5328 @smallexample
5329 @group
5330 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5331 .
5332
5333 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5334 @end group
5335 @end smallexample
5336
5337 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5338 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5339 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5340 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5341 denominators.
5342
5343 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5344 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5345 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5346 @samp{x}.
5347
5348 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5349 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5350 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5351 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5352
5353 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5354 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5355 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5356 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5357 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5358 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5359
5360 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5361 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5362 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5363 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5364 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5365 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5366 situations, too.
5367
5368 @smallexample
5369 @group
5370 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5371 . .
5372
5373 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5374 @end group
5375 @end smallexample
5376
5377 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5378 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5379 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5380 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5381 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5382 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5383 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5384 having to retype it.
5385
5386 @smallexample
5387 @group
5388 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5389 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5390 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5391
5392 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5393 . .
5394
5395 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5396 @end group
5397 @end smallexample
5398
5399 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5400 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5401 the edited value back into the variable.
5402 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5403
5404 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5405 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5406 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5407 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5408 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5409 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5410 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5411 entering them on the fly.
5412
5413 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5414 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5415 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5416 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5417 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5418 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5419
5420 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5421 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5422
5423 @smallexample
5424 @group
5425 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5426 . .
5427
5428 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5429
5430 @end group
5431 @end smallexample
5432 @noindent
5433 @smallexample
5434 @group
5435 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5436 . .
5437
5438 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5439 @end group
5440 @end smallexample
5441
5442 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5443 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5444 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5445 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5446 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5447 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5448
5449 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5450 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5451 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5452 only one rewrite at a time.
5453
5454 @smallexample
5455 @group
5456 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5457 . .
5458
5459 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5460 @end group
5461 @end smallexample
5462
5463 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5464 of rewrites that occur.
5465
5466 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5467 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5468
5469 @smallexample
5470 @group
5471 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5472 .
5473
5474 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5475
5476 @end group
5477 @end smallexample
5478 @noindent
5479 @smallexample
5480 @group
5481 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5482 .
5483
5484 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5485 @end group
5486 @end smallexample
5487
5488 @noindent
5489 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5490 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5491
5492 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5493 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5494 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5495 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5496 A common error with rewrite
5497 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5498 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5499 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5500
5501 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5502 @ignore
5503 @starindex
5504 @end ignore
5505 @tindex fib
5506 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5507 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5508 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5509 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5510 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5511
5512 @smallexample
5513 @group
5514 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5515
5516 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5517 . .
5518
5519 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5520 @end group
5521 @end smallexample
5522
5523 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5524 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5525 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5526 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5527 be used preferentially.
5528
5529 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5530 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5531 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5532 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5533 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5534 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5535 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5536
5537 @smallexample
5538 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5539 @end smallexample
5540
5541 @noindent
5542 Now:
5543
5544 @smallexample
5545 @group
5546 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5547 . .
5548
5549 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5550 @end group
5551 @end smallexample
5552
5553 @noindent
5554 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5555 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5556 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5557 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5558 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5559
5560 @smallexample
5561 @group
5562 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5563 . .
5564
5565 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5566 @end group
5567 @end smallexample
5568
5569 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5570 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5571 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5572
5573 @smallexample
5574 @group
5575 fib(6) =
5576 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5577 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5578 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5579 @end group
5580 @end smallexample
5581
5582 @noindent
5583 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5584 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5585 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5586 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5587 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5588 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5589
5590 @smallexample
5591 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5592 @end smallexample
5593
5594 @noindent
5595 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5596 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5597 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5598 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5599 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5600 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5601
5602 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5603 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5604
5605 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5606 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5607 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5608 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5609 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5610
5611 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5612 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5613 un-store the variable.
5614
5615 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5616 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5617 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5618 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5619 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5620 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5621 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5622 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5623 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5624
5625 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5626 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5627 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5628 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5629
5630 @example
5631 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5632 @end example
5633
5634 @noindent
5635 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5636 to 1.''
5637
5638 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5639 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5640 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5641 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5642 and one for @samp{b}.
5643
5644 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5645 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5646 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5647 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5648
5649 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5650 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5651 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5652 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5653 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5654 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5655 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5656 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5657 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5658 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5659 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5660 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5661 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5662 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5663
5664 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5665 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5666 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5667 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5668 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5669 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5670
5671 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5672 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5673 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5674
5675 @ifnottex
5676 @example
5677 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5678 @end example
5679 @end ifnottex
5680 @tex
5681 \turnoffactive
5682 \beforedisplay
5683 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5684 \afterdisplay
5685 @end tex
5686
5687 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5688 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5689 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5690 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5691 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5692
5693 @ifnottex
5694 @example
5695 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5696 @end example
5697 @end ifnottex
5698 @tex
5699 \turnoffactive
5700 \beforedisplay
5701 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5702 \afterdisplay
5703 @end tex
5704
5705 @noindent
5706 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5707 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5708
5709 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5710 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5711 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5712 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5713 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5714 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5715 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5716 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5717 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5718
5719 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5720 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5721 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5722
5723 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5724
5725 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5726 @section Programming Tutorial
5727
5728 @noindent
5729 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5730 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5731 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5732 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5733 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5734 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5735
5736 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5737 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5738 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5739 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5740 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5741
5742 @smallexample
5743 @group
5744 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5745 . .
5746
5747 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5748 @end group
5749 @end smallexample
5750
5751 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5752 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5753 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5754 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5755 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5756 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5757 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5758 arguments?''
5759
5760 @smallexample
5761 @group
5762 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5763 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5764 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5765 .
5766
5767 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5768 @end group
5769 @end smallexample
5770
5771 @noindent
5772 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5773 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5774 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5775 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5776 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5777 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5778 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5779
5780 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5781 @ignore
5782 @starindex
5783 @end ignore
5784 @tindex Si
5785 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5786 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5787 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5788 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5789 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5790 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5791 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5792 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5793 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5794 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5795 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5796 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5797 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5798 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5799 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5800 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5801
5802 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5803 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5804 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5805 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5806 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5807
5808 @smallexample
5809 @group
5810 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5811 . .
5812
5813 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5814
5815 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5816 . .
5817
5818 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5819 @end group
5820 @end smallexample
5821
5822 @noindent
5823 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5824 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5825 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5826 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5827 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5828
5829 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5830
5831 @smallexample
5832 @group
5833 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5834 . .
5835
5836 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5837 @end group
5838 @end smallexample
5839
5840 @noindent
5841 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5842 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5843
5844 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5845
5846 @smallexample
5847 @group
5848 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5849 . . . .
5850
5851 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5852 @end group
5853 @end smallexample
5854
5855 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5856 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5857 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5858
5859 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5860 the following functions:
5861
5862 @enumerate
5863 @item
5864 Compute
5865 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5866 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5867 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5868
5869 @item
5870 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5871 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5872
5873 @item
5874 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5875 the stack.
5876 @end enumerate
5877 @noindent
5878 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5879
5880 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5881 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5882 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5883
5884 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5885 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5886 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5887
5888 @smallexample
5889 @group
5890 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5891 . 1: 4 .
5892 .
5893
5894 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5895 @end group
5896 @end smallexample
5897
5898 @noindent
5899 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5900 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5901 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5902 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5903
5904 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5905 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5906
5907 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5908 Here's another example:
5909
5910 @smallexample
5911 @group
5912 3: 1 2: 10946
5913 2: 1 1: 17711
5914 1: 20 .
5915 .
5916
5917 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5918 @end group
5919 @end smallexample
5920
5921 @noindent
5922 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5923 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5924 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5925 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5926
5927 @cindex Golden ratio
5928 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5929 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5930 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5931 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5932 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5933 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5934 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5935 @infoline @expr{phi},
5936 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5937 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5938 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5939 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5940 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5941
5942 @smallexample
5943 @group
5944 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5945 . . . .
5946
5947 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5948 @end group
5949 @end smallexample
5950
5951 @cindex Continued fractions
5952 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5953 representation of
5954 @texline @math{\phi}
5955 @infoline @expr{phi}
5956 is
5957 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5958 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5959 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5960 and then replacing the innermost
5961 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5962 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5963 by 1. Approximate
5964 @texline @math{\phi}
5965 @infoline @expr{phi}
5966 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5967 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5968
5969 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5970 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5971 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5972 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5973 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5974 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5975 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5976
5977 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5978 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5979 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5980 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5981
5982 @smallexample
5983 @group
5984 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5985 2: 1 .
5986 1: 20
5987 .
5988
5989 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5990 @end group
5991 @end smallexample
5992
5993 @noindent
5994 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5995 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5996 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5997 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5998 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5999 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
6000 uses a step of one.
6001
6002 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6003 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6004 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6005
6006 @smallexample
6007 @group
6008 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6009 . 1: 20 .
6010 .
6011
6012 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6013 @end group
6014 @end smallexample
6015
6016 @noindent
6017 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6018 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6019
6020 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6021 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6022 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6023 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6024 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6025 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6026 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6027
6028 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6029 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6030 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6031
6032 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6033 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6034 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6035 fix, though:
6036
6037 @smallexample
6038 @group
6039 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6040 . . 2: 3.597739
6041 1: 0.6667
6042 .
6043
6044 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6045 @end group
6046 @end smallexample
6047
6048 @noindent
6049 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6050 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6051 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6052 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6053 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6054 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6055 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6056 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6057 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6058
6059 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6060 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6061 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6062 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6063 by the formula
6064 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6065 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6066 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6067 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6068 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6069 numbers are very large fractions.)
6070
6071 @smallexample
6072 @group
6073 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6074 . .
6075
6076 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6077 @end group
6078 @end smallexample
6079
6080 @noindent
6081 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6082 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6083 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6084 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6085 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6086 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6087 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6088
6089 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6090
6091 @smallexample
6092 @group
6093 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6094 2: 5:66 . . . .
6095 1: 0.0757575
6096 .
6097
6098 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6099 @end group
6100 @end smallexample
6101
6102 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6103 Bernoulli numbers.
6104
6105 @smallexample
6106 @group
6107 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6108 2: 2 .
6109 1: 30
6110 .
6111
6112 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6113 @end group
6114 @end smallexample
6115
6116 @noindent
6117 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6118 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6119 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6120 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6121 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6122 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6123 sequence of keystrokes.)
6124
6125 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6126 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6127 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6128 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6129 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6130
6131 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6132 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6133 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6134 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6135
6136 @smallexample
6137 @group
6138 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6139 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6140
6141 1 ;; calc digits
6142 RET ;; calc-enter
6143 2 ;; calc digits
6144 + ;; calc-plus
6145
6146 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6147 @end group
6148 @end smallexample
6149
6150 @noindent
6151 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6152 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6153 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6154 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6155 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6156 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6157 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6158 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6159 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6160 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6161
6162 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6163 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6164 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6165 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6166 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6167
6168 @smallexample
6169 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6170 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6171 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6172 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6173 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6174 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6175 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6176 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6177 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6178 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6179 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6180 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6181 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6182 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6183 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6184 @end smallexample
6185
6186 @noindent
6187 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6188
6189 @smallexample
6190 @group
6191 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6192 . .
6193
6194 20 z h
6195 @end group
6196 @end smallexample
6197
6198 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6199 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6200 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6201 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6202 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6203 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6204 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6205
6206 @example
6207 @group
6208 Z ` 0 t 1
6209 1 TAB
6210 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6211 r 1
6212 Z '
6213 @end group
6214 @end example
6215
6216 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6217 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6218 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6219 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6220 this formula over and over:
6221
6222 @ifnottex
6223 @example
6224 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6225 @end example
6226 @end ifnottex
6227 @tex
6228 \beforedisplay
6229 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6230 \afterdisplay
6231 @end tex
6232
6233 @noindent
6234 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6235 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6236 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6237 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6238 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6239 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6240 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6241 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6242 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6243 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6244 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6245 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6246 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6247 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6248
6249 @cindex Digamma function
6250 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6251 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6252 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6253 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6254 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6255 is defined as the derivative of
6256 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6257 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6258 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6259
6260 @ifnottex
6261 @example
6262 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6263 @end example
6264 @end ifnottex
6265 @tex
6266 \beforedisplay
6267 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6268 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6269 $$
6270 \afterdisplay
6271 @end tex
6272
6273 @noindent
6274 where
6275 @texline @math{\sum}
6276 @infoline @expr{sum}
6277 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6278 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6279 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6280 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6281 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6282 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6283 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6284 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6285 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6286 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6287 Fortunately, we can compute
6288 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6289 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6290 from
6291 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6292 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6293 using the recurrence
6294 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6295 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6296 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6297 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6298 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6299 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6300 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6301 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6302 to compute
6303 @texline @math{\gamma}
6304 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6305 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6306 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6307 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6308
6309 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6310 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6311 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6312 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6313 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6314 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6315 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6316 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6317 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6318
6319 @cindex Recursion
6320 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6321 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6322
6323 @ifnottex
6324 @example
6325 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6326 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6327 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6328 @end example
6329 @end ifnottex
6330 @tex
6331 \turnoffactive
6332 \beforedisplay
6333 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6334 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6335 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6336 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6337 $$
6338 \afterdisplay
6339 \vskip5pt
6340 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6341 @end tex
6342
6343 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6344 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6345 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6346 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6347 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6348 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6349 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6350 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6351 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6352 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6353 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6354 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6355 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6356 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6357 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6358 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6359 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6360 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6361
6362 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6363 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6364 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6365 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6366 program can:
6367
6368 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6369 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6370 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6371 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6372
6373 @example
6374
6375 @end example
6376 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6377 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6378 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6379 @c [not-split]
6380 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6381 @c [when-split]
6382 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6383
6384 @page
6385 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6386 @section Answers to Exercises
6387
6388 @noindent
6389 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6390
6391 @menu
6392 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6393 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6394 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6395 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6396 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6397 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6398 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6399 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6400 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6401 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6402 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6403 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6404 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6405 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6406 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6407 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6408 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6409 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6410 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6411 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6412 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6413 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6414 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6415 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6416 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6417 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6418 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6419 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6420 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6421 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6422 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6423 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6424 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6425 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6426 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6427 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6428 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6429 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6430 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6431 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6432 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6433 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6434 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6435 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6436 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6437 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6438 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6439 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6440 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6441 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6442 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6443 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6444 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6445 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6446 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6447 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6448 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6449 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6450 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6451 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6452 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6453 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6454 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6455 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6456 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6457 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6458 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6459 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6460 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6461 @end menu
6462
6463 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6464 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6465 @tex
6466 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6467 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6468 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6469 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6470 @end tex
6471
6472 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6473 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6474
6475 @noindent
6476 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6477
6478 The result is
6479 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6480 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6481
6482 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6483 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6484
6485 @noindent
6486 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6487 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6488
6489 After computing the intermediate term
6490 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6491 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6492 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6493 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6494 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6495
6496 @smallexample
6497 @group
6498 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6499 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6500 . 1: 9.5 .
6501 .
6502
6503 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6504
6505 @end group
6506 @end smallexample
6507 @noindent
6508 @smallexample
6509 @group
6510 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6511 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6512 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6513 1: 4 .
6514 .
6515
6516 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6517 @end group
6518 @end smallexample
6519
6520 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6521 with the third term.
6522
6523 @smallexample
6524 @group
6525 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6526 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6527 . 1: 4 .
6528 .
6529
6530 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6531 @end group
6532 @end smallexample
6533
6534 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6535 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6536 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6537 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6538
6539 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6540 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6541
6542 @noindent
6543 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6544
6545 @smallexample
6546 @group
6547 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6548 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6549 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6550 . . 1: 1 . .
6551 .
6552
6553 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6554 @end group
6555 @end smallexample
6556
6557 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6558
6559 @smallexample
6560 @group
6561 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6562 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6563 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6564 . . . . .
6565
6566 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6567 @end group
6568 @end smallexample
6569
6570 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6571 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6572
6573 @noindent
6574 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6575 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6576
6577 @smallexample
6578 @group
6579 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6580 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6581 . . .
6582
6583 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6584 @end group
6585 @end smallexample
6586
6587 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6588 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6589 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6590 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6591 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6592
6593 @smallexample
6594 @group
6595 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6596 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6597 . . .
6598
6599 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6600 @end group
6601 @end smallexample
6602
6603 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6604 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6605 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6606 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6607
6608 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6609 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6610
6611 @noindent
6612 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6613
6614 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6615 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6616
6617 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6618 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6619 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6620
6621 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6622 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6623
6624 @noindent
6625 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6626 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6627 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6628 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6629
6630 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6631 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6632
6633 @noindent
6634 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6635 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6636 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6637 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6638 times anything is zero.''
6639
6640 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6641 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6642 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6643 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6644 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6645 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6646
6647 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6648 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6649
6650 @noindent
6651 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6652 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6653 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6654 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6655 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6656 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6657
6658 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6659 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6660 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6661 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6662 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6663 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6664 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6665 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6666 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6667 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6668 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6669
6670 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6671 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6672 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6673 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6674 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6675 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6676 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6677 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6678 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6679 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6680
6681 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6682 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6683 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6684 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6685 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6686 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6687 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6688 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6689 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6690 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6691
6692 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6693 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6694 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6695 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6696 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6697 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6698 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6699 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6700 in decimal display mode.
6701
6702 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6703 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6704 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6705 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6706
6707 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6708 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6709
6710 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6711 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6712 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6713 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6714 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6715 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6716 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6717 way to enter this number.
6718
6719 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6720 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6721 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6722 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6723 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6724 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6725 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6726
6727 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6728 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6729
6730 @noindent
6731 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6732
6733 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6734 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6735 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6736 their inputs.
6737
6738 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6739 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6740 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6741 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6742 determining facts like this.
6743
6744 @smallexample
6745 @group
6746 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6747 . .
6748
6749 45 S 2 ^
6750
6751 @end group
6752 @end smallexample
6753 @noindent
6754 @smallexample
6755 @group
6756 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6757 . . .
6758
6759 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6760 @end group
6761 @end smallexample
6762
6763 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6764 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6765 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6766 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6767 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6768
6769 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6770 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6771
6772 @noindent
6773 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6774 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6775 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6776 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6777 of time.
6778
6779 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6780 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6781 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6782 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6783 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6784 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6785
6786 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6787 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6788 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6789
6790 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6791 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6792
6793 @noindent
6794 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6795 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6796 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6797 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6798 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6799 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6800 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6801 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6802
6803 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6804 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6805 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6806 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6807 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6808 format.
6809
6810 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6811 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6812
6813 @noindent
6814 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6815 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6816
6817 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6818 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6819 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6820 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6821
6822 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6823 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6824
6825 @noindent
6826 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6827 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6828
6829 @smallexample
6830 @group
6831 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6832 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6833 .
6834
6835 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6836 @end group
6837 @end smallexample
6838
6839 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6840 indeed have unit length.
6841
6842 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6843 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6844
6845 @noindent
6846 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6847 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6848 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6849 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6850
6851 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6852 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6853
6854 @noindent
6855 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6856 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6857
6858 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6859 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6860
6861 @ifnottex
6862 @example
6863 @group
6864 x + a y = 6
6865 x + b y = 10
6866 @end group
6867 @end example
6868 @end ifnottex
6869 @tex
6870 \turnoffactive
6871 \beforedisplay
6872 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6873 x &+ b y = 10}
6874 $$
6875 \afterdisplay
6876 @end tex
6877
6878 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6879 matrix as usual.
6880
6881 @smallexample
6882 @group
6883 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6884 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6885 [ 1, b ] ]
6886 .
6887
6888 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6889 @end group
6890 @end smallexample
6891
6892 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6893 mode:
6894
6895 @smallexample
6896 @group
6897 4 a 4
6898 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6899 b - a b - a
6900 @end group
6901 @end smallexample
6902
6903 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6904
6905 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6906 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6907
6908 @noindent
6909 To solve
6910 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6911 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6912 first we compute
6913 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6914 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6915 and
6916 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6917 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6918 now, we have a system
6919 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6920 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6921 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6922
6923 @ifnottex
6924 @example
6925 @group
6926 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6927 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6928 7a + 6b = 3
6929 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6930 @end group
6931 @end example
6932 @end ifnottex
6933 @tex
6934 \turnoffactive
6935 \beforedisplayh
6936 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6937 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6938 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6939 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6940 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6941 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6942 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6943 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6944 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6945 $$
6946 \afterdisplayh
6947 @end tex
6948
6949 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6950 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6951 @texline @math{B'}
6952 @infoline @expr{B2}
6953 vector.
6954
6955 @smallexample
6956 @group
6957 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6958 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6959 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6960 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6961 . .
6962
6963 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6964 @end group
6965 @end smallexample
6966
6967 @noindent
6968 Now we compute the matrix
6969 @texline @math{A'}
6970 @infoline @expr{A2}
6971 and divide.
6972
6973 @smallexample
6974 @group
6975 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6976 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6977 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6978 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6979 .
6980
6981 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6982 @end group
6983 @end smallexample
6984
6985 @noindent
6986 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6987 round-off error.)
6988
6989 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6990 @texline @math{3\times3}
6991 @infoline 3x3
6992 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6993 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6994 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6995 answer since the
6996 @texline @math{4\times3}
6997 @infoline 4x3
6998 system would be equivalent to the original
6999 @texline @math{3\times3}
7000 @infoline 3x3
7001 system.)
7002
7003 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7004 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7005 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7006
7007 @smallexample
7008 @group
7009 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7010 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7011 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7012 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7013 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7014 .
7015
7016 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7017 @end group
7018 @end smallexample
7019
7020 @noindent
7021 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7022 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7023
7024 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7025 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7026
7027 @noindent
7028 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7029 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7030 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7031 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7032
7033 @smallexample
7034 @group
7035 2: 2 2: 2
7036 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7037 . .
7038
7039 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7040 @end group
7041 @end smallexample
7042
7043 @noindent
7044 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7045 vector.
7046
7047 @smallexample
7048 @group
7049 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7050 .
7051
7052 V M ^
7053 @end group
7054 @end smallexample
7055
7056 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7057 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7058
7059 @noindent
7060 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7061 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7062
7063 @ifnottex
7064 @example
7065 m*x + b*1 = y
7066 @end example
7067 @end ifnottex
7068 @tex
7069 \turnoffactive
7070 \beforedisplay
7071 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7072 \afterdisplay
7073 @end tex
7074
7075 Thus we want a
7076 @texline @math{19\times2}
7077 @infoline 19x2
7078 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7079 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7080 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7081
7082 @smallexample
7083 @group
7084 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7085 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7086 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7087 @dots{}
7088
7089 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7090 @end group
7091 @end smallexample
7092
7093 @noindent
7094 Now we compute
7095 @texline @math{A^T y}
7096 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7097 and
7098 @texline @math{A^T A}
7099 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7100 and divide.
7101
7102 @smallexample
7103 @group
7104 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7105 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7106 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7107 .
7108
7109 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7110 @end group
7111 @end smallexample
7112
7113 @noindent
7114 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7115
7116 @smallexample
7117 @group
7118 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7119 .
7120
7121 /
7122 @end group
7123 @end smallexample
7124
7125 Since we were solving equations of the form
7126 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7127 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7128 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7129 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7130 @kbd{V R}!
7131
7132 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7133 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7134 arithmetic functions!
7135
7136 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7137 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7138 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7139
7140 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7141 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7142
7143 @noindent
7144 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7145 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7146 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7147
7148 @smallexample
7149 @group
7150 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7151 .
7152 @end group
7153 @end smallexample
7154
7155 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7156 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7157
7158 @smallexample
7159 @group
7160 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7161 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7162 . .
7163
7164 @key{RET} V R *
7165
7166 @end group
7167 @end smallexample
7168 @noindent
7169 @smallexample
7170 @group
7171 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7172 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7173 . .
7174
7175 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7176 @end group
7177 @end smallexample
7178
7179 @noindent
7180 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7181 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7182 then raise the number to that power.)
7183
7184 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7185 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7186
7187 @noindent
7188 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7189 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7190 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7191 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7192
7193 @smallexample
7194 @group
7195 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7196 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7197 . .
7198
7199 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7200 @end group
7201 @end smallexample
7202
7203 @noindent
7204 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7205
7206 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7207 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7208
7209 @smallexample
7210 @group
7211 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7212 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7213 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7214 .
7215
7216 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7217 @end group
7218 @end smallexample
7219
7220 @noindent
7221 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7222 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7223
7224 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7225 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7226
7227 @noindent
7228 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7229 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7230 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7231 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7232
7233 @smallexample
7234 @group
7235 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7236 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7237 . .
7238
7239 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7240
7241 @end group
7242 @end smallexample
7243 @noindent
7244 @smallexample
7245 @group
7246 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7247 . . .
7248
7249 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7250 @end group
7251 @end smallexample
7252
7253 @noindent
7254 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7255 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7256 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7257 the job is pretty straightforward.
7258
7259 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7260 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7261 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7262 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7263 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7264
7265 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7266 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7267
7268 @noindent
7269 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7270 to get a list of lists of integers!
7271
7272 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7273 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7274
7275 @noindent
7276 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7277 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7278
7279 @smallexample
7280 @group
7281 1: [ [0],
7282 [0, 1],
7283 [0, 1, 2],
7284 @dots{}
7285
7286 1 -
7287 @end group
7288 @end smallexample
7289
7290 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7291 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7292 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7293 can be computed directly by the formula
7294 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7295 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7296
7297 @smallexample
7298 @group
7299 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7300 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7301 . .
7302
7303 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7304 @end group
7305 @end smallexample
7306
7307 @noindent
7308 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7309 result:
7310
7311 @smallexample
7312 @group
7313 1: [ [0],
7314 [1, 2],
7315 [3, 4, 5],
7316 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7317 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7318 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7319 .
7320
7321 V M +
7322 @end group
7323 @end smallexample
7324
7325 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7326 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7327 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7328 triangular list.
7329
7330 @smallexample
7331 @group
7332 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7333 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7334 . .
7335
7336 @key{RET} V M V R +
7337 @end group
7338 @end smallexample
7339
7340 @noindent
7341 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7342 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7343 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7344
7345 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7346 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7347
7348 @noindent
7349 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7350
7351 @smallexample
7352 @group
7353 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7354 . . .
7355
7356 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7357 @end group
7358 @end smallexample
7359
7360 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7361
7362 @smallexample
7363 @group
7364 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7365 .
7366
7367 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7368 @end group
7369 @end smallexample
7370
7371 @noindent
7372 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7373
7374 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7375 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7376
7377 @smallexample
7378 @group
7379 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7380 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7381 . .
7382
7383 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7384 @end group
7385 @end smallexample
7386
7387 @noindent
7388 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7389 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7390 @texline @math{\sin x}
7391 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7392 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7393
7394 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7395 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7396 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7397
7398 @smallexample
7399 @group
7400 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7401 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7402 .
7403
7404 r 1 V M * V R +
7405 @end group
7406 @end smallexample
7407
7408 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7409 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7410 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7411 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7412 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7413 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7414
7415 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7416 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7417 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7418
7419 @smallexample
7420 @group
7421 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7422 1: [0 .. 5] .
7423 .
7424
7425 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7426 @end group
7427 @end smallexample
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7431 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7432 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7433
7434 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7435 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7436
7437 @noindent
7438 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7439
7440 @smallexample
7441 @group
7442 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7443 . 2: 10
7444 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7445 .
7446
7447 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7448
7449 @end group
7450 @end smallexample
7451 @noindent
7452 @smallexample
7453 @group
7454 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7455 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7456 .
7457
7458 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7459 @end group
7460 @end smallexample
7461
7462 @noindent
7463 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7464
7465 @smallexample
7466 @group
7467 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7468 .
7469
7470 10 V M % s 2
7471 @end group
7472 @end smallexample
7473
7474 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7475 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7476 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7477 the right of it are nines.
7478
7479 @smallexample
7480 @group
7481 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7482 . .
7483
7484 9 V M a = v v
7485
7486 @end group
7487 @end smallexample
7488 @noindent
7489 @smallexample
7490 @group
7491 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7492 . .
7493
7494 V U * v v 1 |
7495 @end group
7496 @end smallexample
7497
7498 @noindent
7499 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7500 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7501 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7502 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7503 rightmost digit.
7504
7505 @smallexample
7506 @group
7507 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7508 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7509 .
7510
7511 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7512 @end group
7513 @end smallexample
7514
7515 @noindent
7516 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7517 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7518 digits that generated them.
7519
7520 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7521
7522 @smallexample
7523 @group
7524 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7525 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7526 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7527 .
7528
7529 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7530
7531 @end group
7532 @end smallexample
7533 @noindent
7534 @smallexample
7535 @group
7536 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7537 . .
7538
7539 V M * V R +
7540 @end group
7541 @end smallexample
7542
7543 @noindent
7544 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7545 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7546
7547 @smallexample
7548 @group
7549 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7550 . .
7551
7552 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7553 @end group
7554 @end smallexample
7555
7556 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7557 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7558
7559 @noindent
7560 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7561 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7562 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7563 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7564
7565 Here's a more correct method:
7566
7567 @smallexample
7568 @group
7569 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7570 . 1: 7
7571 .
7572
7573 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7574
7575 @end group
7576 @end smallexample
7577 @noindent
7578 @smallexample
7579 @group
7580 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7581 . .
7582
7583 V M a = V R *
7584 @end group
7585 @end smallexample
7586
7587 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7588 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7589
7590 @noindent
7591 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7592 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7593 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7594
7595 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7596 commands.
7597
7598 @smallexample
7599 @group
7600 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7601 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7602 . .
7603
7604 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7605
7606 @end group
7607 @end smallexample
7608 @noindent
7609 @smallexample
7610 @group
7611 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7612 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7613 . .
7614
7615 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7616 @end group
7617 @end smallexample
7618
7619 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7620 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7621
7622 @smallexample
7623 @group
7624 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7625 . . .
7626
7627 + 1 V M a < V R +
7628 @end group
7629 @end smallexample
7630
7631 @noindent
7632 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7633
7634 @smallexample
7635 @group
7636 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7637 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7638
7639 100 / 4 * P /
7640 @end group
7641 @end smallexample
7642
7643 @noindent
7644 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7645 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7646 not very efficient!
7647
7648 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7649 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7650
7651 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7652 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7653
7654 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7655 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7656
7657 @noindent
7658 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7659 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7660 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7661 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7662 @texline @math{\theta},
7663 @infoline @expr{theta},
7664 and see if @expr{x} and
7665 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7666 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7667 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7668 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7669 numbers surround an integer.
7670
7671 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7672 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7673 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7674 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7675 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7676
7677 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7678 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7679 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7680 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7681 Pick random @expr{x} and
7682 @texline @math{\theta},
7683 @infoline @expr{theta},
7684 compute
7685 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7686 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7687 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7688
7689 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7690 commands.
7691
7692 @smallexample
7693 @group
7694 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7695 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7696 .
7697
7698 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7699 @end group
7700 @end smallexample
7701
7702 @noindent
7703 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7704
7705 @smallexample
7706 @group
7707 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7708 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7709 .
7710
7711 m d V M C +
7712
7713 @end group
7714 @end smallexample
7715 @noindent
7716 @smallexample
7717 @group
7718 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7719 . . .
7720
7721 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7722 @end group
7723 @end smallexample
7724
7725 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7726 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7727 a random integer.
7728
7729 @smallexample
7730 @group
7731 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7732 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7733 . .
7734
7735 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7736
7737 @end group
7738 @end smallexample
7739 @noindent
7740 @smallexample
7741 @group
7742 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7743 . . .
7744
7745 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7746
7747 @end group
7748 @end smallexample
7749 @noindent
7750 @smallexample
7751 @group
7752 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7753 . .
7754
7755 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7756 @end group
7757 @end smallexample
7758
7759 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7760 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7761
7762 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7763 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7764
7765 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7766 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7767
7768 @noindent
7769 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7770
7771 @smallexample
7772 @group
7773 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7774 .
7775
7776 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7777 @end group
7778 @end smallexample
7779
7780 @noindent
7781 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7782 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7783 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7784 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7785
7786 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7787 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7788 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7789 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7790
7791 @smallexample
7792 @group
7793 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7794 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7795 . .
7796
7797 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7798
7799 @end group
7800 @end smallexample
7801 @noindent
7802 @smallexample
7803 @group
7804 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7805 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7806 .
7807
7808 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7809 @end group
7810 @end smallexample
7811
7812 @noindent
7813 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7814 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7815 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7816 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7817 plus its second argument.
7818
7819 @smallexample
7820 @group
7821 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7822 . .
7823
7824 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7825 @end group
7826 @end smallexample
7827
7828 @noindent
7829 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7830 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7831 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7832
7833 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7834 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7835 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7836 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7837 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7838 the operations are faster.
7839
7840 @smallexample
7841 @group
7842 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7843 . .
7844
7845 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7846 @end group
7847 @end smallexample
7848
7849 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7850 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7851 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7852 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7853
7854 @ifnottex
7855 @example
7856 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7857 @end example
7858 @end ifnottex
7859 @tex
7860 \turnoffactive
7861 \beforedisplay
7862 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7863 \afterdisplay
7864 @end tex
7865
7866 @noindent
7867 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7868 the distributive law yields
7869
7870 @ifnottex
7871 @example
7872 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7873 @end example
7874 @end ifnottex
7875 @tex
7876 \turnoffactive
7877 \beforedisplay
7878 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7879 \afterdisplay
7880 @end tex
7881
7882 @noindent
7883 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7884 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7885 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7886 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7887
7888 @ifnottex
7889 @example
7890 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7891 @end example
7892 @end ifnottex
7893 @tex
7894 \turnoffactive
7895 \beforedisplay
7896 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
7897 \afterdisplay
7898 @end tex
7899
7900 @noindent
7901 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7902 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7903
7904 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7905 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7906 modulo some value @var{m}.
7907
7908 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7909 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7910
7911 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7912 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7913 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7914
7915 @smallexample
7916 @group
7917 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7918 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7919 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7920 ...
7921
7922 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7923 @end group
7924 @end smallexample
7925
7926 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7927 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7928 before nesting even begins.
7929
7930 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7931 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7932 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7933
7934 @smallexample
7935 @group
7936 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7937 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7938 .
7939
7940 v t v u g f
7941 @end group
7942 @end smallexample
7943
7944 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7945 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7946 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7947
7948 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7949 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7950 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7951 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7952
7953 @smallexample
7954 @group
7955 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7956 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7957 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7958 ...
7959
7960 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7961 @end group
7962 @end smallexample
7963
7964 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7965
7966 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7967 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7968 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7969 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7970 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7971 Schwartz.)
7972
7973 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7974 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7975
7976 @noindent
7977 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7978 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7979
7980 @smallexample
7981 @group
7982 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7983 . . .
7984
7985 2 ^ P / c F
7986 @end group
7987 @end smallexample
7988
7989 @noindent
7990 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7991 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7992 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7993 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7994
7995 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7996 precision slightly and try again:
7997
7998 @smallexample
7999 @group
8000 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
8001 . .
8002
8003 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
8004 @end group
8005 @end smallexample
8006
8007 @noindent
8008 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8009 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8010 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
8011 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8012
8013 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8014 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8015 to the current precision before they begin.
8016
8017 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8018 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8019
8020 @noindent
8021 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8022 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8023
8024 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8025 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8026 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8027 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8028 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8029 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8030
8031 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8032 the input is infinite.
8033
8034 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8035 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8036 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8037 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8038 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8039
8040 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8041 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8042 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8043 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8044
8045 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8046 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8047
8048 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8049 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8050 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8051 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8052
8053 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8054 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8055
8056 @noindent
8057 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8058 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8059 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8060 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8061 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8062 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8063
8064 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8065 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8066 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8067 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8068
8069 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8070 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8071 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8072 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8073 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8074
8075 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8076 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8077
8078 @smallexample
8079 @group
8080 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8081 1: 17 .
8082 .
8083
8084 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8085 @end group
8086 @end smallexample
8087
8088 @noindent
8089 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8090
8091 @smallexample
8092 @group
8093 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8094 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8095 .
8096
8097 20" + 17 *
8098 @end group
8099 @end smallexample
8100
8101 @noindent
8102 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8103
8104 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8105 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8106
8107 @noindent
8108 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8109 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8110 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8111
8112 @smallexample
8113 @group
8114 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8115 . . .
8116
8117 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8118 @end group
8119 @end smallexample
8120
8121 @noindent
8122 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8123
8124 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8125 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8126 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8127 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8128 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8129
8130 @smallexample
8131 @group
8132 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8133 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8134 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8135 .
8136
8137 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8138 @end group
8139 @end smallexample
8140
8141 @noindent
8142 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8143
8144 @smallexample
8145 @group
8146 1: 242
8147 .
8148
8149 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8150 @end group
8151 @end smallexample
8152
8153 @noindent
8154 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8155
8156 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8157 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8158
8159 @noindent
8160 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8161 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8162 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8163 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8164 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8165 don't know the leap year rule.
8166
8167 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8168 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8169 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8170 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8171 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8172
8173 @smallexample
8174 @group
8175 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8176 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8177 .
8178
8179 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8180
8181 @end group
8182 @end smallexample
8183 @noindent
8184 @smallexample
8185 @group
8186 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8187 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8188 1: 1991 . .
8189 .
8190
8191 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8192 @end group
8193 @end smallexample
8194
8195 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8196 @noindent
8197 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8198 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8199 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8200 background information in that regard.)
8201
8202 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8203 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8204
8205 @noindent
8206 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8207 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8208
8209 @smallexample
8210 @group
8211 1: 1. 2: 1.
8212 . 1: 0.2
8213 .
8214
8215 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8216 @end group
8217 @end smallexample
8218
8219 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8220
8221 @smallexample
8222 @group
8223 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8224 . . .
8225
8226 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8227 @end group
8228 @end smallexample
8229
8230 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8231 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8232
8233 @smallexample
8234 @group
8235 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8236 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8237 1: 706.21 .
8238 .
8239
8240 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8241 @end group
8242 @end smallexample
8243
8244 @noindent
8245 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8246
8247 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8248 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8249
8250 @noindent
8251 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8252 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8253 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8254 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8255 but with no upper bound.
8256
8257 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8258
8259 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8260 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8261 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8262 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8263
8264 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8265 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8266 as a possible value.
8267
8268 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8269 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8270 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8271 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8272 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8273 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8274 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8275 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8276 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8277 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8278
8279 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8280 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8281
8282 @smallexample
8283 @group
8284 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8285 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8286 . .
8287
8288 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8289 @end group
8290 @end smallexample
8291
8292 @noindent
8293 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8294 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8295 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8296
8297 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8298 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8299 for different numbers.
8300
8301 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8302
8303 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8304 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8305
8306 @noindent
8307 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8308
8309 @smallexample
8310 @group
8311 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8312 . 811749612 .
8313 .
8314
8315 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8316 @end group
8317 @end smallexample
8318
8319 @noindent
8320 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8321 must not be prime.
8322
8323 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8324 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8325 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8326 use this method to test the second number.
8327
8328 @smallexample
8329 @group
8330 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8331 1: 15485863 .
8332 .
8333
8334 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8335 @end group
8336 @end smallexample
8337
8338 @noindent
8339 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8340 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8341
8342 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8343 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8344 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8345
8346 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8347 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8348 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8349 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8350
8351 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8352 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8353
8354 @noindent
8355 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8356 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8357 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8358
8359 @smallexample
8360 @group
8361 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8362 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8363 .
8364
8365 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8366
8367 @end group
8368 @end smallexample
8369 @noindent
8370 @smallexample
8371 @group
8372 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8373 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8374 .
8375
8376 x time @key{RET} +
8377 @end group
8378 @end smallexample
8379
8380 @noindent
8381 It will be just after six in the morning.
8382
8383 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8384 HMS form:
8385
8386 @smallexample
8387 @group
8388 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8389 . .
8390
8391 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8392 @end group
8393 @end smallexample
8394
8395 @noindent
8396 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8397 the actual number 3.14159...
8398
8399 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8400 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8401
8402 @noindent
8403 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8404 each.
8405
8406 @smallexample
8407 @group
8408 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8409 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8410 .
8411
8412 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8413
8414 @end group
8415 @end smallexample
8416 @noindent
8417 @smallexample
8418 @group
8419 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8420 .
8421
8422 17 *
8423 @end group
8424 @end smallexample
8425
8426 @noindent
8427 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8428
8429 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8430 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8431
8432 @noindent
8433 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8434
8435 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8436 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8437
8438 @noindent
8439 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8440 to the other?
8441
8442 @smallexample
8443 @group
8444 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8445 . .
8446
8447 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8448 @end group
8449 @end smallexample
8450
8451 @noindent
8452 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8453
8454 @smallexample
8455 @group
8456 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8457 2: 4.1 ns . .
8458 .
8459
8460 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8461 @end group
8462 @end smallexample
8463
8464 @noindent
8465 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8466 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8467 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8468
8469 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8470 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8471
8472 @noindent
8473 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8474 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8475
8476 @smallexample
8477 @group
8478 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8479 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8480 .
8481
8482 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8483 @end group
8484 @end smallexample
8485
8486 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8487 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8488 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8489
8490 @smallexample
8491 @group
8492 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8493 . 1: 2 .
8494 .
8495
8496 u s 2 B
8497 @end group
8498 @end smallexample
8499
8500 @noindent
8501 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8502
8503 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8504 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8505
8506 @noindent
8507 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8508 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8509 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8510 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8511 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8512 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8513 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8514
8515 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8516 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8517
8518 @noindent
8519 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8520 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8521 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8522 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8523 familiar form.
8524
8525 @smallexample
8526 @group
8527 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8528 . .
8529
8530 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8531
8532 @end group
8533 @end smallexample
8534 @noindent
8535 @smallexample
8536 @group
8537 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8538 . .
8539
8540 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8541
8542 @end group
8543 @end smallexample
8544 @noindent
8545 @smallexample
8546 @group
8547 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8548 . .
8549
8550 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8551 @end group
8552 @end smallexample
8553
8554 @noindent
8555 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8556 same as the original polynomial.
8557
8558 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8559 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8560
8561 @smallexample
8562 @group
8563 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8564 . .
8565
8566 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8567
8568 @end group
8569 @end smallexample
8570 @noindent
8571 @smallexample
8572 @group
8573 1: [y, 1]
8574 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8575 .
8576
8577 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8578
8579 @end group
8580 @end smallexample
8581 @noindent
8582 @smallexample
8583 @group
8584 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8585 .
8586
8587 V M $ @key{RET}
8588
8589 @end group
8590 @end smallexample
8591 @noindent
8592 @smallexample
8593 @group
8594 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8595 .
8596
8597 V R -
8598
8599 @end group
8600 @end smallexample
8601 @noindent
8602 @smallexample
8603 @group
8604 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8605 .
8606
8607 =
8608
8609 @end group
8610 @end smallexample
8611 @noindent
8612 @smallexample
8613 @group
8614 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8615 .
8616
8617 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8618 @end group
8619 @end smallexample
8620
8621 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8622 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8623
8624 @noindent
8625 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8626 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8627 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8628 coefficients. Here's one way:
8629
8630 @smallexample
8631 @group
8632 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8633 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8634 . .
8635
8636 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8637
8638 @end group
8639 @end smallexample
8640 @noindent
8641 @smallexample
8642 @group
8643 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8644 . .
8645
8646 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8647 @end group
8648 @end smallexample
8649
8650 @noindent
8651 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8652 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8653
8654 @smallexample
8655 @group
8656 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8657 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8658 .
8659
8660 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8661
8662 @end group
8663 @end smallexample
8664 @noindent
8665 @smallexample
8666 @group
8667 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8668 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8669 .
8670
8671 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8672 @end group
8673 @end smallexample
8674
8675 @noindent
8676 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8677 same thing.
8678
8679 @smallexample
8680 @group
8681 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8682 . . .
8683
8684 * .1 * 3 /
8685 @end group
8686 @end smallexample
8687
8688 @noindent
8689 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8690
8691 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8692 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8693
8694 @noindent
8695 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8696
8697 @smallexample
8698 @group
8699 ___
8700 2 + V 2
8701 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8702 . ___
8703 1 + V 2
8704
8705 .
8706
8707 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8708 @end group
8709 @end smallexample
8710
8711 @noindent
8712 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8713
8714 @smallexample
8715 @group
8716 ___ ___
8717 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8718 .
8719
8720 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8721
8722 @end group
8723 @end smallexample
8724 @noindent
8725 @smallexample
8726 @group
8727 ___ ___
8728 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8729 . .
8730
8731 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8732 @end group
8733 @end smallexample
8734
8735 @noindent
8736 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8737 second step.)
8738
8739 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8740 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8741 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8742
8743 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8744 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8745
8746 @noindent
8747 Here is the rule set:
8748
8749 @smallexample
8750 @group
8751 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8752 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8753 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8754 @end group
8755 @end smallexample
8756
8757 @noindent
8758 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8759 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8760 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8761 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8762 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8763 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8764 numbers.
8765
8766 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8767 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8768 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8769 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8770 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8771
8772 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8773 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8774 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8775 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8776 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8777 function.
8778
8779 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8780 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8781
8782 @noindent
8783 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8784 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8785 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8786 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8787 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8788 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8789 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8790
8791 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8792 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8793 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8794 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8795 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8796 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8797 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8798 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8799 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8800
8801 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8802 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8803
8804 @noindent
8805 @ignore
8806 @starindex
8807 @end ignore
8808 @tindex seq
8809 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8810
8811 @smallexample
8812 @group
8813 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8814 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8815 @end group
8816 @end smallexample
8817
8818 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8819 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8820
8821 @example
8822 seq( 3, 1)
8823 seq(10, 2)
8824 seq( 5, 3)
8825 seq(16, 4)
8826 seq( 8, 5)
8827 seq( 4, 6)
8828 seq( 2, 7)
8829 seq( 1, 8)
8830 @end example
8831
8832 @noindent
8833 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8834
8835 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8836
8837 @smallexample
8838 @group
8839 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8840 seq(1, c) := c,
8841 ... ]
8842 @end group
8843 @end smallexample
8844
8845 @noindent
8846 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8847 as the result.
8848
8849 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8850
8851 @smallexample
8852 @group
8853 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8854 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8855 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8856 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8857 @end group
8858 @end smallexample
8859
8860 @noindent
8861 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8862
8863 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8864 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8865 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8866 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8867
8868 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8869 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8870 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8871 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8872 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8873
8874 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8875 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8876
8877 @noindent
8878 @ignore
8879 @starindex
8880 @end ignore
8881 @tindex nterms
8882 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8883 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8884 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8885
8886 @smallexample
8887 @group
8888 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8889 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8890 @end group
8891 @end smallexample
8892
8893 @noindent
8894 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8895 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8896 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8897
8898 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8899 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8900
8901 @noindent
8902 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8903
8904 @smallexample
8905 @group
8906 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8907 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8908 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8909 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8910 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8911 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8912 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8913 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8914 @end group
8915 @end smallexample
8916
8917 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8918 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8919 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8920 say, @code{O}, first.
8921
8922 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8923 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8924 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8925 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8926 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8927
8928 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8929 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8930 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8931 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8932
8933 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8934
8935 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8936 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8937 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8938
8939 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8940 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8941 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8942 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8943 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8944
8945 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8946
8947 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8948 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8949 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8950 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8951 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8952 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8953 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8954 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8955 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8956 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8957 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8958
8959 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8960 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8961 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8962 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8963 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8964 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8965 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8966 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8967 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8968 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8969 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8970 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8971 in Lisp.)
8972
8973 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8974 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8975
8976 @noindent
8977 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8978 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8979 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8980 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8981 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8982
8983 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8984 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8985
8986 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8987 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8988
8989 @noindent
8990 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8991 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8992
8993 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8994 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8995
8996 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8997 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8998 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8999
9000 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
9001 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
9002
9003 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9004 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9005
9006 @noindent
9007 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9008 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9009
9010 @noindent
9011 Computing
9012 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9013 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9014
9015 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9016
9017 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9018
9019 @noindent
9020 Computing the logarithm:
9021
9022 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9023
9024 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9025
9026 @noindent
9027 Computing the vector of integers:
9028
9029 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9030 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9031 from the stack.)
9032
9033 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9034 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9035 next command.)
9036
9037 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9038
9039 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9040 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9041
9042 @noindent
9043 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9044
9045 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9046 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9047
9048 @smallexample
9049 @group
9050 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9051 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9052 . .
9053
9054 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9055 @end group
9056 @end smallexample
9057
9058 @noindent
9059 This answer is quite accurate.
9060
9061 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9062 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9063
9064 @noindent
9065 Here is the matrix:
9066
9067 @example
9068 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9069 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9070 @end example
9071
9072 @noindent
9073 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9074 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9075
9076 @example
9077 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9078 @end example
9079
9080 @noindent
9081 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9082 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9083 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9084 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9085 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9086 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9087 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9088 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9089
9090 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9091 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9092
9093 @noindent
9094 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9095 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9096 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9097
9098 @smallexample
9099 @group
9100 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9101 . 1: 4
9102 .
9103
9104 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9105 @end group
9106 @end smallexample
9107
9108 @noindent
9109 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9110 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9111 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9112 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9113 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9114 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9115 loop counter exceeds 4.
9116
9117 @smallexample
9118 @group
9119 2: 31 3: 31
9120 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9121 . 1: 4.02724519544
9122 .
9123
9124 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9125 @end group
9126 @end smallexample
9127
9128 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9129 harmonic number is 4.02.
9130
9131 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9132 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9133
9134 @noindent
9135 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9136 the formula
9137 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9138 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9139
9140 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9141 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9142 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9143 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9144 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9145 just for purposes of illustration.)
9146
9147 @smallexample
9148 @group
9149 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9150 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9151 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9152 .
9153
9154 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9155
9156 @end group
9157 @end smallexample
9158 @noindent
9159 @smallexample
9160 @group
9161 2: 4.5
9162 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9163 .
9164
9165 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9166 @end group
9167 @end smallexample
9168
9169 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9170 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9171 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9172 repetitions are done.)
9173
9174 @smallexample
9175 @group
9176 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9177 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9178 1: 4.5 .
9179 .
9180
9181 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9182 @end group
9183 @end smallexample
9184
9185 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9186 old one to see if we've converged.
9187
9188 @smallexample
9189 @group
9190 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9191 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9192 1: 4.5 .
9193 .
9194
9195 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9196 @end group
9197 @end smallexample
9198
9199 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9200 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9201
9202 @smallexample
9203 @group
9204 2: 5.26345856348
9205 1: 0.499999999997
9206 .
9207
9208 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9209 @end group
9210 @end smallexample
9211
9212 Let's test the new definition again:
9213
9214 @smallexample
9215 @group
9216 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9217 1: 1 .
9218 .
9219
9220 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9221 @end group
9222 @end smallexample
9223
9224 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9225
9226 @example
9227 @group
9228 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9229 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9230 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9231 Z >
9232 Z '
9233 C-x )
9234 @end group
9235 @end example
9236
9237 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9238 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9239 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9240 to see how to use it.
9241
9242 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9243 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9244 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9245 @xref{Root Finding}.
9246
9247 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9248 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9249
9250 @noindent
9251 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9252 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9253 reduce the problem using
9254 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9255 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9256 on to compute
9257 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9258 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9259 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9260 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9261
9262 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9263 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9264 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9265 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9266 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9267 just for purposes of illustration.)
9268
9269 @smallexample
9270 @group
9271 1: 1. 1: 1.
9272 . .
9273
9274 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9275 @end group
9276 @end smallexample
9277
9278 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9279 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9280
9281 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9282 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9283 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9284 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9285
9286 @smallexample
9287 @group
9288 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9289 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9290 1: 5 .
9291 .
9292
9293 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9294 @end group
9295 @end smallexample
9296
9297 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9298 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9299 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9300 minus the adjustment factor.
9301
9302 @smallexample
9303 @group
9304 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9305 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9306 . .
9307
9308 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9309 @end group
9310 @end smallexample
9311
9312 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9313 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9314 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9315
9316 @smallexample
9317 @group
9318 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9319 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9320 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9321 . . 1: 36.
9322 .
9323
9324 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9325
9326 @end group
9327 @end smallexample
9328 @noindent
9329 @smallexample
9330 @group
9331 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9332 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9333 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9334 . .
9335
9336 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9337 @end group
9338 @end smallexample
9339
9340 This is the value of
9341 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9342 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9343 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9344 a higher precision:
9345
9346 @smallexample
9347 @group
9348 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9349 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9350
9351 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9352 @end group
9353 @end smallexample
9354
9355 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9356
9357 @example
9358 @group
9359 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9360 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9361 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9362 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9363 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9364 2 Z )
9365 Z '
9366 C-x )
9367 @end group
9368 @end example
9369
9370 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9371 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9372
9373 @noindent
9374 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9375 a term like
9376 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9377 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9378 Taking the derivative of a constant
9379 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9380 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9381 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9382
9383 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9384 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9385 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9386 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9387 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9388 just for purposes of illustration.)
9389
9390 @smallexample
9391 @group
9392 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9393 1: 6 2: 0
9394 . 1: 6
9395 .
9396
9397 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9398 @end group
9399 @end smallexample
9400
9401 @noindent
9402 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9403
9404 @smallexample
9405 @group
9406 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9407 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9408 . 1: 1 .
9409 .
9410
9411 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9412 @end group
9413 @end smallexample
9414
9415 @noindent
9416 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9417 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9418 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9419
9420 @smallexample
9421 @group
9422 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9423 . . .
9424
9425 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9426 @end group
9427 @end smallexample
9428
9429 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9430 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9431
9432 @smallexample
9433 @group
9434 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9435 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9436 . .
9437
9438 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9439
9440 @end group
9441 @end smallexample
9442 @noindent
9443 @smallexample
9444 @group
9445 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9446 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9447 .
9448
9449 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9450 @end group
9451 @end smallexample
9452
9453 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9454
9455 @example
9456 @group
9457 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9458 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9459 a d x @key{RET}
9460 1 Z ) r 1
9461 Z '
9462 C-x )
9463
9464 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9465 @end group
9466 @end example
9467
9468 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9469 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9470
9471 @noindent
9472 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9473 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9474 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9475 sure the stack comes out right.
9476
9477 @smallexample
9478 @group
9479 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9480 1: 2 . 1: 2
9481 . .
9482
9483 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9484 @end group
9485 @end smallexample
9486
9487 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9488 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9489 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9490 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9491
9492 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9493 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9494
9495 @smallexample
9496 @group
9497 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9498 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9499 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9500 1: 2 .
9501 .
9502
9503 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9504
9505 @end group
9506 @end smallexample
9507 @noindent
9508 @smallexample
9509 @group
9510 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9511 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9512 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9513 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9514 . . .
9515
9516 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9517 @end group
9518 @end smallexample
9519
9520 @noindent
9521 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9522 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9523
9524 @smallexample
9525 @group
9526 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9527 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9528 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9529 . 1: 2 .
9530 .
9531
9532 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9533
9534 @end group
9535 @end smallexample
9536 @noindent
9537 @smallexample
9538 @group
9539 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9540 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9541 . .
9542
9543 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9544 @end group
9545 @end smallexample
9546
9547 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9548 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9549 the right answers.
9550
9551 Here's the full program once again:
9552
9553 @example
9554 @group
9555 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9556 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9557 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9558 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9559 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9560 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9561 Z ]
9562 Z ]
9563 C-x )
9564 @end group
9565 @end example
9566
9567 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9568 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9569 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9570 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9571 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9572
9573 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9574 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9575
9576 @noindent
9577 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9578 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9579
9580 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9581 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9582
9583 @smallexample
9584 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9585 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9586 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9587 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9588 C-c C-c
9589 @end smallexample
9590
9591 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9592
9593 @smallexample
9594 @group
9595 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9596 1: 2 . .
9597 .
9598
9599 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9600 @end group
9601 @end smallexample
9602
9603 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9604 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9605 the last rule.
9606
9607 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9608 @tex
9609 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9610 @end tex
9611
9612 @c [reference]
9613
9614 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9615 @chapter Introduction
9616
9617 @noindent
9618 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9619 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9620 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9621
9622 @c [when-split]
9623 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9624
9625 @menu
9626 * Basic Commands::
9627 * Help Commands::
9628 * Stack Basics::
9629 * Numeric Entry::
9630 * Algebraic Entry::
9631 * Quick Calculator::
9632 * Prefix Arguments::
9633 * Undo::
9634 * Error Messages::
9635 * Multiple Calculators::
9636 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9637 @end menu
9638
9639 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9640 @section Basic Commands
9641
9642 @noindent
9643 @pindex calc
9644 @pindex calc-mode
9645 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9646 @cindex Running the Calculator
9647 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9648 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9649 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9650 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9651 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9652 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9653 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9654 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9655 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9656 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9657 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9658 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9659
9660 @kindex C-x * c
9661 @kindex C-x * *
9662 @ignore
9663 @mindex @null
9664 @end ignore
9665 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9666 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9667 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9668 in its Keypad mode.
9669
9670 @kindex x
9671 @kindex M-x
9672 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9673 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9674 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9675 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9676 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9677 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9678 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9679 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9680
9681 Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9682 Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9683 arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9684 numbers.
9685
9686 @cindex Extensions module
9687 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9688 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9689 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9690 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9691 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9692 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9693 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9694 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9695 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9696 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9697 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9698
9699 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9700 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9701 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9702 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9703 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9704 to auto-load the Calculator.
9705
9706 @kindex C-x * b
9707 @pindex full-calc
9708 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9709 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9710 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9711 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9712 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9713 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9714 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9715
9716 @kindex C-x * o
9717 @pindex calc-other-window
9718 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9719 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9720 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9721 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9722 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9723 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9724
9725 @ignore
9726 @mindex C-x * q
9727 @end ignore
9728 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9729 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9730 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9731 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9732
9733 @ignore
9734 @mindex C-x * k
9735 @end ignore
9736 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9737 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9738 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9739 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9740
9741 @kindex q
9742 @pindex calc-quit
9743 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9744 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9745 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9746 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9747 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9748 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9749 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9750 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9751 Calculator on and off.
9752
9753 @kindex C-x * x
9754 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9755 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9756 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9757
9758 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9759 @pindex calc-refresh
9760 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9761 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9762 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9763 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9764 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9765
9766 @ignore
9767 @mindex o
9768 @end ignore
9769 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9770 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9771
9772 @kindex <
9773 @kindex >
9774 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9775 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9776 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9777 @cindex Scrolling
9778 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9779 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9780 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9781 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9782 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9783 window whenever it can.)
9784
9785 @kindex @{
9786 @kindex @}
9787 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9788 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9789 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9790 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9791 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9792 height of the Calc window.
9793
9794 @kindex C-x * 0
9795 @pindex calc-reset
9796 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9797 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9798 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9799 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9800 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9801 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9802 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9803 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9804 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9805 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9806 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9807
9808 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9809 @section Help Commands
9810
9811 @noindent
9812 @cindex Help commands
9813 @kindex ?
9814 @pindex calc-help
9815 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9816 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9817 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9818 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9819 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9820 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9821
9822 @kindex h h
9823 @pindex calc-full-help
9824 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9825 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9826 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9827
9828 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9829 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9830 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9831
9832 @kindex h i
9833 @kindex C-x * i
9834 @kindex i
9835 @pindex calc-info
9836 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9837 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9838 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9839 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9840 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9841 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9842 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9843 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9844 different command in a future version of Calc.
9845
9846 @kindex h t
9847 @kindex C-x * t
9848 @pindex calc-tutorial
9849 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9850 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9851 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9852 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9853 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9854 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9855 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9856 all times).
9857
9858 @kindex h s
9859 @kindex C-x * s
9860 @pindex calc-info-summary
9861 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9862 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9863 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9864
9865 @kindex h k
9866 @pindex calc-describe-key
9867 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9868 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9869 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9870 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9871 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9872 node indicated by the index.
9873
9874 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9875 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9876 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9877 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9878
9879 @kindex h c
9880 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9881 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9882 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9883 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9884 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9885 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9886 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9887 gives the description:
9888
9889 @smallexample
9890 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9891 @end smallexample
9892
9893 @noindent
9894 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9895 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9896 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9897 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9898 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9899
9900 @kindex h f
9901 @pindex calc-describe-function
9902 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9903 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9904 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9905 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9906 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9907 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9908 @samp{=>}.
9909
9910 @kindex h v
9911 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9912 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9913 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9914 @code{PlotRejects}.
9915
9916 @kindex h b
9917 @pindex describe-bindings
9918 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9919 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9920 listed.
9921
9922 @kindex h n
9923 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9924 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9925 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9926 source files.
9927
9928 @kindex h C-c
9929 @kindex h C-d
9930 @kindex h C-w
9931 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9932 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9933 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9934 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9935
9936 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9937 @section Stack Basics
9938
9939 @noindent
9940 @cindex Stack basics
9941 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9942 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9943 Tutorial}.
9944
9945 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9946 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9947 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9948 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9949 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9950 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9951 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9952 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9953
9954 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9955 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9956 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9957 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9958 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9959 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9960
9961 @kindex d l
9962 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9963 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9964 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9965 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9966 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9967 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9968
9969 @kindex o
9970 @pindex calc-realign
9971 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9972 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9973 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9974 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9975
9976 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9977 two consecutive numbers.
9978 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9979 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9980 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9981 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9982
9983 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9984 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9985 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9986 commands.
9987
9988 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9989 @section Numeric Entry
9990
9991 @noindent
9992 @kindex 0-9
9993 @kindex .
9994 @kindex e
9995 @cindex Numeric entry
9996 @cindex Entering numbers
9997 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
9998 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
9999 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10000 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10001 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10002
10003 @cindex Minus signs
10004 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10005 @kindex _
10006 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10007 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10008 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10009 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10010 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10011 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10012 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10013 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10014 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10015 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10016 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10017
10018 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10019 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10020 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10021 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10022
10023 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10024
10025 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10026 @section Algebraic Entry
10027
10028 @noindent
10029 @kindex '
10030 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10031 @cindex Algebraic notation
10032 @cindex Formulas, entering
10033 The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10034 calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10035 apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
10036
10037 @example
10038 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10039 @end example
10040
10041 @noindent
10042 This will compute
10043 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10044 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10045 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10046 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10047 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10048 clear previous results off the stack.
10049
10050 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10051 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10052 this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10053 keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10054
10055 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10056 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10057 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10058 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10059
10060 @kindex m a
10061 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10062 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10063 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10064 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10065 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10066 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10067 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10068 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10069 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10070 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10071 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10072
10073 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10074 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10075 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10076 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10077 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10078
10079 @kindex m t
10080 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10081 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10082 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10083 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10084 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10085 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10086 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10087 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10088 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10089 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10090 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10091 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10092 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10093
10094 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10095 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10096 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10097
10098 @kindex $
10099 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10100 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10101 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10102 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10103 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10104 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10105 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10106 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10107 first character in the new formula.
10108
10109 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10110 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10111 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10112 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10113 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10114 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10115 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10116
10117 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10118 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10119 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10120 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10121 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10122 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10123
10124 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10125 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10126 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10127 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10128 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10129 @key{TAB} key.
10130
10131 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10132 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10133 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10134 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10135
10136 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10137 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10138 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10139 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10140 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10141 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10142
10143 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10144 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10145
10146 @noindent
10147 @kindex C-x * q
10148 @pindex quick-calc
10149 @cindex Quick Calculator
10150 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10151 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10152 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10153 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10154 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10155
10156 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10157 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10158 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10159 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10160 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10161 @samp{$} as the formula.
10162
10163 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10164 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10165 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10166 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10167 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10168 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10169 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10170 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10171
10172 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10173 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10174
10175 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10176 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10177 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10178 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10179 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10180 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10181
10182 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10183 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10184 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10185
10186 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10187 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10188 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10189 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10190 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10191 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10192
10193 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10194 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10195 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10196 an ASCII character.
10197
10198 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10199 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10200 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10201 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10202 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10203 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10204 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10205
10206 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10207 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10208 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10209 small calculations.
10210
10211 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10212 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10213
10214 @noindent
10215 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10216 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10217 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10218 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10219 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10220
10221 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10222 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10223 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10224 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10225 on the entire stack.
10226
10227 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10228 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10229 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10230 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10231 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10232 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10233 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10234 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10235 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10236 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10237 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10238 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10239 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10240 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10241 argument for some other purpose.
10242
10243 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10244 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10245 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10246 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10247
10248 @kindex ~
10249 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10250 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10251 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10252 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10253 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10254 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10255
10256 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10257 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10258
10259 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10260 @section Undoing Mistakes
10261
10262 @noindent
10263 @kindex U
10264 @kindex C-_
10265 @pindex calc-undo
10266 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10267 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10268 @cindex Errors, undoing
10269 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10270 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10271 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10272 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10273 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10274 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10275 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10276 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is
10277 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10278 also clears the undo history.)
10279
10280 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10281 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10282 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10283
10284 @kindex D
10285 @pindex calc-redo
10286 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10287 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10288 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10289 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10290 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10291 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10292 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10293 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10294
10295 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10296 @pindex calc-last-args
10297 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10298 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10299 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10300 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10301 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10302 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10303 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10304 onto the stack.
10305
10306 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10307 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10308
10309 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10310 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10311
10312 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10313
10314 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10315 @section Error Messages
10316
10317 @noindent
10318 @kindex w
10319 @pindex calc-why
10320 @cindex Errors, messages
10321 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10322 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10323 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10324 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10325 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10326 reasons for this to happen.
10327
10328 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10329 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10330 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10331 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10332 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10333 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10334 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10335
10336 @kindex d w
10337 @pindex calc-auto-why
10338 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10339 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10340 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10341 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10342 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10343 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10344
10345 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10346 @section Multiple Calculators
10347
10348 @noindent
10349 @pindex another-calc
10350 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10351 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10352 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10353 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10354 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10355 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10356 this would ordinarily never be done.
10357
10358 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10359 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10360 Calculator buffer.
10361
10362 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10363 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10364 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10365 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10366 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10367 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10368
10369 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10370 Calculator buffers.
10371
10372 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10373 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10374
10375 @noindent
10376 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10377 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10378
10379 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10380 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10381
10382 @menu
10383 * Autoloading Problems::
10384 * Recursion Depth::
10385 * Caches::
10386 * Debugging Calc::
10387 @end menu
10388
10389 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10390 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10391
10392 @noindent
10393 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10394 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10395 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10396 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10397 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10398
10399 @kindex C-x * L
10400 @pindex calc-load-everything
10401 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10402 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10403 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10404 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10405
10406 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10407 @subsection Recursion Depth
10408
10409 @noindent
10410 @kindex M
10411 @kindex I M
10412 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10413 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10414 @cindex Recursion depth
10415 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10416 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10417 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10418 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10419 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10420 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10421 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10422 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10423 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10424 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10425
10426 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10427 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10428 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10429 The default value is 1000.
10430
10431 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10432 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10433
10434 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10435 @subsection Caches
10436
10437 @noindent
10438 @cindex Caches
10439 @cindex Flushing caches
10440 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10441 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10442 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10443 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10444 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10445 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10446 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10447 @cpiover{4} and
10448 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10449 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10450 The visible effect of caching is that
10451 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10452 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10453 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10454 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10455
10456 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10457 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10458 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10459 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10460 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10461 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10462
10463 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10464 @subsection Debugging Calc
10465
10466 @noindent
10467 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10468 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10469 your own Calc commands.
10470
10471 @kindex Z T
10472 @pindex calc-timing
10473 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10474 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10475 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10476 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10477 accurate only to within one second.
10478
10479 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10480 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10481 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10482 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10483 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10484 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10485 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10486 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10487 to execute the whole macro.
10488
10489 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10490 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10491 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10492 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10493 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10494 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10495 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10496
10497 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10498 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10499 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10500 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10501 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10502 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10503 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10504
10505 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10506 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10507 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10508 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10509 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10510 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10511 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10512 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10513 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10514 will be lost.
10515
10516 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10517 @chapter Data Types
10518
10519 @noindent
10520 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10521 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10522 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10523 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10524
10525 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10526 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10527 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10528 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10529 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10530 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10531 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10532
10533 @menu
10534 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10535 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10536 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10537 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10538 * Infinities::
10539 * Vectors and Matrices::
10540 * Strings::
10541 * HMS Forms::
10542 * Date Forms::
10543 * Modulo Forms::
10544 * Error Forms::
10545 * Interval Forms::
10546 * Incomplete Objects::
10547 * Variables::
10548 * Formulas::
10549 @end menu
10550
10551 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10552 @section Integers
10553
10554 @noindent
10555 @cindex Integers
10556 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10557 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10558 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10559 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10560 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10561 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10562
10563 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10564 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10565 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10566 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10567
10568 @kindex #
10569 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10570 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10571 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10572 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10573 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10574 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10575 number, the current display radix is used.
10576
10577 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10578 @section Fractions
10579
10580 @noindent
10581 @cindex Fractions
10582 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10583 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10584 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10585 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10586 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10587 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10588 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10589
10590 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10591 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10592 display formats.
10593
10594 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10595 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10596 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10597
10598 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10599 @section Floats
10600
10601 @noindent
10602 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10603 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10604 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10605 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10606 range of acceptable values is from
10607 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10608 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10609 (inclusive) to
10610 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10611 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10612 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10613
10614 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10615 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10616 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10617 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10618 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10619 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10620 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10621 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10622 would have overflowed!)
10623
10624 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10625 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10626 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10627 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10628
10629 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10630 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10631 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10632 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10633 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10634 or 0.235.
10635
10636 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10637 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10638 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10639 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10640
10641 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10642 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10643 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10644 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10645 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10646 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10647 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10648 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10649 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10650 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10651 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10652 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10653 way.
10654
10655 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10656 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10657 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10658 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10659 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10660 current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10661 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10662 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10663 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10664 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10665 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10666 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10667 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10668 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10669 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10670 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10671
10672 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10673 @section Complex Numbers
10674
10675 @noindent
10676 @cindex Complex numbers
10677 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10678 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10679 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10680 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10681 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10682 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10683
10684 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10685 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10686 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10687 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10688 @texline @math{\theta}
10689 @infoline @var{theta}
10690 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10691 @texline @math{\theta}
10692 @infoline @var{theta}
10693 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10694 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10695 in radians.
10696
10697 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10698 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10699
10700 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10701 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10702 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10703 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10704 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10705
10706 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10707 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10708 number.
10709
10710 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10711 @section Infinities
10712
10713 @noindent
10714 @cindex Infinity
10715 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10716 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10717 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10718 @vindex inf
10719 @vindex uinf
10720 @vindex nan
10721 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10722 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10723 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10724 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10725 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10726 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10727 entered using algebraic entry.
10728
10729 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10730 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10731 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10732 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10733 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10734 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10735 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10736 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10737 @texline @math{e^x}
10738 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10739 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10740 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10741 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10742 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10743
10744 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10745 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10746 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10747 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10748 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10749 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10750 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10751 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10752 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10753 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10754 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10755
10756 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10757 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10758 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10759 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10760 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10761 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10762 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10763 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10764 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10765 some cases.
10766
10767 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10768 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10769 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10770 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10771 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10772 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10773 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10774 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10775 notation.
10776
10777 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10778 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10779 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10780 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10781 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10782 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10783 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10784 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10785 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10786 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10787 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10788 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10789 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10790 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10791 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10792 (as described above).
10793
10794 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10795 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10796
10797 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10798 @section Vectors and Matrices
10799
10800 @noindent
10801 @cindex Vectors
10802 @cindex Plain vectors
10803 @cindex Matrices
10804 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10805 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10806 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10807 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10808 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10809
10810 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10811 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10812 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10813 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10814 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10815 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10816 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10817 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10818 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10819 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10820 this case.
10821
10822 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10823 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10824 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10825 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10826 of its elements.
10827
10828 @ignore
10829 @starindex
10830 @end ignore
10831 @tindex vec
10832 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10833 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10834 @texline @math{n\times m}
10835 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10836 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10837 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10838
10839 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10840 @section Strings
10841
10842 @noindent
10843 @kindex "
10844 @cindex Strings
10845 @cindex Character strings
10846 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10847 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10848 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10849 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10850 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10851 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10852
10853 @example
10854 @group
10855 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10856 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10857 \e 27 \^[ 27
10858 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10859 \n 10 \^] 29
10860 \r 13 \^^ 30
10861 \t 9 \^_ 31
10862 \^? 127
10863 @end group
10864 @end example
10865
10866 @noindent
10867 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10868 character from its ASCII code.
10869
10870 @kindex d "
10871 @pindex calc-display-strings
10872 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10873 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10874 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10875 instead.
10876
10877 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10878 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10879 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10880 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10881 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10882 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10883
10884 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10885 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10886 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10887
10888 @ignore
10889 @starindex
10890 @end ignore
10891 @tindex string
10892 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10893 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10894 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10895 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10896 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10897 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10898 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10899 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10900 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10901
10902 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10903 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10904 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10905 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10906
10907 @ignore
10908 @starindex
10909 @end ignore
10910 @tindex bstring
10911 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10912 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10913 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10914 character in the string.
10915
10916 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10917 @section HMS Forms
10918
10919 @noindent
10920 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10921 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10922 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10923 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10924 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10925 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10926 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10927 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10928
10929 @kindex @@
10930 @ignore
10931 @mindex @null
10932 @end ignore
10933 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10934 @ignore
10935 @mindex @null
10936 @end ignore
10937 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10938 @ignore
10939 @mindex @null
10940 @end ignore
10941 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10942 @ignore
10943 @mindex @null
10944 @end ignore
10945 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10946 @ignore
10947 @mindex @null
10948 @end ignore
10949 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10950 @ignore
10951 @mindex @null
10952 @end ignore
10953 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10954 The default format for HMS values is
10955 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10956 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10957 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10958 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10959 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10960 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10961 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10962 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10963 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10964 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10965 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10966 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10967
10968 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10969 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10970 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10971 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10972
10973 @pindex calc-time
10974 @cindex Time of day
10975 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10976 the stack as an HMS form.
10977
10978 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10979 @section Date Forms
10980
10981 @noindent
10982 @cindex Date forms
10983 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10984 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10985 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10986 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10987 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10988 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10989 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10990
10991 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
10992 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
10993 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
10994 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
10995 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
10996
10997 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
10998 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
10999 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11000 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11001 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11002 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11003 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11004 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11005
11006 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11007 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11008 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11009 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11010 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11011 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11012 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11013 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11014 never an issue for them.
11015
11016 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11017 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11018 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11019
11020 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11021 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11022 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11023 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11024 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11025
11026 @cindex Julian calendar
11027 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11028 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11029 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11030 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11031 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11032 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11033 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11034 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11035 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11036 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11037 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11038 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11039 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11040 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11041 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11042 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11043 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11044 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11045 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11046 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11047 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11048 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11049 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11050
11051 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11052 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11053 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11054 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11055 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11056
11057 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11058 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11059 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11060 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11061
11062 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11063 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11064 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11065
11066 @cindex Julian day counting
11067 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11068 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11069 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11070 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11071 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11072 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11073 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11074 command performs this conversion for you.
11075
11076 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11077 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11078 since it is involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11079 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11080 Julian cycle is based it on three other cycles: the indiction cycle,
11081 the Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15
11082 year cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later
11083 used to date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year
11084 cycle; 19 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year
11085 and a lunar month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will
11086 occur on the same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year
11087 cycle; the Julian calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The
11088 smallest time period which contains multiples of all three cycles is
11089 the least common multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which
11090 (since they're pairwise relatively prime) is
11091 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11092 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11093 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11094 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11095 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11096 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11097 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11098 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11099 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11100 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11101 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11102 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11103 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11104 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11105
11106 @cindex Unix time format
11107 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11108 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11109 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11110 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11111 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11112 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11113 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11114 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11115 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11116 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11117 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11118 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11119 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11120 conversions.
11121
11122 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11123 @section Modulo Forms
11124
11125 @noindent
11126 @cindex Modulo forms
11127 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11128 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11129 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11130 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11131 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11132 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11133 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11134 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11135 integers but this is not required.
11136
11137 @ignore
11138 @mindex M
11139 @end ignore
11140 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11141 @ignore
11142 @mindex mod
11143 @end ignore
11144 @tindex mod (operator)
11145 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11146 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11147 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11148 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11149 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11150 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11151
11152 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11153 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11154 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11155 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11156 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11157 the result always lies in the desired range.
11158
11159 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11160 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11161 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11162 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11163 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11164 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11165 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11166 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11167
11168 @cindex Modulo division
11169 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11170 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11171 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11172 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11173 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11174 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11175 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11176 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11177 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11178 in the sense of reducing
11179 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11180 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11181 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11182 number-theoretical point of view.)
11183
11184 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11185 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11186 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11187 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11188 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11189 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11190 24 radians!
11191
11192 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11193 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11194 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11195
11196 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11197 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11198
11199 @ignore
11200 @starindex
11201 @end ignore
11202 @tindex makemod
11203 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11204 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11205
11206 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11207 @section Error Forms
11208
11209 @noindent
11210 @cindex Error forms
11211 @cindex Standard deviations
11212 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11213 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11214 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11215 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11216 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11217 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11218 deviation or ``error''
11219 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11220 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11221 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11222 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11223 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11224 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11225 regular number by the Calculator.
11226
11227 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11228 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11229 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11230 @texline @math{\sin x}
11231 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11232 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11233 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11234 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11235 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11236 @tex
11237 $$ \eqalign{
11238 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11239 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11240 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11241 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11242 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11243 \right| \right)^2
11244 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11245 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11246 } $$
11247 @end tex
11248 Note that this
11249 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11250 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11251 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11252 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11253 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11254 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11255 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11256
11257 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11258 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11259 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11260 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11261 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11262 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11263 is
11264 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11265 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11266 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11267 @texline @math{\cos x}
11268 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11269 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11270 @texline @math{\sigma};
11271 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11272 this makes sense, since
11273 @texline @math{\sin x}
11274 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11275 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11276 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11277 @texline @math{\cos x}
11278 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11279 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11280 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11281 has relatively little effect on the value of
11282 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11283 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11284 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11285 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11286 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11287 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11288 @texline @math{\sin x}
11289 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11290 would indeed have been negligible.
11291
11292 @ignore
11293 @mindex p
11294 @end ignore
11295 @kindex p (error forms)
11296 @tindex +/-
11297 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11298 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11299 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11300 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11301 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11302
11303 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11304 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11305 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11306 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11307 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11308 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11309 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11310 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11311
11312 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11313 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11314
11315 @ignore
11316 @starindex
11317 @end ignore
11318 @tindex sdev
11319 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11320
11321 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11322 @section Interval Forms
11323
11324 @noindent
11325 @cindex Interval forms
11326 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11327 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11328 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11329 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11330 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11331 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11332 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11333 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11334 set of possible values of the input.
11335
11336 @ifnottex
11337 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11338 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11339 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11340 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11341 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11342 terms,
11343 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11344 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11345 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11346 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11347 @end ifnottex
11348 @tex
11349 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11350 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11351 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11352 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11353 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11354 terms,
11355 $$ \eqalign{
11356 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11357 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11358 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11359 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11360 } $$
11361 @end tex
11362
11363 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11364 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11365 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11366 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11367 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11368 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11369 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11370 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11371 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11372 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11373 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11374 the real infinities.
11375
11376 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11377 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11378 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11379 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11380 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11381 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11382 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11383
11384 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11385 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11386 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11387 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11388 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11389 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11390 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11391 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11392 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11393
11394 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11395 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11396 form
11397 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11398 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11399 means a variable is random, and its value could
11400 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11401 @texline @math{\sigma}
11402 @infoline @var{sigma}
11403 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11404 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11405 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11406 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11407 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11408 answer.
11409
11410 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11411 HMS forms or date forms.
11412
11413 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11414 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11415
11416 @ignore
11417 @starindex
11418 @end ignore
11419 @tindex intv
11420 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11421 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11422 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11423 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11424
11425 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11426 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11427 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11428 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11429 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11430 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11431 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11432 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11433 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11434 error.
11435
11436 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11437 @section Incomplete Objects
11438
11439 @noindent
11440 @ignore
11441 @mindex [ ]
11442 @end ignore
11443 @kindex [
11444 @ignore
11445 @mindex ( )
11446 @end ignore
11447 @kindex (
11448 @kindex ,
11449 @ignore
11450 @mindex @null
11451 @end ignore
11452 @kindex ]
11453 @ignore
11454 @mindex @null
11455 @end ignore
11456 @kindex )
11457 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11458 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11459 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11460 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11461 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11462 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11463 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11464 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11465 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11466
11467 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11468 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11469 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11470
11471 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11472 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11473 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11474 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11475
11476 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11477 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11478 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11479 from the list.
11480
11481 @kindex ;
11482 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11483 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11484 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11485 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11486
11487 @kindex ..
11488 @pindex calc-dots
11489 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11490 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11491 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11492 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11493 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11494 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11495
11496 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11497 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11498
11499 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11500 @section Variables
11501
11502 @noindent
11503 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11504 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11505 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11506 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11507 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11508 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11509 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11510 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11511 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11512 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11513 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11514 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11515 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11516 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11517 refer to the same variable.)
11518
11519 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11520 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11521 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11522 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11523 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11524 @code{foo}.
11525
11526 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11527 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11528 (@key{'}) key.
11529
11530 @kindex =
11531 @pindex calc-evaluate
11532 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11533 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11534 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11535 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11536 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11537 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11538 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11539 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11540 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11541 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11542 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11543 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11544
11545 @cindex @code{e} variable
11546 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11547 @cindex @code{i} variable
11548 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11549 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11550 @vindex e
11551 @vindex pi
11552 @vindex i
11553 @vindex phi
11554 @vindex gamma
11555 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11556 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11557 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11558 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11559 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11560 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11561
11562 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11563 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11564 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11565 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11566 a value into any of these special variables.
11567
11568 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11569
11570 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11571 @section Formulas
11572
11573 @noindent
11574 @cindex Formulas
11575 @cindex Expressions
11576 @cindex Operators in formulas
11577 @cindex Precedence of operators
11578 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11579 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11580 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11581 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11582 Parentheses may
11583 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11584 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11585 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11586 with their equivalent function names, are:
11587
11588 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11589
11590 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11591
11592 prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11593
11594 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11595 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11596
11597 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11598 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11599
11600 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11601
11602 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11603
11604 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11605
11606 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11607 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11608
11609 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11610
11611 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11612
11613 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11614 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11615
11616 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11617
11618 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11619
11620 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11621
11622 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11623
11624 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11625
11626 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11627
11628 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11629
11630 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11631
11632 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11633
11634 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11635 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11636 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11637 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11638
11639 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11640 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11641 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11642 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11643 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11644 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11645 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11646 as in @samp{f(x)},
11647 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11648 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11649 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11650 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11651 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11652
11653 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11654 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11655 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11656 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11657 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11658 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11659 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11660 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11661 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11662 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11663 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11664
11665 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11666 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11667 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11668 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11669 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11670 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11671 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11672 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11673 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11674 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11675
11676 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11677 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11678 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11679 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11680
11681 @cindex Function call notation
11682 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11683 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11684 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11685 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11686 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11687 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11688 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11689 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11690 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11691 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11692 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11693
11694 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11695 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11696 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11697 represent the same operation.
11698
11699 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11700 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11701 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11702 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11703 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11704 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11705 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11706
11707 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11708 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11709 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11710 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11711
11712 @example
11713 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11714 c + d,
11715 %% last line is coming up:
11716 e + f ]
11717 @end example
11718
11719 @noindent
11720 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11721
11722 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11723 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11724 formats.
11725
11726 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11727
11728 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11729 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11730
11731 @noindent
11732 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11733 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11734 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11735
11736 @menu
11737 * Stack Manipulation::
11738 * Editing Stack Entries::
11739 * Trail Commands::
11740 * Keep Arguments::
11741 @end menu
11742
11743 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11744 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11745
11746 @noindent
11747 @kindex @key{RET}
11748 @kindex @key{SPC}
11749 @pindex calc-enter
11750 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11751 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11752 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11753 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11754 several elements at the top of the stack.
11755 Given a negative argument,
11756 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11757 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11758 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11759 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11760 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11761 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11762 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11763
11764 @kindex @key{LFD}
11765 @pindex calc-over
11766 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11767 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11768 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11769 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11770 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11771 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11772 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11773
11774 @kindex @key{DEL}
11775 @kindex C-d
11776 @pindex calc-pop
11777 @cindex Removing stack entries
11778 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11779 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11780 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11781 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11782 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11783 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11784 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11785 stack is emptied.
11786 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11787 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11788 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11789 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11790 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11791
11792 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11793 @pindex calc-pop-above
11794 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11795 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11796 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11797 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11798 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11799 the third stack element.
11800
11801 @kindex @key{TAB}
11802 @pindex calc-roll-down
11803 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11804 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11805 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11806 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11807 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11808 top-for-bottom.
11809 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11810 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11811 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11812 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11813 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11814
11815 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11816 @pindex calc-roll-up
11817 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11818 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11819 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11820 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11821 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11822 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11823 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11824 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11825
11826 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11827 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11828 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11829 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11830 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11831 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11832 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11833
11834 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11835 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11836 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11837 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @mathit{n}, also
11838 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11839
11840 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11841 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11842
11843 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11844 @section Editing Stack Entries
11845
11846 @noindent
11847 @kindex `
11848 @pindex calc-edit
11849 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11850 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11851 The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11852 (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11853 Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11854 numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11855 at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11856 argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11857
11858 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11859 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11860 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11861 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11862 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11863
11864 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11865 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11866 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11867 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11868 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11869 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11870 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11871
11872 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11873 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11874 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11875 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11876
11877 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11878 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11879 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11880 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11881 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11882 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11883 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11884 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11885 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11886
11887 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11888 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11889 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11890 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11891 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11892
11893 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11894 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11895 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11896
11897 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11898 @section Trail Commands
11899
11900 @noindent
11901 @cindex Trail buffer
11902 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11903 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11904
11905 @kindex t d
11906 @pindex calc-trail-display
11907 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11908 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11909 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11910 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11911 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11912 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11913 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11914 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11915 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11916
11917 @kindex t i
11918 @pindex calc-trail-in
11919 @kindex t o
11920 @pindex calc-trail-out
11921 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11922 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11923 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11924 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11925 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11926 in the Calculator window.
11927
11928 @cindex Trail pointer
11929 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11930 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11931 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11932 trail pointer in various ways.
11933
11934 @kindex t y
11935 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11936 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11937 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11938 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11939 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11940 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11941 trail pointer.
11942
11943 @kindex t <
11944 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11945 @kindex t >
11946 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11947 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11948 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11949 window left or right by one half of its width.
11950
11951 @kindex t n
11952 @pindex calc-trail-next
11953 @kindex t p
11954 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11955 @kindex t f
11956 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11957 @kindex t b
11958 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11959 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11960 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11961 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11962 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11963 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11964 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11965
11966 @kindex t [
11967 @pindex calc-trail-first
11968 @kindex t ]
11969 @pindex calc-trail-last
11970 @kindex t h
11971 @pindex calc-trail-here
11972 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11973 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
11974 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
11975 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
11976 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
11977
11978 @kindex t s
11979 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
11980 @kindex t r
11981 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
11982 @ifnottex
11983 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11984 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
11985 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11986 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11987 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11988 it was when the search began.
11989 @end ifnottex
11990 @tex
11991 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11992 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
11993 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11994 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11995 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11996 it was when the search began.
11997 @end tex
11998
11999 @kindex t m
12000 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12001 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12002 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12003 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12004 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12005 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12006
12007 @kindex t k
12008 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12009 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12010 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12011 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12012 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12013 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12014
12015 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12016 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12017
12018 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12019 @section Keep Arguments
12020
12021 @noindent
12022 @kindex K
12023 @pindex calc-keep-args
12024 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12025 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12026 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12027 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12028 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12029
12030 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12031 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12032 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12033 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12034 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12035 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12036 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12037 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12038 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12039 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12040 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12041 extra work.
12042
12043 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12044 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12045 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12046
12047 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12048 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12049 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12050 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12051 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12052 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12053
12054 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12055 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12056 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12057 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12058 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12059 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12060
12061 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12062 @chapter Mode Settings
12063
12064 @noindent
12065 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12066 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12067 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12068
12069 @menu
12070 * General Mode Commands::
12071 * Precision::
12072 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12073 * Calculation Modes::
12074 * Simplification Modes::
12075 * Declarations::
12076 * Display Modes::
12077 * Language Modes::
12078 * Modes Variable::
12079 * Calc Mode Line::
12080 @end menu
12081
12082 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12083 @section General Mode Commands
12084
12085 @noindent
12086 @kindex m m
12087 @pindex calc-save-modes
12088 @cindex Continuous memory
12089 @cindex Saving mode settings
12090 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12091 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12092 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12093 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12094 @file{~/.calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command.
12095 This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up.
12096 The modes saved in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m}
12097 and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size,
12098 whether or not the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc
12099 window, and more. The current interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *})
12100 is also saved. If there were already saved mode settings in the
12101 file, they are replaced. Otherwise, the new mode information is
12102 appended to the end of the file.
12103
12104 @kindex m R
12105 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12106 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12107 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12108 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12109 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12110 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12111 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12112 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12113 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12114
12115 @kindex m F
12116 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12117 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12118 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12119 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12120 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12121 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12122 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12123 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12124 file name is @file{~/.calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12125 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12126 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12127
12128 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12129 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12130 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12131 to reread. You can give
12132 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12133 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12134 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12135 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12136 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12137 modes present in the file you were using before.
12138
12139 @kindex m x
12140 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12141 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12142 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12143 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12144 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12145 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12146 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12147 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12148
12149 @kindex m S
12150 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12151 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12152 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12153 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12154 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12155 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12156 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12157 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12158 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12159 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12160 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12161 shifted-prefix mode.
12162
12163 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12164 @section Precision
12165
12166 @noindent
12167 @kindex p
12168 @pindex calc-precision
12169 @cindex Precision of calculations
12170 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12171 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12172 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12173 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12174 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12175
12176 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12177 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12178
12179 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12180 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12181 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12182 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12183 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12184 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12185 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12186 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12187 existing value to a new precision.
12188
12189 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12190 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12191 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12192 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12193 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12194 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12195 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12196 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12197 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12198 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12199 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12200 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12201 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12202
12203 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12204 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12205 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12206 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12207 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12208 of the numbers involved.
12209
12210 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12211 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12212 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12213 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12214 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12215 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12216
12217 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12218 issues.
12219
12220 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12221 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12222
12223 @noindent
12224 @kindex I
12225 @pindex calc-inverse
12226 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12227 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12228 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12229 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12230 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12231
12232 @kindex H
12233 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12234 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12235 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12236 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12237 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12238 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12239 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12240
12241 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12242 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12243 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12244 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12245
12246 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12247 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12248 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12249 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12250 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12251 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12252 subtract and keep arguments).
12253
12254 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12255 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12256
12257 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12258 @section Calculation Modes
12259
12260 @noindent
12261 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12262 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12263 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12264 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12265
12266 @menu
12267 * Angular Modes::
12268 * Polar Mode::
12269 * Fraction Mode::
12270 * Infinite Mode::
12271 * Symbolic Mode::
12272 * Matrix Mode::
12273 * Automatic Recomputation::
12274 * Working Message::
12275 @end menu
12276
12277 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12278 @subsection Angular Modes
12279
12280 @noindent
12281 @cindex Angular mode
12282 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12283 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12284 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12285 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12286 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12287 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12288
12289 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12290 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12291 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12292 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12293 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12294 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12295 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12296
12297 @kindex m r
12298 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12299 @kindex m d
12300 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12301 @kindex m h
12302 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12303 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12304 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12305 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12306 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12307
12308 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12309 @subsection Polar Mode
12310
12311 @noindent
12312 @cindex Polar mode
12313 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12314 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12315 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12316 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12317 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12318
12319 @kindex m p
12320 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12321 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12322 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12323 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12324
12325 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12326 @subsection Fraction Mode
12327
12328 @noindent
12329 @cindex Fraction mode
12330 @cindex Division of integers
12331 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12332 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12333 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12334 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12335 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12336 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12337 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12338
12339 @kindex m f
12340 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12341 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12342 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12343 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12344 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12345 Float mode.
12346
12347 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12348 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12349 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12350
12351 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12352 @subsection Infinite Mode
12353
12354 @noindent
12355 @cindex Infinite mode
12356 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12357 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12358 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12359 results.
12360
12361 @kindex m i
12362 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12363 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12364 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12365 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12366 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12367 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12368 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12369
12370 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12371 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12372 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12373 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12374 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12375 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12376 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12377 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12378
12379 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12380 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12381 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12382 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12383 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12384 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12385 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12386 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12387 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12388 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12389 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12390
12391 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12392 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12393
12394 @noindent
12395 @cindex Symbolic mode
12396 @cindex Inexact results
12397 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12398 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12399 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12400 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12401 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12402
12403 @kindex m s
12404 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12405 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12406 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12407 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12408 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12409
12410 @kindex N
12411 @pindex calc-eval-num
12412 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12413 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12414 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12415 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12416 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12417 of the command.
12418
12419 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12420 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12421 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12422 variables.)
12423
12424 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12425 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12426
12427 @noindent
12428 @cindex Matrix mode
12429 @cindex Scalar mode
12430 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12431 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12432 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12433 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12434
12435 @kindex m v
12436 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12437 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12438 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12439 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12440 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12441 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12442 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12443 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12444 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12445 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12446 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12447 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12448 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12449 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12450 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12451 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12452 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12453 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12454 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12455
12456 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12457 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12458 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12459 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12460 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12461 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12462 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12463
12464 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12465
12466 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12467 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12468 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12469 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12470 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12471 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12472 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12473
12474 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12475 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12476 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12477 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12478 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12479 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12480
12481 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12482 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12483 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12484 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12485 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12486 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12487 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12488
12489 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12490 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12491 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12492 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12493 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12494 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12495
12496 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12497 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12498
12499 @noindent
12500 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12501 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12502 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12503 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12504
12505 @kindex m C
12506 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12507 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12508 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12509 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12510 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12511 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12512 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12513 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12514 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12515
12516 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12517 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12518 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12519
12520 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12521 @subsection Working Messages
12522
12523 @noindent
12524 @cindex Performance
12525 @cindex Working messages
12526 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12527 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12528 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12529 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12530 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12531 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12532 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12533
12534 @kindex m w
12535 @pindex calc-working
12536 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12537 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12538 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12539 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12540 the current mode.
12541
12542 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12543 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12544 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12545 to turn the messages off.
12546
12547 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12548 @section Simplification Modes
12549
12550 @noindent
12551 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12552 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12553 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12554 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12555 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12556 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12557
12558 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12559 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12560 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12561 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12562
12563 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12564 followed by a shifted letter.
12565
12566 @kindex m O
12567 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12568 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12569 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12570 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12571 in this mode.
12572
12573 @kindex m N
12574 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12575 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12576 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12577 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12578 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12579 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12580 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12581 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12582 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12583 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12584 elements are constant.
12585
12586 @kindex m D
12587 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12588 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12589 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12590 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12591 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12592 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12593
12594 @kindex m B
12595 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12596 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12597 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12598 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12599 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12600 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12601 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12602
12603 @kindex m A
12604 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12605 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12606 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12607 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12608 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12609
12610 @kindex m E
12611 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12612 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12613 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12614 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12615
12616 @kindex m U
12617 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12618 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12619 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12620 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12621 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12622 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12623 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12624
12625 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12626 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12627 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12628 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12629 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12630
12631 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12632 @section Declarations
12633
12634 @noindent
12635 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12636 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12637 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12638 take the fully general situation into account.
12639
12640 @menu
12641 * Declaration Basics::
12642 * Kinds of Declarations::
12643 * Functions for Declarations::
12644 @end menu
12645
12646 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12647 @subsection Declaration Basics
12648
12649 @noindent
12650 @kindex s d
12651 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12652 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12653 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12654 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12655 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12656 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12657 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12658 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12659
12660 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12661 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12662 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12663 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12664 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12665 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12666 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12667 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12668
12669 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12670 @vindex Decls
12671 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12672 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12673 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12674 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12675 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12676 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12677 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12678 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12679 permanently if you wish.
12680
12681 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12682 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12683 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12684 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12685 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12686
12687 For example, the declaration matrix
12688
12689 @smallexample
12690 @group
12691 [ [ foo, real ]
12692 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12693 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12694 @end group
12695 @end smallexample
12696
12697 @noindent
12698 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12699 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12700 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12701
12702 @vindex All
12703 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12704 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12705 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12706 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12707 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12708 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12709 response to the variable-name prompt.
12710
12711 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12712 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12713
12714 @noindent
12715 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12716 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12717 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12718 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12719 for the variable.
12720
12721 @smallexample
12722 @group
12723 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12724 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12725 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12726 @end group
12727 @end smallexample
12728
12729 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12730 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12731 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12732 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12733 nearly equivalent (see below).
12734
12735 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12736 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12737 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12738 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12739
12740 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12741 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12742 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12743 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12744 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12745 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12746
12747 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12748 stored in a variable:
12749
12750 @table @code
12751 @item int
12752 Integers.
12753 @item numint
12754 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12755 @item frac
12756 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12757 @item rat
12758 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12759 @item float
12760 Floating-point numbers.
12761 @item real
12762 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12763 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12764 reals here.)
12765 @item pos
12766 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12767 @item nonneg
12768 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12769 @item number
12770 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12771 @end table
12772
12773 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12774 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12775 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12776 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12777 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12778 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12779 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12780 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12781 of the formula.
12782
12783 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12784 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12785 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12786 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12787 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12788 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12789
12790 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12791 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12792 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12793 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12794 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12795
12796 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12797 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12798 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12799 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12800 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12801 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12802
12803 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12804 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12805 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12806 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12807 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12808 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12809 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12810 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12811 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12812 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12813
12814 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12815 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12816
12817 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12818 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12819 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12820 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12821 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12822 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12823 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12824
12825 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12826 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12827 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12828 type symbol.
12829
12830 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12831 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12832 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12833 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12834 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12835
12836 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12837 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12838 shown above).
12839
12840 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12841 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12842 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12843 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12844 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12845 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12846 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12847 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12848 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12849 not known to be nonzero.
12850
12851 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12852
12853 @table @code
12854 @item scalar
12855 The value is not a vector.
12856 @item vector
12857 The value is a vector.
12858 @item matrix
12859 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12860 @item sqmatrix
12861 The value is a square matrix.
12862 @end table
12863
12864 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12865 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12866 is a matrix of integers.
12867
12868 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12869 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12870 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12871 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12872 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12873 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12874 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12875 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12876 declarations.)
12877
12878 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12879 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12880 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12881
12882 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12883 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12884
12885 @table @code
12886 @item const
12887 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12888 @end table
12889
12890 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12891 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12892 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12893 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12894 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12895 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12896 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12897 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12898 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12899 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12900
12901 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12902 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12903
12904 @noindent
12905 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12906 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12907 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12908 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12909 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12910 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12911 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12912 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12913 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12914
12915 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12916 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12917 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12918 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12919 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12920
12921 @ignore
12922 @starindex
12923 @end ignore
12924 @tindex dint
12925 @ignore
12926 @starindex
12927 @end ignore
12928 @tindex dnumint
12929 @ignore
12930 @starindex
12931 @end ignore
12932 @tindex dnatnum
12933 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12934 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12935 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12936 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12937 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12938 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12939 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12940 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12941
12942 @ignore
12943 @starindex
12944 @end ignore
12945 @tindex drat
12946 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12947 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12948 and error forms do not.
12949
12950 @ignore
12951 @starindex
12952 @end ignore
12953 @tindex dreal
12954 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12955 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12956
12957 @ignore
12958 @starindex
12959 @end ignore
12960 @tindex dimag
12961 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12962 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12963
12964 @ignore
12965 @starindex
12966 @end ignore
12967 @tindex dpos
12968 @ignore
12969 @starindex
12970 @end ignore
12971 @tindex dneg
12972 @ignore
12973 @starindex
12974 @end ignore
12975 @tindex dnonneg
12976 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
12977 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
12978 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
12979 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
12980 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
12981 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
12982 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
12983 are rarely necessary.
12984
12985 @ignore
12986 @starindex
12987 @end ignore
12988 @tindex dnonzero
12989 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
12990 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
12991 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
12992 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
12993 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
12994 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
12995 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
12996
12997 @ignore
12998 @starindex
12999 @end ignore
13000 @tindex deven
13001 @ignore
13002 @starindex
13003 @end ignore
13004 @tindex dodd
13005 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13006 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13007 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13008 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13009 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13010
13011 @ignore
13012 @starindex
13013 @end ignore
13014 @tindex drange
13015 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13016 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13017 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13018 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13019 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13020 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13021 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13022 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13023 remains unevaluated.
13024
13025 @ignore
13026 @starindex
13027 @end ignore
13028 @tindex dscalar
13029 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13030 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13031 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13032 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13033 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13034 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13035 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13036 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13037 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13038 information to tell.
13039
13040 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13041 @section Display Modes
13042
13043 @noindent
13044 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13045 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13046 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13047 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13048 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13049 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13050
13051 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13052 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13053 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13054 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13055 reflect the latest mode settings.
13056
13057 @kindex d @key{RET}
13058 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13059 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13060 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13061 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13062 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13063 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13064 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13065 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13066
13067 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13068 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13069 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13070 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13071
13072 @menu
13073 * Radix Modes::
13074 * Grouping Digits::
13075 * Float Formats::
13076 * Complex Formats::
13077 * Fraction Formats::
13078 * HMS Formats::
13079 * Date Formats::
13080 * Truncating the Stack::
13081 * Justification::
13082 * Labels::
13083 @end menu
13084
13085 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13086 @subsection Radix Modes
13087
13088 @noindent
13089 @cindex Radix display
13090 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13091 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13092 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13093 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13094 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13095 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13096 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13097
13098 @kindex d 2
13099 @kindex d 8
13100 @kindex d 6
13101 @kindex d 0
13102 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13103 @cindex Octal integers
13104 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13105 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13106 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13107 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13108 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13109 as decimal.
13110
13111 @kindex d r
13112 @pindex calc-radix
13113 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13114 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13115 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13116
13117 @kindex d z
13118 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13119 @cindex Leading zeros
13120 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13121 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13122 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13123 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13124 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13125 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13126 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13127 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13128 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13129 entirety.)
13130
13131 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13132 @subsection Grouping Digits
13133
13134 @noindent
13135 @kindex d g
13136 @pindex calc-group-digits
13137 @cindex Grouping digits
13138 @cindex Digit grouping
13139 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13140 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13141 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13142 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13143 separated by commas.
13144
13145 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13146 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13147 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13148 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13149 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13150 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13151 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13152
13153 @kindex d ,
13154 @pindex calc-group-char
13155 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13156 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13157 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13158 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13159 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13160 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13161 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13162
13163 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13164 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13165 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13166 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13167 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13168
13169 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13170 @subsection Float Formats
13171
13172 @noindent
13173 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13174 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13175 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13176 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13177 formats for floats.
13178
13179 @kindex d n
13180 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13181 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13182 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13183 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13184 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13185 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13186 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13187 current precision is 12.)
13188
13189 @kindex d f
13190 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13191 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13192 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13193 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13194 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13195 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13196 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13197 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13198
13199 @kindex d s
13200 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13201 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13202 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13203 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13204 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13205 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13206 The default is to display all significant digits.
13207
13208 @kindex d e
13209 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13210 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13211 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13212 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13213 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13214 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13215 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13216
13217 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13218 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13219 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13220 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13221 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13222 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13223 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13224 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13225 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13226
13227 @kindex d .
13228 @pindex calc-point-char
13229 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13230 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13231 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13232 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13233 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13234
13235 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13236 @subsection Complex Formats
13237
13238 @noindent
13239 @kindex d c
13240 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13241 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13242 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13243 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13244 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13245
13246 @kindex d i
13247 @pindex calc-i-notation
13248 @kindex d j
13249 @pindex calc-j-notation
13250 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13251 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13252 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13253 in some disciplines.
13254
13255 @cindex @code{i} variable
13256 @vindex i
13257 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13258 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13259 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13260 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13261 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13262 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13263 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13264 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13265
13266 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13267 @subsection Fraction Formats
13268
13269 @noindent
13270 @kindex d o
13271 @pindex calc-over-notation
13272 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13273 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13274 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13275 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13276 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13277 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13278 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13279 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13280
13281 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13282 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13283 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13284 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13285 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13286
13287 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13288 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13289 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13290 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13291 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13292 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13293 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13294 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13295 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13296 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13297 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13298
13299 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13300 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13301 never affects floats.
13302
13303 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13304 @subsection HMS Formats
13305
13306 @noindent
13307 @kindex d h
13308 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13309 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13310 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13311 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13312 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13313 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13314 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13315 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13316
13317 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13318 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13319 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13320 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13321 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13322 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13323 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13324 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13325 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13326 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13327 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13328 entry.
13329
13330 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13331 @subsection Date Formats
13332
13333 @noindent
13334 @kindex d d
13335 @pindex calc-date-notation
13336 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13337 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13338 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13339 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13340 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13341 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13342 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13343 pure dates.
13344
13345 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13346 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13347 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13348 reestablished.
13349
13350 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13351 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13352 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13353
13354 @menu
13355 * Date Formatting Codes::
13356 * Free-Form Dates::
13357 * Standard Date Formats::
13358 @end menu
13359
13360 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13361 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13362
13363 @noindent
13364 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13365 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13366 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13367 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13368 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13369 below.
13370
13371 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13372 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13373 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13374 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13375 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13376 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13377 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13378 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13379
13380 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13381
13382 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13383 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13384 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13385 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13386 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13387
13388 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13389
13390 @table @asis
13391 @item Y
13392 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13393 @item YY
13394 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13395 @item BY
13396 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13397 @item YYY
13398 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13399 @item YYYY
13400 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13401 @item aa
13402 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13403 @item AA
13404 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13405 @item aaa
13406 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13407 @item AAA
13408 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13409 @item aaaa
13410 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13411 @item AAAA
13412 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13413 @item bb
13414 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13415 @item BB
13416 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13417 @item bbb
13418 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13419 @item BBB
13420 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13421 @item bbbb
13422 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13423 @item BBBB
13424 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13425 @item M
13426 Month: ``8'' for August.
13427 @item MM
13428 Month: ``08'' for August.
13429 @item BM
13430 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13431 @item MMM
13432 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13433 @item Mmm
13434 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13435 @item mmm
13436 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13437 @item MMMM
13438 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13439 @item Mmmm
13440 Month: ``August'' for August.
13441 @item D
13442 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13443 @item DD
13444 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13445 @item BD
13446 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13447 @item W
13448 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13449 @item WWW
13450 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13451 @item Www
13452 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13453 @item www
13454 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13455 @item WWWW
13456 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13457 @item Wwww
13458 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13459 @item d
13460 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13461 @item ddd
13462 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13463 @item bdd
13464 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13465 @item h
13466 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13467 @item hh
13468 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13469 @item bh
13470 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13471 @item H
13472 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13473 @item HH
13474 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13475 @item BH
13476 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13477 @item p
13478 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13479 @item P
13480 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13481 @item pp
13482 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13483 @item PP
13484 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13485 @item pppp
13486 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13487 @item PPPP
13488 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13489 @item m
13490 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13491 @item mm
13492 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13493 @item bm
13494 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13495 @item s
13496 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13497 @item ss
13498 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13499 @item bs
13500 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13501 @item SS
13502 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13503 @item BS
13504 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13505 @item N
13506 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13507 @item n
13508 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13509 @item J
13510 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13511 @item j
13512 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13513 @item U
13514 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13515 @item X
13516 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13517 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13518 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13519 required for algebraic entry.
13520 @end table
13521
13522 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13523 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13524
13525 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13526 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13527 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13528 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13529 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13530
13531 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13532 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13533 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13534 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13535 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13536
13537 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13538 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13539 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13540
13541 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13542 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13543
13544 @noindent
13545 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13546 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13547 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13548 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13549 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13550
13551 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13552 while interpreting dates.
13553
13554 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13555 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13556 the date.
13557
13558 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13559 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13560 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13561 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13562 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13563 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13564 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13565 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13566 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13567 recognized with no number attached.
13568
13569 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13570 format.
13571
13572 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13573 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13574 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13575 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13576 abbreviations.
13577
13578 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13579 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13580 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13581 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13582 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13583 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13584 current year is taken from the system clock.
13585
13586 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13587 words, then the input is rejected.
13588
13589 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13590 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13591 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13592 date components when the date was formatted.
13593
13594 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13595 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13596 minus sign on the year value.
13597
13598 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13599 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13600
13601 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13602 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13603
13604 @noindent
13605 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13606 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13607 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13608 to select the other formats.
13609
13610 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13611 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13612 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13613 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13614 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13615 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13616
13617 @table @asis
13618 @item 0
13619 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13620 @item 1
13621 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13622 @item 2
13623 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13624 @item 3
13625 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13626 @item 4
13627 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13628 @item 5
13629 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13630 @item 6
13631 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13632 @item 7
13633 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13634 @item 8
13635 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13636 @item 9
13637 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13638 @end table
13639
13640 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13641 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13642
13643 @noindent
13644 @kindex d t
13645 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13646 @cindex Truncating the stack
13647 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13648 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13649 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13650 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13651 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13652 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13653 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13654 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13655 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13656 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13657 the stack.
13658
13659 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13660 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13661 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13662 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13663 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13664 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13665 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13666
13667 @kindex d [
13668 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13669 @kindex d ]
13670 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13671 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13672 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13673 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13674
13675 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13676 @subsection Justification
13677
13678 @noindent
13679 @kindex d <
13680 @pindex calc-left-justify
13681 @kindex d =
13682 @pindex calc-center-justify
13683 @kindex d >
13684 @pindex calc-right-justify
13685 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13686 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13687 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13688 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13689 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13690 window.
13691
13692 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13693 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13694 text.
13695
13696 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13697 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13698 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13699
13700 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13701 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13702 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13703 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13704 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13705 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13706 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13707 mode.
13708
13709 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13710 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13711 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13712 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13713 line is indented to the origin.
13714
13715 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13716 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13717 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13718 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13719 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13720 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13721
13722 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13723 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13724 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13725 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13726 line width or Calc window width is used.
13727
13728 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13729 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13730 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13731 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13732 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13733 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13734 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13735
13736 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13737 @subsection Labels
13738
13739 @noindent
13740 @kindex d @{
13741 @pindex calc-left-label
13742 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13743 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13744 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13745 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13746 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13747 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13748 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13749
13750 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13751
13752 @kindex d @}
13753 @pindex calc-right-label
13754 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13755 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13756 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13757 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13758 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13759 justified to the line width.
13760
13761 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13762 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13763 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13764 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13765 left or right as you prefer.
13766
13767 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13768 @section Language Modes
13769
13770 @noindent
13771 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13772 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13773 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13774 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13775 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13776 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13777
13778 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13779 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13780 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13781 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13782
13783 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13784 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13785 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13786 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13787 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13788 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13789 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13790 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13791
13792 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13793 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13794 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13795 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13796 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13797
13798 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13799 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13800 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13801 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13802
13803 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13804 shifted letter key.
13805
13806 @menu
13807 * Normal Language Modes::
13808 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13809 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13810 * Eqn Language Mode::
13811 * Yacas Language Mode::
13812 * Maxima Language Mode::
13813 * Giac Language Mode::
13814 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13815 * Maple Language Mode::
13816 * Compositions::
13817 * Syntax Tables::
13818 @end menu
13819
13820 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13821 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13822
13823 @noindent
13824 @kindex d N
13825 @pindex calc-normal-language
13826 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13827 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13828 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13829 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13830 keyboard.
13831
13832 @kindex d O
13833 @pindex calc-flat-language
13834 @cindex Matrix display
13835 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13836 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13837 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13838 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13839
13840 @kindex d b
13841 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13842 @cindex Line breaking
13843 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13844 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13845 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13846 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13847 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13848 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13849 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13850 long lines.
13851
13852 @kindex d B
13853 @pindex calc-big-language
13854 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13855 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13856 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13857
13858 @example
13859 ____________
13860 | a + 1 2
13861 | ----- + c
13862 \| b
13863 @end example
13864
13865 @noindent
13866 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13867
13868 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13869 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13870 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13871 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13872 notation.
13873
13874 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13875
13876 @example
13877 3
13878 - -
13879 4
13880 @end example
13881
13882 @noindent
13883 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13884 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13885 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13886 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13887 typical use.
13888
13889 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13890 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13891 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13892 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13893 in Big mode.
13894
13895 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13896 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13897 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13898 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13899 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13900
13901 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13902 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13903 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13904 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13905
13906 @kindex d U
13907 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13908 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13909 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13910 shown above would be displayed:
13911
13912 @example
13913 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13914 @end example
13915
13916 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13917 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13918 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13919 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13920 parentheses).
13921
13922 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13923 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13924
13925 @noindent
13926 @kindex d C
13927 @pindex calc-c-language
13928 @cindex C language
13929 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
13930 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
13931 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
13932 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
13933 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
13934 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
13935 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
13936
13937 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
13938 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
13939 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
13940 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
13941 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
13942 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
13943 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
13944
13945 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
13946 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
13947 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
13948 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
13949 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
13950 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
13951 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
13952 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
13953
13954 @kindex d P
13955 @pindex calc-pascal-language
13956 @cindex Pascal language
13957 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
13958 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
13959 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
13960 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
13961 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
13962 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
13963 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
13964 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
13965 of handling these in Pascal.
13966
13967 @kindex d F
13968 @pindex calc-fortran-language
13969 @cindex FORTRAN language
13970 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
13971 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
13972 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
13973 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
13974 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
13975 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
13976 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
13977 If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
13978 @code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
13979 parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
13980 matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
13981 Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
13982 unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
13983 actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
13984 function!).
13985
13986 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
13987 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
13988 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
13989
13990 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
13991 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
13992 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
13993 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
13994 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
13995 convert to lower-case for display and input.
13996
13997 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
13998 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
13999
14000 @noindent
14001 @kindex d T
14002 @pindex calc-tex-language
14003 @cindex TeX language
14004 @kindex d L
14005 @pindex calc-latex-language
14006 @cindex LaTeX language
14007 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14008 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14009 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14010 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14011 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14012 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14013 mode may display it differently.
14014
14015 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14016 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14017 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14018 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14019 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14020 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14021 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14022 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14023 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14024
14025 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14026 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14027 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14028 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14029 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14030 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14031 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14032 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14033 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14034 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14035 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14036 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14037 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14038
14039 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14040 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14041 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14042 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14043 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14044 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14045 printed result is
14046 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14047 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14048 but
14049 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14050 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14051
14052 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14053 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14054 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14055 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14056 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14057 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14058 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14059 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14060 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14061 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14062 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14063 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14064 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14065 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14066 any @TeX{} mode.)
14067
14068 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14069 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14070 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14071 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14072 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14073 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14074 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14075 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14076 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14077 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14078 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14079 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14080 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14081 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14082 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14083 form, such as
14084
14085 @example
14086 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14087 a & b \\
14088 c & d
14089 \end@{pmatrix@}
14090 @end example
14091
14092 @noindent
14093 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14094 expressions being displayed like
14095
14096 @example
14097 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14098 a & b \\
14099 c & d
14100 \end@{pmatrix@}
14101 @end example
14102
14103 @noindent
14104 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14105 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14106
14107 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14108 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14109 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14110 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14111 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14112 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14113
14114 @ignore
14115 @iftex
14116 @begingroup
14117 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14118 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14119 @end iftex
14120 @starindex
14121 @end ignore
14122 @tindex acute
14123 @ignore
14124 @starindex
14125 @end ignore
14126 @tindex Acute
14127 @ignore
14128 @starindex
14129 @end ignore
14130 @tindex bar
14131 @ignore
14132 @starindex
14133 @end ignore
14134 @tindex Bar
14135 @ignore
14136 @starindex
14137 @end ignore
14138 @tindex breve
14139 @ignore
14140 @starindex
14141 @end ignore
14142 @tindex Breve
14143 @ignore
14144 @starindex
14145 @end ignore
14146 @tindex check
14147 @ignore
14148 @starindex
14149 @end ignore
14150 @tindex Check
14151 @ignore
14152 @starindex
14153 @end ignore
14154 @tindex dddot
14155 @ignore
14156 @starindex
14157 @end ignore
14158 @tindex ddddot
14159 @ignore
14160 @starindex
14161 @end ignore
14162 @tindex dot
14163 @ignore
14164 @starindex
14165 @end ignore
14166 @tindex Dot
14167 @ignore
14168 @starindex
14169 @end ignore
14170 @tindex dotdot
14171 @ignore
14172 @starindex
14173 @end ignore
14174 @tindex DotDot
14175 @ignore
14176 @starindex
14177 @end ignore
14178 @tindex dyad
14179 @ignore
14180 @starindex
14181 @end ignore
14182 @tindex grave
14183 @ignore
14184 @starindex
14185 @end ignore
14186 @tindex Grave
14187 @ignore
14188 @starindex
14189 @end ignore
14190 @tindex hat
14191 @ignore
14192 @starindex
14193 @end ignore
14194 @tindex Hat
14195 @ignore
14196 @starindex
14197 @end ignore
14198 @tindex Prime
14199 @ignore
14200 @starindex
14201 @end ignore
14202 @tindex tilde
14203 @ignore
14204 @starindex
14205 @end ignore
14206 @tindex Tilde
14207 @ignore
14208 @starindex
14209 @end ignore
14210 @tindex under
14211 @ignore
14212 @starindex
14213 @end ignore
14214 @tindex Vec
14215 @ignore
14216 @starindex
14217 @end ignore
14218 @tindex VEC
14219 @ignore
14220 @iftex
14221 @endgroup
14222 @end iftex
14223 @end ignore
14224 @example
14225 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14226 ---- --- ----- ---
14227 acute \acute \acute
14228 Acute \Acute
14229 bar \bar \bar bar
14230 Bar \Bar
14231 breve \breve \breve
14232 Breve \Breve
14233 check \check \check
14234 Check \Check
14235 dddot \dddot
14236 ddddot \ddddot
14237 dot \dot \dot dot
14238 Dot \Dot
14239 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14240 DotDot \Ddot
14241 dyad dyad
14242 grave \grave \grave
14243 Grave \Grave
14244 hat \hat \hat hat
14245 Hat \Hat
14246 Prime prime
14247 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14248 Tilde \Tilde
14249 under \underline \underline under
14250 Vec \vec \vec vec
14251 VEC \Vec
14252 @end example
14253
14254 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14255 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14256 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14257 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14258 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14259 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14260 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14261 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14262
14263 @example
14264 \def\evalto@{@}
14265 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14266 @end example
14267
14268 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14269 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14270 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14271 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14272 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14273 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14274
14275 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14276 reading is:
14277
14278 @example
14279 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14280 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14281 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14282 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14283 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14284 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14285 \evalto
14286 @end example
14287
14288 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14289 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14290 font information.
14291
14292 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14293 the same as @samp{*}.
14294
14295 @ifnottex
14296 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14297 end of this section.
14298 @end ifnottex
14299 @iftex
14300 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14301
14302 @example
14303 @group
14304 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14305 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14306 @end group
14307 @end example
14308 @tex
14309 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14310 @end tex
14311 @sp 1
14312
14313 @example
14314 @group
14315 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14316 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14317 @end group
14318 @end example
14319 @tex
14320 \turnoffactive
14321 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14322 @end tex
14323 @sp 1
14324
14325 @example
14326 @group
14327 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14328 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14329 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14330 @end group
14331 @end example
14332 @tex
14333 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14334 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14335 @end tex
14336 @sp 1
14337
14338 @example
14339 @group
14340 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14341 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14342 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14343 @end group
14344 @end example
14345 @tex
14346 \turnoffactive
14347 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14348 @end tex
14349 @sp 2
14350
14351 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14352 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14353 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14354
14355 @example
14356 @group
14357 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14358 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14359 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14360 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14361 @end group
14362 @end example
14363 @tex
14364 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14365 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14366 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14367 @end tex
14368 @sp 2
14369
14370 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14371
14372 @example
14373 @group
14374 2 + 3 => 5
14375 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14376 @end group
14377 @end example
14378 @tex
14379 \turnoffactive
14380 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14381 $$ 5 $$
14382 @end tex
14383 @sp 2
14384
14385 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14386
14387 @example
14388 @group
14389 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14390 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14391 @end group
14392 @end example
14393 @tex
14394 \turnoffactive
14395 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14396 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14397 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14398 @end tex
14399 @sp 2
14400
14401 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14402
14403 @example
14404 @group
14405 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14406 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14407 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14408 @end group
14409 @end example
14410 @tex
14411 \turnoffactive
14412 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14413 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14414 @end tex
14415 @sp 2
14416 @end iftex
14417
14418 @node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14419 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14420
14421 @noindent
14422 @kindex d E
14423 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14424 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14425 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14426 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14427 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14428
14429 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14430 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14431 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14432 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14433 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14434 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14435
14436 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14437 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14438 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14439 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14440 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14441 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14442 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14443
14444 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14445 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14446 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14447 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14448 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14449 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14450 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14451 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14452 names, too.)
14453
14454 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14455 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14456 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14457 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14458 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14459
14460 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14461 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14462 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14463 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14464
14465 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14466 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14467 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14468 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14469 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14470 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14471 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14472
14473 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14474 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14475 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14476 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14477 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14478 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14479 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14480 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14481
14482 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14483 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14484 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14485 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14486 recognized for these operators during reading.
14487
14488 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14489 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14490 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14491 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14492 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14493
14494 @node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14495 @subsection Yacas Language Mode
14496
14497 @noindent
14498 @kindex d Y
14499 @pindex calc-yacas-language
14500 @cindex Yacas language
14501 The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14502 conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14503 operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14504 of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14505 @samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14506 in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14507 mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14508 The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14509 @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14510 represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14511 represents @code{nan}.
14512
14513 Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14514 and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14515 example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14516 @w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14517
14518 Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14519 are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14520 use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14521 @samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14522
14523
14524 @node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14525 @subsection Maxima Language Mode
14526
14527 @noindent
14528 @kindex d X
14529 @pindex calc-maxima-language
14530 @cindex Maxima language
14531 The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14532 conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14533 function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14534 For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14535 @samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14536 standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14537 @code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14538 the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14539
14540 Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14541 variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14542 the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14543 @samp{o'o}.
14544
14545 Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14546 written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14547 the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14548
14549 @node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14550 @subsection Giac Language Mode
14551
14552 @noindent
14553 @kindex d A
14554 @pindex calc-giac-language
14555 @cindex Giac language
14556 The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14557 conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14558 names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14559 @samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14560 in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14561 and @code{uinf}.
14562
14563 Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14564 Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
14565 0, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14566 @samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14567 @samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14568
14569 The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14570 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14571 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14572 the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14573
14574 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
14575 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14576
14577 @noindent
14578 @kindex d M
14579 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14580 @cindex Mathematica language
14581 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14582 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14583 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14584 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14585 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14586 Mathematica mode.
14587
14588 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14589 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14590 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14591 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14592 Mathematica mode.
14593 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14594 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14595 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14596
14597 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14598 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14599
14600 @noindent
14601 @kindex d W
14602 @pindex calc-maple-language
14603 @cindex Maple language
14604 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14605 conventions of Maple.
14606
14607 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14608 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14609 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14610 denote powers.
14611
14612 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14613 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14614 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14615 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14616 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14617 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14618
14619 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14620 notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
14621
14622 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14623 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14624 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14625 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14626
14627 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14628 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14629 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14630
14631 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14632 @subsection Compositions
14633
14634 @noindent
14635 @cindex Compositions
14636 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14637 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14638 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14639 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14640 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14641
14642 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14643 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14644 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14645 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14646 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14647 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14648 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14649 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14650
14651 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14652 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14653 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14654 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14655 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14656 the language modes.
14657
14658 @menu
14659 * Composition Basics::
14660 * Horizontal Compositions::
14661 * Vertical Compositions::
14662 * Other Compositions::
14663 * Information about Compositions::
14664 * User-Defined Compositions::
14665 @end menu
14666
14667 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14668 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14669
14670 @noindent
14671 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14672 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14673 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14674 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14675 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14676 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14677 For example, in the Big mode formula
14678
14679 @example
14680 @group
14681 2
14682 a + b
14683 17 + ------
14684 c
14685 @end group
14686 @end example
14687
14688 @noindent
14689 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14690 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14691 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14692
14693 @tex
14694 \bigskip
14695 @end tex
14696
14697 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14698 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14699 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14700 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14701 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14702
14703 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14704 following precedences:
14705
14706 @example
14707 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14708 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14709 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14710 mod 400
14711 +/- 300
14712 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14713 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14714 ^ 200
14715 - 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14716 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14717 / % \ 190
14718 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14719 | 170
14720 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14721 && 110
14722 || 100
14723 ? : 90
14724 !!! 85
14725 &&& 80
14726 ||| 75
14727 := 50
14728 :: 45
14729 => 40
14730 @end example
14731
14732 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14733 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14734 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14735 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14736 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14737 normally never get additional parentheses).
14738
14739 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14740 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14741 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14742 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14743 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14744 with one-higher precedence.
14745
14746 @ignore
14747 @starindex
14748 @end ignore
14749 @tindex cprec
14750 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14751 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14752 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14753 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14754 precedence than multiplication).
14755
14756 @tex
14757 \bigskip
14758 @end tex
14759
14760 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14761 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14762 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14763 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14764 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14765 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14766 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14767 view them.
14768
14769 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14770 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14771 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14772 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14773 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14774 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14775 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14776 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14777 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14778
14779 @example
14780 @group
14781 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14782 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14783 @end group
14784 @end example
14785
14786 @noindent
14787 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14788 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14789 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14790 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14791 itself been too large to fit.
14792
14793 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14794 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14795 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14796 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14797 end of the string.
14798
14799 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14800 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14801 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14802 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14803 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14804 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14805 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14806 object.
14807
14808 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14809 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14810
14811 @noindent
14812 @ignore
14813 @starindex
14814 @end ignore
14815 @tindex choriz
14816 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14817 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14818 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14819
14820 @example
14821 @group
14822 a b
14823 17---d
14824 c
14825 @end group
14826 @end example
14827
14828 @noindent
14829 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14830 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14831 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14832 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14833 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14834 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14835
14836 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14837 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14838 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14839 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14840 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14841 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14842
14843 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14844 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14845 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14846 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14847 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14848
14849 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14850 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14851
14852 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14853 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14854
14855 @noindent
14856 @ignore
14857 @starindex
14858 @end ignore
14859 @tindex cvert
14860 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14861 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14862 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14863 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14864 formats in Big mode as
14865
14866 @example
14867 @group
14868 f( a , 2 )
14869 bb a + 1
14870 ccc 2
14871 b
14872 @end group
14873 @end example
14874
14875 @ignore
14876 @starindex
14877 @end ignore
14878 @tindex cbase
14879 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14880 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14881 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14882 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14883 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14884 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14885
14886 @example
14887 @group
14888 2
14889 a + 1
14890 a 2
14891 f(bb , b )
14892 ccc
14893 @end group
14894 @end example
14895
14896 @ignore
14897 @starindex
14898 @end ignore
14899 @tindex ctbase
14900 @ignore
14901 @starindex
14902 @end ignore
14903 @tindex cbbase
14904 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14905 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14906 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14907 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14908 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14909
14910 @example
14911 @group
14912 a
14913 a -
14914 - + a + b
14915 b -
14916 b
14917 @end group
14918 @end example
14919
14920 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14921 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14922 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14923 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14924 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14925 item.
14926
14927 @ignore
14928 @starindex
14929 @end ignore
14930 @tindex crule
14931 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14932 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14933 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14934 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14935 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14936 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14937 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14938
14939 @example
14940 @group
14941 a + 1
14942 =====
14943 2
14944 b
14945 @end group
14946 @end example
14947
14948 @ignore
14949 @starindex
14950 @end ignore
14951 @tindex clvert
14952 @ignore
14953 @starindex
14954 @end ignore
14955 @tindex crvert
14956 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14957 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14958 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14959 gives:
14960
14961 @example
14962 @group
14963 a + a
14964 bb bb
14965 ccc ccc
14966 @end group
14967 @end example
14968
14969 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14970 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14971 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14972
14973 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14974 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14975
14976 @noindent
14977 @ignore
14978 @starindex
14979 @end ignore
14980 @tindex csup
14981 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14982 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14983 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14984 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14985 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14986
14987 @ignore
14988 @starindex
14989 @end ignore
14990 @tindex csub
14991 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14992 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14993 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14994 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14995 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14996
14997 @ignore
14998 @starindex
14999 @end ignore
15000 @tindex cflat
15001 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
15002 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15003 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15004 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15005 to improve its readability.
15006
15007 @ignore
15008 @starindex
15009 @end ignore
15010 @tindex cspace
15011 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15012 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15013 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15014 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15015 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15016 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15017 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15018
15019 @example
15020 @group
15021 2 2 2 2
15022 a a a a
15023 @end group
15024 @end example
15025
15026 @noindent
15027 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15028
15029 @ignore
15030 @starindex
15031 @end ignore
15032 @tindex cvspace
15033 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15034 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15035 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15036 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15037 height if used in a vertical composition.
15038
15039 @ignore
15040 @starindex
15041 @end ignore
15042 @tindex ctspace
15043 @ignore
15044 @starindex
15045 @end ignore
15046 @tindex cbspace
15047 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15048 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15049 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15050 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15051 displays as:
15052
15053 @example
15054 @group
15055 a
15056 -
15057 a b
15058 - a a
15059 b + - + -
15060 a b b
15061 - a
15062 b -
15063 b
15064 @end group
15065 @end example
15066
15067 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15068 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
15069
15070 @noindent
15071 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15072 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15073 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15074
15075 @ignore
15076 @starindex
15077 @end ignore
15078 @tindex cwidth
15079 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15080 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15081 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15082 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15083 the composition functions described in this section.
15084
15085 @ignore
15086 @starindex
15087 @end ignore
15088 @tindex cheight
15089 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15090 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15091
15092 @ignore
15093 @starindex
15094 @end ignore
15095 @tindex cascent
15096 @ignore
15097 @starindex
15098 @end ignore
15099 @tindex cdescent
15100 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15101 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15102 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15103 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15104 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15105 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15106 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15107 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15108
15109 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15110 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15111
15112 @noindent
15113 @kindex Z C
15114 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15115 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15116 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15117 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15118 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15119 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15120 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15121 replaced.
15122
15123 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15124 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15125 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15126 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15127 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15128 affect the display at all.
15129
15130 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15131 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15132 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15133 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15134 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15135 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15136 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15137 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15138 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15139 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15140
15141 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15142 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15143 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15144
15145 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15146 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15147
15148 @example
15149 @group
15150 n
15151 ( )
15152 m
15153 @end group
15154 @end example
15155
15156 @noindent
15157 You might prefer the notation,
15158
15159 @example
15160 @group
15161 C
15162 n m
15163 @end group
15164 @end example
15165
15166 @noindent
15167 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15168 then put the formula
15169
15170 @smallexample
15171 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15172 @end smallexample
15173
15174 @noindent
15175 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15176 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15177 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15178 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15179 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15180 as an algebraic entry.
15181
15182 @example
15183 @group
15184 C + C
15185 a b 7 3
15186 @end group
15187 @end example
15188
15189 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15190 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15191 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15192 instead of parentheses.
15193
15194 @smallexample
15195 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15196 @end smallexample
15197
15198 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15199 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15200
15201 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15202 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15203 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15204 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15205 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15206 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15207 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15208 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15209 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15210 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15211 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15212 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15213
15214 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15215 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15216 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15217 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15218 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15219 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15220 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15221 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15222 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15223 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15224 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15225 symbolic form.
15226
15227 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15228 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15229 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15230 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15231 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15232 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15233 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15234 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15235 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15236
15237 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15238 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15239
15240 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15241 @subsection Syntax Tables
15242
15243 @noindent
15244 @cindex Syntax tables
15245 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15246 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15247 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15248 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15249
15250 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15251 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15252
15253 @kindex Z S
15254 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15255 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15256 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15257 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15258 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15259 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15260 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15261 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15262
15263 @menu
15264 * Syntax Table Basics::
15265 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15266 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15267 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15268 @end menu
15269
15270 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15271 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15272
15273 @noindent
15274 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15275 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15276 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15277 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15278 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15279 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15280 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15281 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15282 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15283 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15284
15285 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15286 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15287 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15288 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15289 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15290 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15291 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15292 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15293 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15294 completely different.)
15295
15296 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15297 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15298 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15299
15300 @example
15301 foo ( ) := 2+3
15302 @end example
15303
15304 @noindent
15305 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15306 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15307 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15308 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15309 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15310 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15311 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15312 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15313 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15314 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15315 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15316 calls would no longer recognize it!
15317
15318 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15319 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15320 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15321
15322 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15323 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15324 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15325 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15326 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15327 and postfix operator, respectively:
15328
15329 @example
15330 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15331 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15332 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15333 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15334 @end example
15335
15336 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15337 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15338
15339 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15340 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15341 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15342 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15343 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15344 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15345 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15346 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15347 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15348 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15349 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15350 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15351
15352 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15353 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15354 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15355 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15356 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15357 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15358 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15359 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15360
15361 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15362 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15363 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15364 rule,
15365
15366 @example
15367 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15368 @end example
15369
15370 @noindent
15371 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15372 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15373 define these operators quite easily:
15374
15375 @example
15376 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15377 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15378 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15379 @end example
15380
15381 @noindent
15382 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15383 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15384 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15385 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15386
15387 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15388 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15389
15390 @example
15391 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15392 @end example
15393
15394 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15395 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15396 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15397 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15398 backslashes in tokens.)
15399
15400 @example
15401 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15402 @end example
15403
15404 @noindent
15405 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15406
15407 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15408 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15409 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15410 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15411 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15412 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15413 respectively).
15414
15415 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15416 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15417
15418 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15419 @subsubsection Precedence
15420
15421 @noindent
15422 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15423 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15424
15425 @example
15426 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15427 @end example
15428
15429 @noindent
15430 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15431 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15432 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15433 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15434 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15435 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15436
15437 @example
15438 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15439 @end example
15440
15441 @noindent
15442 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15443 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15444 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15445 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15446 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15447 can create a right-associative operator.
15448
15449 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15450 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15451 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15452
15453 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15454 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15455
15456 @noindent
15457 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15458 write
15459
15460 @example
15461 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15462 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15463 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15464 @end example
15465
15466 @noindent
15467 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15468 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15469 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15470
15471 @example
15472 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15473 @end example
15474
15475 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15476 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15477 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15478 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15479 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15480 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15481 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15482 several expressions separated by commas.
15483
15484 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15485 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15486 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15487 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15488 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15489 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15490
15491 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15492 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15493 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15494 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15495 always be an empty vector.
15496
15497 @example
15498 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15499 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15500 @end example
15501
15502 @noindent
15503 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15504 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15505 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15506 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15507 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15508
15509 @example
15510 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15511 @end example
15512
15513 @noindent
15514 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15515 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15516
15517 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15518 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15519 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15520
15521 @example
15522 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15523 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15524 @end example
15525
15526 @noindent
15527 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15528 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15529 empty vector is produced.
15530
15531 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15532 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15533 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15534 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15535 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15536 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15537 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15538 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15539 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15540 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15541 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15542 as optional.
15543
15544 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15545 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15546
15547 @example
15548 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15549 @end example
15550
15551 @noindent
15552 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15553 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15554 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15555 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15556 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15557 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15558 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15559
15560 @example
15561 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15562 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15563 @end example
15564
15565 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15566 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15567 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15568 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15569 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15570 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15571 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15572
15573 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15574 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15575
15576 @noindent
15577 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15578 example, the rules
15579
15580 @example
15581 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15582 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15583 @end example
15584
15585 @noindent
15586 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15587 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15588 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15589 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15590 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15591 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15592
15593 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15594 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15595 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15596 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15597 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15598 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15599 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15600 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15601 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15602 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15603 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15604
15605 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15606 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15607 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15608 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15609 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15610 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15611
15612 @example
15613 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15614 @end example
15615
15616 @noindent
15617 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15618 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15619 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15620 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15621
15622 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15623 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15624 rules.
15625
15626 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15627 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15628 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15629 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15630 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15631 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15632
15633 @example
15634 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15635 @end example
15636
15637 @noindent
15638 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15639 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15640 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15641 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15642 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15643 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15644 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15645 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15646
15647 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15648 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15649
15650 @noindent
15651 @kindex m g
15652 @pindex calc-get-modes
15653 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15654 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15655 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15656 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15657 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15658 on the current mode settings.
15659
15660 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15661 @vindex Modes
15662 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15663 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15664 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15665 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15666 command will continue to work, however.)
15667
15668 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15669 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15670 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15671 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15672
15673 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15674
15675 @enumerate
15676 @item
15677 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15678
15679 @item
15680 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15681
15682 @item
15683 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15684 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15685
15686 @item
15687 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15688
15689 @item
15690 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15691 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15692 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15693 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15694 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15695 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15696 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15697 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15698 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15699 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15700
15701 @item
15702 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15703 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15704
15705 @item
15706 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15707
15708 @item
15709 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15710
15711 @item
15712 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15713 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15714
15715 @item
15716 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15717 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15718 or @var{N} for
15719 @texline @math{N\times N}
15720 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15721 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15722
15723 @item
15724 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15725 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15726 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15727
15728 @item
15729 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15730 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15731 @end enumerate
15732
15733 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15734 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15735 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15736 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15737 keyboard macro.)
15738
15739 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15740 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15741
15742 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15743 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15744 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15745 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15746 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15747 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15748
15749 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15750 @section The Calc Mode Line
15751
15752 @noindent
15753 @cindex Mode line indicators
15754 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15755 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15756 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15757
15758 The basic mode line format is:
15759
15760 @example
15761 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15762 @end example
15763
15764 The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
15765 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15766 as if it were text.
15767
15768 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15769 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15770 that are in effect.
15771
15772 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15773 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15774 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15775
15776 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15777 on the mode line:
15778
15779 @table @code
15780 @item Alg
15781 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15782
15783 @item Alg[(
15784 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15785
15786 @item Alg*
15787 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15788
15789 @item Symb
15790 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15791
15792 @item Matrix
15793 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15794
15795 @item Matrix@var{n}
15796 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15797
15798 @item SqMatrix
15799 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15800
15801 @item Scalar
15802 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15803
15804 @item Polar
15805 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15806
15807 @item Frac
15808 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15809
15810 @item Inf
15811 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15812
15813 @item +Inf
15814 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15815
15816 @item NoSimp
15817 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15818
15819 @item NumSimp
15820 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15821
15822 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15823 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15824
15825 @item AlgSimp
15826 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15827
15828 @item ExtSimp
15829 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15830
15831 @item UnitSimp
15832 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15833
15834 @item Bin
15835 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15836
15837 @item Oct
15838 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15839
15840 @item Hex
15841 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15842
15843 @item Radix@var{n}
15844 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15845
15846 @item Zero
15847 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15848
15849 @item Big
15850 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15851
15852 @item Flat
15853 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15854
15855 @item Unform
15856 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15857
15858 @item C
15859 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15860
15861 @item Pascal
15862 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15863
15864 @item Fortran
15865 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15866
15867 @item TeX
15868 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15869
15870 @item LaTeX
15871 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15872
15873 @item Eqn
15874 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15875
15876 @item Math
15877 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15878
15879 @item Maple
15880 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15881
15882 @item Norm@var{n}
15883 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15884
15885 @item Fix@var{n}
15886 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15887
15888 @item Sci
15889 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15890
15891 @item Sci@var{n}
15892 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15893
15894 @item Eng
15895 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15896
15897 @item Eng@var{n}
15898 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15899
15900 @item Left@var{n}
15901 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15902
15903 @item Right
15904 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15905
15906 @item Right@var{n}
15907 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15908
15909 @item Center
15910 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15911
15912 @item Center@var{n}
15913 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15914
15915 @item Wid@var{n}
15916 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15917
15918 @item Wide
15919 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15920
15921 @item Break
15922 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15923
15924 @item Save
15925 Record modes in @file{~/.calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15926
15927 @item Local
15928 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15929
15930 @item LocEdit
15931 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15932
15933 @item LocPerm
15934 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15935
15936 @item Global
15937 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15938
15939 @item Manual
15940 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15941 Recomputation}).
15942
15943 @item Graph
15944 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15945
15946 @item Sel
15947 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15948
15949 @item Dirty
15950 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15951
15952 @item Inv
15953 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15954
15955 @item Hyp
15956 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15957
15958 @item Keep
15959 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15960
15961 @item Narrow
15962 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15963 @end table
15964
15965 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15966 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15967
15968 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15969 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15970
15971 @noindent
15972 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15973 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15974 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15975 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15976 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15977 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15978 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15979
15980 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15981 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15982 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15983
15984 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15985 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15986 interpret a prefix argument.
15987
15988 @menu
15989 * Basic Arithmetic::
15990 * Integer Truncation::
15991 * Complex Number Functions::
15992 * Conversions::
15993 * Date Arithmetic::
15994 * Financial Functions::
15995 * Binary Functions::
15996 @end menu
15997
15998 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15999 @section Basic Arithmetic
16000
16001 @noindent
16002 @kindex +
16003 @pindex calc-plus
16004 @ignore
16005 @mindex @null
16006 @end ignore
16007 @tindex +
16008 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16009 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16010 onto the stack.
16011
16012 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16013 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16014 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16015 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16016 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16017 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16018 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16019 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16020 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16021 to every element of a vector.
16022
16023 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16024 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16025 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16026 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16027 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16028
16029 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16030 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16031 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16032 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16033 and then the two HMS forms are added.
16034
16035 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16036 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16037 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16038 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16039 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16040 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16041 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16042 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16043
16044 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16045 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16046 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16047 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16048 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16049 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16050 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16051 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16052
16053 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16054 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16055 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16056 the two values.
16057
16058 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16059 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16060 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16061 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16062
16063 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16064 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16065 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16066 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16067
16068 @kindex -
16069 @pindex calc-minus
16070 @ignore
16071 @mindex @null
16072 @end ignore
16073 @tindex -
16074 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16075 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16076 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16077 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16078
16079 @kindex *
16080 @pindex calc-times
16081 @ignore
16082 @mindex @null
16083 @end ignore
16084 @tindex *
16085 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16086 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16087 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16088 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16089 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16090 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16091 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16092 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16093 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16094
16095 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16096 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16097 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16098 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16099 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16100 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16101 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16102 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16103
16104 @kindex /
16105 @pindex calc-divide
16106 @ignore
16107 @mindex @null
16108 @end ignore
16109 @tindex /
16110 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16111
16112 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16113 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16114 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16115 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16116 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16117 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16118 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16119 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16120 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16121 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16122 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16123 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16124 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16125 @smallexample
16126 @group
16127 a b
16128 ---.
16129 c d
16130 @end group
16131 @end smallexample
16132
16133 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16134 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16135 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16136 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16137 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16138 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16139 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16140 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16141 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16142 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16143 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16144 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16145 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16146 transpose the result.
16147
16148 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16149 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16150 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16151 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16152 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16153 interval.
16154
16155 @kindex ^
16156 @pindex calc-power
16157 @ignore
16158 @mindex @null
16159 @end ignore
16160 @tindex ^
16161 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16162 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16163 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16164 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16165 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16166 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16167
16168 @kindex I ^
16169 @tindex nroot
16170 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16171 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16172 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16173
16174 @kindex \
16175 @pindex calc-idiv
16176 @tindex idiv
16177 @ignore
16178 @mindex @null
16179 @end ignore
16180 @tindex \
16181 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16182 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16183 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16184 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16185 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16186 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16187
16188 @kindex %
16189 @pindex calc-mod
16190 @ignore
16191 @mindex @null
16192 @end ignore
16193 @tindex %
16194 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16195 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16196 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16197 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16198 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16199 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16200 must be positive real number.
16201
16202 @kindex :
16203 @pindex calc-fdiv
16204 @tindex fdiv
16205 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16206 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16207 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16208 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16209 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16210 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16211 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16212 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16213
16214 @kindex n
16215 @pindex calc-change-sign
16216 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16217 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16218 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16219
16220 @kindex A
16221 @pindex calc-abs
16222 @tindex abs
16223 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16224 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16225 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16226 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16227 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16228 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16229 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16230 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16231 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16232
16233 @kindex f A
16234 @pindex calc-abssqr
16235 @tindex abssqr
16236 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16237 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16238
16239 @kindex f s
16240 @pindex calc-sign
16241 @tindex sign
16242 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16243 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16244 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16245 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16246 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16247
16248 @kindex &
16249 @pindex calc-inv
16250 @tindex inv
16251 @cindex Reciprocal
16252 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16253 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16254 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16255
16256 @kindex Q
16257 @pindex calc-sqrt
16258 @tindex sqrt
16259 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16260 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16261 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16262
16263 @kindex f h
16264 @pindex calc-hypot
16265 @tindex hypot
16266 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16267 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16268 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16269 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16270 magnitudes are used.
16271
16272 @kindex f Q
16273 @pindex calc-isqrt
16274 @tindex isqrt
16275 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16276 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16277 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16278 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16279 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16280 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16281 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16282
16283 @kindex f n
16284 @kindex f x
16285 @pindex calc-min
16286 @tindex min
16287 @pindex calc-max
16288 @tindex max
16289 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16290 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16291 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16292 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16293 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16294 all the arguments.)
16295
16296 @kindex f M
16297 @kindex f X
16298 @pindex calc-mant-part
16299 @tindex mant
16300 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16301 @tindex xpon
16302 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16303 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16304 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16305 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16306 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16307 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16308 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16309 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16310 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16311 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16312 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16313 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16314 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16315
16316 @kindex f S
16317 @pindex calc-scale-float
16318 @tindex scf
16319 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16320 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16321 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16322 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16323 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16324
16325 @kindex f [
16326 @kindex f ]
16327 @pindex calc-decrement
16328 @pindex calc-increment
16329 @tindex decr
16330 @tindex incr
16331 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16332 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16333 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16334 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16335 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16336 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16337 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16338 @samp{0.0} produces
16339 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16340 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16341 where @expr{p} is the current
16342 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16343 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16344
16345 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16346 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16347 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16348 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16349 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16350 way floating-point numbers work.
16351
16352 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16353 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16354
16355 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16356 @section Integer Truncation
16357
16358 @noindent
16359 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16360 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16361 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16362 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16363 to integer form.
16364
16365 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16366 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16367
16368 @cindex Integer part of a number
16369 @kindex F
16370 @pindex calc-floor
16371 @tindex floor
16372 @tindex ffloor
16373 @ignore
16374 @mindex @null
16375 @end ignore
16376 @kindex H F
16377 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16378 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16379 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16380 @mathit{-4}.
16381
16382 @kindex I F
16383 @pindex calc-ceiling
16384 @tindex ceil
16385 @tindex fceil
16386 @ignore
16387 @mindex @null
16388 @end ignore
16389 @kindex H I F
16390 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16391 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16392 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16393
16394 @kindex R
16395 @pindex calc-round
16396 @tindex round
16397 @tindex fround
16398 @ignore
16399 @mindex @null
16400 @end ignore
16401 @kindex H R
16402 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16403 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16404 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16405 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16406 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16407
16408 @kindex I R
16409 @pindex calc-trunc
16410 @tindex trunc
16411 @tindex ftrunc
16412 @ignore
16413 @mindex @null
16414 @end ignore
16415 @kindex H I R
16416 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16417 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16418 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16419 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16420
16421 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16422 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16423 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16424 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16425 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16426 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16427
16428 @ignore
16429 @starindex
16430 @end ignore
16431 @tindex rounde
16432 @ignore
16433 @starindex
16434 @end ignore
16435 @tindex roundu
16436 @ignore
16437 @starindex
16438 @end ignore
16439 @tindex frounde
16440 @ignore
16441 @starindex
16442 @end ignore
16443 @tindex froundu
16444 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16445 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16446 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16447 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16448 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16449 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16450 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16451 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16452 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16453 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16454 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16455 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16456 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16457 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16458 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16459
16460 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16461 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16462 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16463 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16464 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16465 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16466 no second argument at all.
16467
16468 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16469 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16470 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16471 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16472
16473 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16474 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16475 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16476 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16477
16478 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16479 @section Complex Number Functions
16480
16481 @noindent
16482 @kindex J
16483 @pindex calc-conj
16484 @tindex conj
16485 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16486 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16487 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16488 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16489 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16490
16491 @kindex G
16492 @pindex calc-argument
16493 @tindex arg
16494 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16495 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16496 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16497 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16498 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16499 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16500 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16501 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16502
16503 @pindex calc-imaginary
16504 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16505 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16506 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16507 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16508
16509 @kindex f r
16510 @pindex calc-re
16511 @tindex re
16512 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16513 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16514 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16515 the value part.)
16516
16517 @kindex f i
16518 @pindex calc-im
16519 @tindex im
16520 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16521 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16522 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16523
16524 @ignore
16525 @mindex v p
16526 @end ignore
16527 @kindex v p (complex)
16528 @pindex calc-pack
16529 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16530 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16531 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16532 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16533 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16534
16535 @ignore
16536 @mindex v u
16537 @end ignore
16538 @kindex v u (complex)
16539 @pindex calc-unpack
16540 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16541 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16542 into its separate components.
16543
16544 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16545 @section Conversions
16546
16547 @noindent
16548 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16549 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16550
16551 @kindex c f
16552 @pindex calc-float
16553 @tindex pfloat
16554 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16555 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16556 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16557 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16558 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16559 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16560 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16561 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16562 format may lose information.
16563
16564 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16565 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16566 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16567 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16568 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16569 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16570
16571 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16572 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16573 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16574 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16575
16576 @kindex H c f
16577 @tindex float
16578 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16579 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16580 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16581 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16582
16583 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16584 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16585 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16586 that appear right now.
16587
16588 @kindex c F
16589 @pindex calc-fraction
16590 @tindex pfrac
16591 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16592 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16593 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16594 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16595 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16596 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16597 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16598 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16599 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16600 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16601 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16602
16603 @kindex H c F
16604 @tindex frac
16605 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16606 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16607 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16608
16609 @kindex c d
16610 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16611 @tindex deg
16612 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16613 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16614 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16615 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16616
16617 @kindex c r
16618 @pindex calc-to-radians
16619 @tindex rad
16620 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16621 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16622
16623 @kindex c h
16624 @pindex calc-to-hms
16625 @tindex hms
16626 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16627 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16628 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16629 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16630 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16631
16632 @pindex calc-from-hms
16633 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16634 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16635
16636 @kindex c p
16637 @kindex I c p
16638 @pindex calc-polar
16639 @tindex polar
16640 @tindex rect
16641 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16642 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16643 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16644 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16645 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16646 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16647 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16648 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16649
16650 @kindex c c
16651 @pindex calc-clean
16652 @tindex pclean
16653 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16654 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16655 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16656 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16657 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16658 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16659 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16660 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16661 number (i.e., pervasively).
16662
16663 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16664 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16665 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16666 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16667
16668 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16669 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16670 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16671 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16672 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16673
16674 @kindex c 0-9
16675 @pindex calc-clean-num
16676 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16677 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16678 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16679 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16680
16681 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16682 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16683 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16684 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16685 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16686 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16687 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16688
16689 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16690 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16691 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16692 does not clip small numbers.)
16693
16694 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16695 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16696 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16697 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16698 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16699 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16700
16701 @kindex H c 0-9
16702 @kindex H c c
16703 @tindex clean
16704 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16705 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16706
16707 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16708 @section Date Arithmetic
16709
16710 @noindent
16711 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16712 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16713 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16714 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16715 letters.
16716
16717 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16718 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16719 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16720 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16721 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16722 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16723
16724 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16725 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16726 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16727
16728 @menu
16729 * Date Conversions::
16730 * Date Functions::
16731 * Time Zones::
16732 * Business Days::
16733 @end menu
16734
16735 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16736 @subsection Date Conversions
16737
16738 @noindent
16739 @kindex t D
16740 @pindex calc-date
16741 @tindex date
16742 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16743 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16744 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16745 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16746 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16747
16748 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16749 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16750 of the following ways:
16751
16752 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16753 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16754 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16755 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16756 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16757 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16758 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16759 month will be used.
16760
16761 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16762 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16763 real-time clock.
16764
16765 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16766 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16767
16768 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16769 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16770 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16771 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16772 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16773 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16774
16775 @kindex t J
16776 @pindex calc-julian
16777 @tindex julian
16778 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16779 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16780 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16781 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16782 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16783 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16784 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16785 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16786 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16787 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16788 are never time-zone adjusted.
16789
16790 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16791 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16792 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16793 current or specified time zone.
16794
16795 @kindex t U
16796 @pindex calc-unix-time
16797 @tindex unixtime
16798 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16799 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16800 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16801 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16802 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16803 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16804 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16805 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16806 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16807 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16808 suppress the adjustment if so.
16809
16810 @kindex t C
16811 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16812 @tindex tzconv
16813 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16814 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16815 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16816 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16817 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16818 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16819 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16820 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16821 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16822
16823 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16824 @subsection Date Functions
16825
16826 @noindent
16827 @kindex t N
16828 @pindex calc-now
16829 @tindex now
16830 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16831 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16832 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16833 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16834
16835 @kindex t P
16836 @pindex calc-date-part
16837 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16838 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16839 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16840 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16841
16842 @tindex year
16843 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16844 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16845 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16846 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16847 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16848 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16849
16850 @tindex month
16851 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16852 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16853
16854 @tindex day
16855 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16856 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16857
16858 @tindex hour
16859 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16860 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16861 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16862 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16863 HMS forms as input.
16864
16865 @tindex minute
16866 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16867 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16868
16869 @tindex second
16870 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16871 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16872 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16873 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16874
16875 @tindex weekday
16876 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16877 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16878 to 6 (Saturday).
16879
16880 @tindex yearday
16881 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16882 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16883 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16884
16885 @tindex time
16886 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16887 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16888 for a pure date form.
16889
16890 @kindex t M
16891 @pindex calc-new-month
16892 @tindex newmonth
16893 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16894 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16895 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16896 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16897 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16898 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16899 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16900 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16901
16902 @kindex t Y
16903 @pindex calc-new-year
16904 @tindex newyear
16905 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16906 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16907 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16908 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16909 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16910 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16911 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16912 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16913 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16914
16915 @kindex t W
16916 @pindex calc-new-week
16917 @tindex newweek
16918 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16919 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16920 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16921 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16922 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16923 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16924
16925 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16926 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16927 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16928 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16929 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16930 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16931 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16932 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16933 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16934 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16935 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16936
16937 @ignore
16938 @starindex
16939 @end ignore
16940 @tindex pwday
16941 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16942 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16943 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16944 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16945 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16946 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16947 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16948 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16949 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16950 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16951 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16952
16953 @kindex t I
16954 @pindex calc-inc-month
16955 @tindex incmonth
16956 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16957 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16958 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16959 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16960 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16961 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16962 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16963 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16964 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16965 in this case).
16966
16967 @ignore
16968 @starindex
16969 @end ignore
16970 @tindex incyear
16971 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16972 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16973 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16974 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16975 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16976 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16977 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16978 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16979
16980 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16981 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16982 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
16983
16984 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16985 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16986
16987 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16988 @subsection Business Days
16989
16990 @noindent
16991 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16992 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16993 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16994 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16995 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16996 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16997
16998 @kindex t +
16999 @kindex t -
17000 @tindex badd
17001 @tindex bsub
17002 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
17003 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
17004 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17005 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17006 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17007 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17008 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17009 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17010 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17011 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17012 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17013 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17014 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17015 case the result is the number of business days between the two
17016 dates.
17017
17018 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17019 @vindex Holidays
17020 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17021 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17022 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17023 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17024 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17025 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17026 be any of the following kinds of objects:
17027
17028 @itemize @bullet
17029 @item
17030 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17031 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17032
17033 @item
17034 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17035 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17036
17037 @item
17038 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17039 considered to be a holiday.
17040
17041 @item
17042 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17043 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17044 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17045 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17046 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17047 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17048 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17049 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17050 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17051
17052 @item
17053 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17054 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17055
17056 @item
17057 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17058 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17059 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17060 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17061 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17062 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17063 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17064 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17065 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17066 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17067
17068 @item
17069 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17070 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17071 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17072 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17073 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17074 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17075 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17076 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17077 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17078 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17079 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17080 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17081 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17082 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17083 @end itemize
17084
17085 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17086 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17087 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17088
17089 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17090 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17091 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17092 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17093 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17094 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17095
17096 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17097 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17098 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17099 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17100 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17101 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17102 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17103 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17104
17105 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17106 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17107 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17108 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17109 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17110 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17111 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17112 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17113 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17114 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17115 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17116 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17117 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17118 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17119 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17120
17121 @ignore
17122 @starindex
17123 @end ignore
17124 @tindex holiday
17125 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17126 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17127 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17128 business day.
17129
17130 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17131 @subsection Time Zones
17132
17133 @noindent
17134 @cindex Time zones
17135 @cindex Daylight saving time
17136 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17137 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17138 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17139 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17140 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17141 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17142 can't determine the right correction to use.
17143
17144 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17145 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17146 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17147 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17148 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17149 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17150 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17151 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17152 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17153 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17154 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17155 April 7, 1991.
17156
17157 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17158 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17159 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17160 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17161
17162 @pindex calc-time-zone
17163 @ignore
17164 @starindex
17165 @end ignore
17166 @tindex tzone
17167 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17168 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17169 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17170 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17171 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17172 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17173 the normal difference.
17174
17175 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17176 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17177 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17178 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17179 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17180 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17181 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17182 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17183 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17184
17185 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17186 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17187 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17188 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17189
17190 @smallexample
17191 @group
17192 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17193 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17194
17195 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17196 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17197
17198 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17199 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17200 @end group
17201 @end smallexample
17202
17203 @vindex math-tzone-names
17204 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17205 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17206 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17207 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17208 Pacific Time look like this:
17209
17210 @smallexample
17211 @group
17212 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17213 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17214 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17215 @end group
17216 @end smallexample
17217
17218 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17219 @vindex TimeZone
17220 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17221 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17222 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17223 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17224 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17225 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17226 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17227 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17228 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17229 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17230 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17231 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17232 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17233 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17234 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17235 The special time zone name @code{local}
17236 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17237 from the calendar.
17238
17239 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17240 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17241 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17242 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17243
17244 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17245 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17246 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17247 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17248 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17249 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17250 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17251 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17252 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17253 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17254 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17255 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17256 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17257 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17258 the conversion functions.
17259
17260 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17261 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17262 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17263 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17264 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17265
17266 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17267 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17268 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17269 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17270 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17271 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17272 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17273
17274 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17275 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17276 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17277 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17278 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17279 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17280 and the weekday number (0-6).
17281
17282 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17283 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17284 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17285 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17286 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17287 daylight saving hook:
17288
17289 @smallexample
17290 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17291 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17292 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17293 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17294 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17295 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17296 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17297 (t -1))))
17298 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17299 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17300 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17301 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17302 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17303 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17304 (t 0))))
17305 (t 0))
17306 )
17307 @end smallexample
17308
17309 @noindent
17310 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17311 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17312 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17313 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17314 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17315
17316 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17317 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17318 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17319 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17320 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17321 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17322 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17323 later).
17324
17325 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17326 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17327
17328 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17329 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17330 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17331 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17332 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17333 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17334 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17335 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17336 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17337 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17338 is typically represented in.
17339
17340 @ignore
17341 @starindex
17342 @end ignore
17343 @tindex dsadj
17344 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17345 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17346 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17347 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17348 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17349 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17350 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17351
17352 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17353 @section Financial Functions
17354
17355 @noindent
17356 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17357 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17358 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17359
17360 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17361 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17362 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17363 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17364
17365 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17366 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17367 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17368 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17369
17370 @menu
17371 * Percentages::
17372 * Future Value::
17373 * Present Value::
17374 * Related Financial Functions::
17375 * Depreciation Functions::
17376 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17377 @end menu
17378
17379 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17380 @subsection Percentages
17381
17382 @kindex M-%
17383 @pindex calc-percent
17384 @tindex %
17385 @tindex percent
17386 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17387 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17388 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17389 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17390
17391 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17392 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17393 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17394 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17395 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17396 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17397 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17398 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17399
17400 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17401 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17402 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17403 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17404 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17405 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17406
17407 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17408 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17409 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17410 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17411
17412 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17413 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17414 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17415
17416 @kindex c %
17417 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17418 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17419 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17420 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17421 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17422 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17423 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17424 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17425
17426 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17427 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17428 @samp{25%}.
17429
17430 @kindex b %
17431 @pindex calc-percent-change
17432 @tindex relch
17433 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17434 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17435 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17436 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17437 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17438 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17439 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17440 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17441 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17442 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17443
17444 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17445 @subsection Future Value
17446
17447 @noindent
17448 @kindex b F
17449 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17450 @tindex fv
17451 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17452 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17453 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17454 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17455 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17456 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17457 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17458 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17459 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17460 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17461
17462 @kindex I b F
17463 @tindex fvb
17464 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17465 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17466 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17467 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17468 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17469 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17470 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17471 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17472 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17473
17474 @kindex H b F
17475 @tindex fvl
17476 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17477 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17478 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17479 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17480
17481 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17482 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17483 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17484 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17485 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17486
17487 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17488 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17489 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17490 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17491 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17492 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17493 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17494 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17495 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17496 by @code{fvb} directly.
17497
17498 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17499 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17500 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17501 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17502 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17503 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17504 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17505
17506 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17507 @subsection Present Value
17508
17509 @noindent
17510 @kindex b P
17511 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17512 @tindex pv
17513 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17514 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17515 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17516 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17517 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17518 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17519 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17520 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17521 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17522 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17523 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17524 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17525 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17526
17527 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17528 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17529 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17530 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17531 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17532 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17533 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17534 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17535 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17536
17537 @kindex I b P
17538 @tindex pvb
17539 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17540 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17541 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17542 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17543 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17544 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17545
17546 @kindex H b P
17547 @tindex pvl
17548 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17549 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17550 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17551 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17552 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17553 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17554 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17555
17556 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17557 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17558 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17559
17560 @kindex b N
17561 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17562 @tindex npv
17563 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17564 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17565 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17566 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17567 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17568 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17569 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17570
17571 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17572 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17573 not all the same!
17574
17575 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17576 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17577 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17578 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17579 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17580 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17581 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17582 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17583
17584 @kindex I b N
17585 @tindex npvb
17586 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17587 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17588 rather than at the end.
17589
17590 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17591 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17592
17593 @noindent
17594 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17595 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17596
17597 @kindex b M
17598 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17599 @tindex pmt
17600 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17601 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17602 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17603 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17604 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17605
17606 @kindex I b M
17607 @tindex pmtb
17608 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17609 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17610 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17611 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17612
17613 @kindex H b M
17614 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17615 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17616
17617 @kindex b #
17618 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17619 @tindex nper
17620 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17621 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17622 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17623 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17624 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17625 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17626 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17627
17628 @kindex I b #
17629 @tindex nperb
17630 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17631 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17632 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17633 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17634
17635 @kindex H b #
17636 @tindex nperl
17637 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17638 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17639 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17640 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17641 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17642
17643 @kindex b T
17644 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17645 @tindex rate
17646 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17647 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17648 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17649 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17650 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17651
17652 @kindex I b T
17653 @kindex H b T
17654 @tindex rateb
17655 @tindex ratel
17656 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17657 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17658 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17659 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17660 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17661 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17662 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17663
17664 @kindex b I
17665 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17666 @tindex irr
17667 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17668 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17669 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17670 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17671 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17672
17673 @kindex I b I
17674 @tindex irrb
17675 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17676 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17677
17678 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17679 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17680
17681 @noindent
17682 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17683 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17684 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17685 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17686 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17687 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17688
17689 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17690 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17691
17692 @kindex b S
17693 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17694 @tindex sln
17695 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17696 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17697 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17698 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17699 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17700 per year.
17701
17702 @kindex b Y
17703 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17704 @tindex syd
17705 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17706 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17707 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17708 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17709 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17710 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17711 return zero.
17712
17713 @kindex b D
17714 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17715 @tindex ddb
17716 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17717 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17718 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17719
17720 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17721 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17722 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17723
17724 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17725 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17726 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17727 the three depreciation methods:
17728
17729 @example
17730 @group
17731 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17732 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17733 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17734 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17735 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17736 @end group
17737 @end example
17738
17739 @noindent
17740 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17741 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17742 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17743 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17744
17745 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17746 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17747 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17748
17749 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17750 @subsection Definitions
17751
17752 @noindent
17753 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17754 Calc's financial functions.
17755
17756 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17757 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17758 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17759 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17760 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17761 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17762
17763 @ifnottex
17764 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17765 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17766 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17767
17768 @example
17769 n
17770 (1 + rate) - 1
17771 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17772 rate
17773
17774 n
17775 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17776 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17777 rate
17778
17779 n
17780 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17781
17782 -n
17783 1 - (1 + rate)
17784 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17785 rate
17786
17787 -n
17788 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17789 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17790 rate
17791
17792 -n
17793 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17794
17795 -1 -2 -3
17796 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17797
17798 -1 -2
17799 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17800
17801 -n
17802 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17803 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17804 -n
17805 1 - (1 + rate)
17806
17807 -n
17808 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17809 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17810 -n
17811 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17812
17813 amt * rate
17814 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17815 pmt
17816
17817 amt * rate
17818 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17819 pmt * (1 + rate)
17820
17821 amt
17822 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17823 pmt
17824
17825 1/n
17826 pmt
17827 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17828 1/n
17829 amt
17830
17831 cost - salv
17832 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17833 life
17834
17835 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17836 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17837 life * (life + 1) / 2
17838
17839 book * 2
17840 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17841 life
17842 @end example
17843 @end ifnottex
17844 @tex
17845 \turnoffactive
17846 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17847 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17848 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17849 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17850 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17851 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17852 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17853 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17854 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17855 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17856 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17857 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17858 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17859 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17860 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17861 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17862 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17863 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17864 @end tex
17865
17866 @noindent
17867 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17868
17869 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17870 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17871 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17872 all sorts of inputs.
17873
17874 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17875 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17876 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17877
17878 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17879 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17880 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17881 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17882 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17883 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17884
17885 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17886 for @samp{rate}.
17887
17888 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17889 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17890 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17891
17892 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17893 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17894 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17895
17896 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17897 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17898 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17899 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17900 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17901 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17902 period.
17903
17904 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17905 @section Binary Number Functions
17906
17907 @noindent
17908 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17909 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17910
17911 @cindex Binary numbers
17912 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17913 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17914 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17915 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17916 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17917
17918 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17919 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17920 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17921 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17922 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17923 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17924
17925 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17926 integers from
17927 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17928 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17929 to
17930 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
17931 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
17932 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
17933 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
17934
17935 @kindex b c
17936 @pindex calc-clip
17937 @tindex clip
17938 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17939 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17940 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17941 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17942 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17943 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17944 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17945 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17946 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
17947
17948 @kindex b w
17949 @pindex calc-word-size
17950 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17951 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17952 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17953 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17954 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17955 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17956 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17957
17958 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17959 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17960 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17961 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17962 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17963 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17964 integer-valued floats.
17965
17966 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
17967 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17968 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17969 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17970
17971 @kindex b a
17972 @pindex calc-and
17973 @tindex and
17974 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17975 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17976 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17977 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17978 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17979
17980 @kindex b o
17981 @pindex calc-or
17982 @tindex or
17983 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17984 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17985 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17986
17987 @kindex b x
17988 @pindex calc-xor
17989 @tindex xor
17990 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17991 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17992 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17993
17994 @kindex b d
17995 @pindex calc-diff
17996 @tindex diff
17997 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17998 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17999 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
18000
18001 @kindex b n
18002 @pindex calc-not
18003 @tindex not
18004 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18005 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18006
18007 @kindex b l
18008 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
18009 @tindex lsh
18010 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18011 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18012 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18013 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18014 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18015 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18016
18017 @kindex H b l
18018 @kindex H b r
18019 @ignore
18020 @mindex @idots
18021 @end ignore
18022 @kindex H b L
18023 @ignore
18024 @mindex @null
18025 @end ignore
18026 @kindex H b R
18027 @ignore
18028 @mindex @null
18029 @end ignore
18030 @kindex H b t
18031 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18032 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18033 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18034 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18035 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18036
18037 @kindex b r
18038 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
18039 @tindex rsh
18040 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18041 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18042 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18043
18044 @kindex b L
18045 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
18046 @tindex ash
18047 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18048 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18049 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18050 is performed as described below.
18051
18052 @kindex b R
18053 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
18054 @tindex rash
18055 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18056 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18057 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18058 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18059 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18060 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18061 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18062 performs a standard left shift.
18063
18064 @kindex b t
18065 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
18066 @tindex rot
18067 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18068 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18069 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18070 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18071 or right.
18072
18073 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18074 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18075 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18076 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18077 bits in a binary integer.
18078
18079 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18080 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18081 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18082 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18083 into a binary integer.
18084
18085 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18086 @chapter Scientific Functions
18087
18088 @noindent
18089 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18090 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18091 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18092 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18093
18094 @kindex P
18095 @pindex calc-pi
18096 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18097 @vindex pi
18098 @kindex H P
18099 @cindex @code{e} variable
18100 @vindex e
18101 @kindex I P
18102 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18103 @vindex gamma
18104 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18105 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18106 @kindex H I P
18107 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18108 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18109 @cindex Golden ratio
18110 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18111 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18112 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18113 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18114 @texline @math{\gamma}
18115 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18116 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18117 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18118 @texline @math{\phi}
18119 @infoline @expr{phi}
18120 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18121 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18122 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18123 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18124 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18125
18126 @ignore
18127 @mindex Q
18128 @end ignore
18129 @ignore
18130 @mindex I Q
18131 @end ignore
18132 @kindex I Q
18133 @tindex sqr
18134 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18135 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18136 computes the square of the argument.
18137
18138 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18139 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18140 interpret a prefix argument.
18141
18142 @menu
18143 * Logarithmic Functions::
18144 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18145 * Advanced Math Functions::
18146 * Branch Cuts::
18147 * Random Numbers::
18148 * Combinatorial Functions::
18149 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18150 @end menu
18151
18152 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18153 @section Logarithmic Functions
18154
18155 @noindent
18156 @kindex L
18157 @pindex calc-ln
18158 @tindex ln
18159 @ignore
18160 @mindex @null
18161 @end ignore
18162 @kindex I E
18163 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18164 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18165 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18166 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18167
18168 @kindex E
18169 @pindex calc-exp
18170 @tindex exp
18171 @ignore
18172 @mindex @null
18173 @end ignore
18174 @kindex I L
18175 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18176 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18177 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18178 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18179
18180 @kindex H L
18181 @kindex H E
18182 @pindex calc-log10
18183 @tindex log10
18184 @tindex exp10
18185 @ignore
18186 @mindex @null
18187 @end ignore
18188 @kindex H I L
18189 @ignore
18190 @mindex @null
18191 @end ignore
18192 @kindex H I E
18193 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18194 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18195 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18196 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18197 by
18198 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18199 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18200
18201 @kindex B
18202 @kindex I B
18203 @pindex calc-log
18204 @tindex log
18205 @tindex alog
18206 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18207 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18208 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18209 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18210 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18211 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18212 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18213 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18214
18215 @kindex f I
18216 @pindex calc-ilog
18217 @tindex ilog
18218 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18219 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18220 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18221 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18222 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18223 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18224 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18225
18226 @kindex f E
18227 @pindex calc-expm1
18228 @tindex expm1
18229 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18230 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18231 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18232 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18233 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18234 @texline @math{e^x}
18235 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18236 is close to one.
18237
18238 @kindex f L
18239 @pindex calc-lnp1
18240 @tindex lnp1
18241 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18242 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18243 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18244 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18245
18246 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18247 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18248
18249 @noindent
18250 @kindex S
18251 @pindex calc-sin
18252 @tindex sin
18253 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18254 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18255 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18256 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18257 on complex numbers.
18258
18259 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18260 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18261 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18262 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18263 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18264
18265 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18266 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18267 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18268 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18269 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18270 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18271 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18272 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18273 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18274 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18275
18276 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18277 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18278 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18279 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18280
18281 @kindex I S
18282 @pindex calc-arcsin
18283 @tindex arcsin
18284 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18285 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18286 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18287 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18288
18289 @kindex H S
18290 @pindex calc-sinh
18291 @tindex sinh
18292 @kindex H I S
18293 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18294 @tindex arcsinh
18295 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18296 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18297 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18298 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18299
18300 @kindex C
18301 @pindex calc-cos
18302 @tindex cos
18303 @ignore
18304 @mindex @idots
18305 @end ignore
18306 @kindex I C
18307 @pindex calc-arccos
18308 @ignore
18309 @mindex @null
18310 @end ignore
18311 @tindex arccos
18312 @ignore
18313 @mindex @null
18314 @end ignore
18315 @kindex H C
18316 @pindex calc-cosh
18317 @ignore
18318 @mindex @null
18319 @end ignore
18320 @tindex cosh
18321 @ignore
18322 @mindex @null
18323 @end ignore
18324 @kindex H I C
18325 @pindex calc-arccosh
18326 @ignore
18327 @mindex @null
18328 @end ignore
18329 @tindex arccosh
18330 @ignore
18331 @mindex @null
18332 @end ignore
18333 @kindex T
18334 @pindex calc-tan
18335 @ignore
18336 @mindex @null
18337 @end ignore
18338 @tindex tan
18339 @ignore
18340 @mindex @null
18341 @end ignore
18342 @kindex I T
18343 @pindex calc-arctan
18344 @ignore
18345 @mindex @null
18346 @end ignore
18347 @tindex arctan
18348 @ignore
18349 @mindex @null
18350 @end ignore
18351 @kindex H T
18352 @pindex calc-tanh
18353 @ignore
18354 @mindex @null
18355 @end ignore
18356 @tindex tanh
18357 @ignore
18358 @mindex @null
18359 @end ignore
18360 @kindex H I T
18361 @pindex calc-arctanh
18362 @ignore
18363 @mindex @null
18364 @end ignore
18365 @tindex arctanh
18366 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18367 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18368 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18369 variants of these functions.
18370
18371 @kindex f T
18372 @pindex calc-arctan2
18373 @tindex arctan2
18374 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18375 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18376 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18377 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18378 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18379 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18380 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18381 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18382 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18383 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18384
18385 @pindex calc-sincos
18386 @ignore
18387 @starindex
18388 @end ignore
18389 @tindex sincos
18390 @ignore
18391 @starindex
18392 @end ignore
18393 @ignore
18394 @mindex arc@idots
18395 @end ignore
18396 @tindex arcsincos
18397 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18398 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18399 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18400 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18401 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18402 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18403
18404 @pindex calc-sec
18405 @tindex sec
18406 @pindex calc-csc
18407 @tindex csc
18408 @pindex calc-cot
18409 @tindex cot
18410 @pindex calc-sech
18411 @tindex sech
18412 @pindex calc-csch
18413 @tindex csch
18414 @pindex calc-coth
18415 @tindex coth
18416 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18417 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
18418 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18419 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18420 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
18421 [@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18422
18423 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18424 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18425
18426 @noindent
18427 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18428 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18429 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18430 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18431 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18432
18433 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18434 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18435 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18436 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18437 slow for some values of the arguments.
18438
18439 @kindex f g
18440 @pindex calc-gamma
18441 @tindex gamma
18442 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18443 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18444 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18445 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18446 integral:
18447 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18448 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18449 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18450
18451 @kindex f G
18452 @tindex gammaP
18453 @ignore
18454 @mindex @idots
18455 @end ignore
18456 @kindex I f G
18457 @ignore
18458 @mindex @null
18459 @end ignore
18460 @kindex H f G
18461 @ignore
18462 @mindex @null
18463 @end ignore
18464 @kindex H I f G
18465 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18466 @ignore
18467 @mindex @null
18468 @end ignore
18469 @tindex gammaQ
18470 @ignore
18471 @mindex @null
18472 @end ignore
18473 @tindex gammag
18474 @ignore
18475 @mindex @null
18476 @end ignore
18477 @tindex gammaG
18478 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18479 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18480 the integral,
18481 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18482 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18483 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18484 definition of the normal gamma function).
18485
18486 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18487 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18488 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18489 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18490 @expr{x} to infinity.
18491
18492 @ifnottex
18493 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18494 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18495 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18496 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18497 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18498 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18499 @end ifnottex
18500 @tex
18501 \turnoffactive
18502 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18503 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18504 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18505 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18506 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18507 @end tex
18508
18509 @kindex f b
18510 @pindex calc-beta
18511 @tindex beta
18512 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18513 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18514 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18515 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18516 or by
18517 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18518 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18519
18520 @kindex f B
18521 @kindex H f B
18522 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18523 @tindex betaI
18524 @tindex betaB
18525 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18526 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18527 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18528 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18529 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18530 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18531
18532 @kindex f e
18533 @kindex I f e
18534 @pindex calc-erf
18535 @tindex erf
18536 @tindex erfc
18537 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18538 error function
18539 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18540 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18541 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18542 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18543 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18544 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18545
18546 @kindex f j
18547 @kindex f y
18548 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18549 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18550 @tindex besJ
18551 @tindex besY
18552 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18553 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18554 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18555 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18556 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18557 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18558 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18559 Use with care!
18560
18561 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18562 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18563
18564 @noindent
18565 @cindex Branch cuts
18566 @cindex Principal values
18567 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18568 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18569 This section describes the values
18570 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18571 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18572 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18573 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18574 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18575
18576 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18577 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18578 versions of Calc follow the second edition.
18579
18580 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18581 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18582 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18583 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18584 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18585 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18586
18587 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18588 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18589 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18590 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18591
18592 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18593 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18594 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18595 in the right half of the complex plane.
18596
18597 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18598 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18599 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18600 negative real axis.
18601
18602 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18603 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18604 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18605 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18606 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18607
18608 @smallexample
18609 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18610 ----------------------------------------
18611 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18612 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18613 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18614 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18615 @end smallexample
18616
18617 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18618 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18619 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18620 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18621 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18622 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18623
18624 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18625 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18626
18627 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18628 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18629 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18630
18631 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18632 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18633 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18634
18635 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18636 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18637 above @expr{i}.
18638
18639 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18640 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18641 real axis less than 1.
18642
18643 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18644 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18645
18646 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18647 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18648 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18649
18650 @smallexample
18651 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18652 -------------------------------------------------------
18653 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18654 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18655 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18656 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18657 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18658 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18659 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18660 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18661 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18662 @end smallexample
18663
18664 @smallexample
18665 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18666 -----------------------------------------------------
18667 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18668 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18669 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18670 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18671 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18672 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18673 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18674 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18675 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18676 @end smallexample
18677
18678 @smallexample
18679 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18680 -----------------------------------------------------
18681 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18682 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18683 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18684 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18685 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18686 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18687 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18688 @end smallexample
18689
18690 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18691 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18692 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18693
18694 @smallexample
18695 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18696 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18697 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18698 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18699 @end smallexample
18700
18701 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18702 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18703 are not rigorously specified at present.
18704
18705 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18706 @section Random Numbers
18707
18708 @noindent
18709 @kindex k r
18710 @pindex calc-random
18711 @tindex random
18712 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18713 random numbers of various sorts.
18714
18715 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18716 integer @expr{N} in the range
18717 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18718 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18719 Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
18720
18721 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18722 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18723 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18724 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18725 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18726 the result is a random integer in the range
18727 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18728 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18729
18730 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18731 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18732 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18733 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18734 or
18735 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18736 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18737 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18738
18739 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18740 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18741 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18742 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18743
18744 If @expr{M} is an error form
18745 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18746 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18747 where @var{m} and
18748 @texline @math{\sigma}
18749 @infoline @var{s}
18750 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18751 @var{m} and standard deviation
18752 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18753 @infoline @var{s}.
18754
18755 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18756 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18757 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18758 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18759 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18760 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18761 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18762 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18763 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18764 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18765 extremely small.)
18766
18767 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18768 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18769
18770 @vindex RandSeed
18771 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18772 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18773 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18774 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18775 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18776 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18777 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18778 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18779 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18780 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18781 of random numbers as before.
18782
18783 @pindex calc-rrandom
18784 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18785 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18786
18787 @kindex k a
18788 @pindex calc-random-again
18789 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18790 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18791 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18792 that value of @expr{M}.
18793
18794 @kindex k h
18795 @pindex calc-shuffle
18796 @tindex shuffle
18797 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18798 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18799 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18800 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18801 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18802 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18803 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18804
18805 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18806 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18807 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18808 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18809 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18810 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18811 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18812 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18813 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18814 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18815 each make it into the result vector.)
18816
18817 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18818 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18819 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18820 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18821 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18822 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18823 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18824
18825 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18826 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18827 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18828 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18829 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18830
18831 @menu
18832 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18833 @end menu
18834
18835 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18836 @subsection Random Number Generator
18837
18838 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18839 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18840 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18841 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18842 characterization.
18843
18844 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18845 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18846 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18847 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18848
18849 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18850 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18851 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18852
18853 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18854 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18855 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18856 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18857 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18858 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18859 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18860 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18861
18862 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18863 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18864 computing
18865 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18866 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18867 This method expands the seed
18868 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18869 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18870 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18871 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18872 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18873 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18874 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18875 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18876 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18877 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18878 to reseed the generator with that number.
18879
18880 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18881 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18882 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18883 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18884 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18885 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18886 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18887 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18888 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18889 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18890 damage its randomness.
18891
18892 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18893 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18894 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18895 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18896 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18897 value.
18898
18899 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18900 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18901 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18902 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18903 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18904 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18905 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18906 numbers on the order of
18907 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18908 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18909 or
18910 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18911 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18912 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18913 correspond to small integers times
18914 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18915 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18916
18917 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18918 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18919 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18920 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18921 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18922 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18923 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18924 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18925 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18926 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18927
18928 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18929 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18930 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18931 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18932
18933 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18934 @section Combinatorial Functions
18935
18936 @noindent
18937 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18938 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18939
18940 @kindex k g
18941 @pindex calc-gcd
18942 @tindex gcd
18943 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18944 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18945 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18946 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18947 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18948 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18949 the operation is left in symbolic form.
18950
18951 @kindex k l
18952 @pindex calc-lcm
18953 @tindex lcm
18954 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18955 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18956 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18957 numbers.
18958
18959 @kindex k E
18960 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18961 @tindex egcd
18962 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18963 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
18964 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
18965 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18966 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18967
18968 @kindex !
18969 @pindex calc-factorial
18970 @tindex fact
18971 @ignore
18972 @mindex @null
18973 @end ignore
18974 @tindex !
18975 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18976 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18977 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18978 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18979 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18980 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18981 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18982 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18983 the commands in this section.
18984
18985 @kindex k d
18986 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18987 @tindex dfact
18988 @ignore
18989 @mindex @null
18990 @end ignore
18991 @tindex !!
18992 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18993 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18994 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
18995 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
18996 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18997 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18998 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
18999
19000 @kindex k c
19001 @pindex calc-choose
19002 @tindex choose
19003 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19004 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19005 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19006 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19007 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19008 real numbers by
19009 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19010 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19011
19012 @kindex H k c
19013 @pindex calc-perm
19014 @tindex perm
19015 @ifnottex
19016 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19017 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19018 @end ifnottex
19019 @tex
19020 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19021 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19022 @end tex
19023
19024 @kindex k b
19025 @kindex H k b
19026 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19027 @tindex bern
19028 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19029 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19030 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19031 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19032 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19033 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19034 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19035
19036 @kindex k e
19037 @kindex H k e
19038 @pindex calc-euler-number
19039 @tindex euler
19040 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19041 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19042 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19043 functions.
19044
19045 @kindex k s
19046 @kindex H k s
19047 @pindex calc-stirling-number
19048 @tindex stir1
19049 @tindex stir2
19050 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19051 computes a Stirling number of the first
19052 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19053 @infoline kind,
19054 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19055 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19056 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19057 @infoline kind.
19058 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19059 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19060 non-empty sets, respectively.
19061
19062 @kindex k p
19063 @pindex calc-prime-test
19064 @cindex Primes
19065 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19066 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19067 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19068 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19069 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19070 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19071 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19072 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19073 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19074 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19075 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19076 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19077 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19078
19079 @ignore
19080 @starindex
19081 @end ignore
19082 @tindex prime
19083 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19084 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19085 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19086 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19087 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19088 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19089
19090 @kindex k f
19091 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19092 @tindex prfac
19093 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19094 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19095 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19096 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19097 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19098 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19099 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19100 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19101 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19102
19103 @kindex k n
19104 @pindex calc-next-prime
19105 @ignore
19106 @mindex nextpr@idots
19107 @end ignore
19108 @tindex nextprime
19109 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19110 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19111 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19112 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19113 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19114 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19115 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19116 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19117 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19118 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19119 prime.
19120
19121 @kindex I k n
19122 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19123 @ignore
19124 @mindex prevpr@idots
19125 @end ignore
19126 @tindex prevprime
19127 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19128 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19129
19130 @kindex k t
19131 @pindex calc-totient
19132 @tindex totient
19133 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19134 Euler ``totient''
19135 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19136 @infoline function,
19137 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19138 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19139
19140 @kindex k m
19141 @pindex calc-moebius
19142 @tindex moebius
19143 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19144 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19145 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19146 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19147 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19148 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19149 the result is zero.
19150
19151 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19152 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19153
19154 @noindent
19155 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19156 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19157 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19158 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19159 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19160 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19161 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19162 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19163
19164 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19165 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19166 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19167 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19168 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19169 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19170
19171 @kindex k B
19172 @kindex I k B
19173 @pindex calc-utpb
19174 @tindex utpb
19175 @tindex ltpb
19176 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19177 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19178 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19179 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19180 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19181 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19182 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19183
19184 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19185 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19186 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19187 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19188 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19189 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19190 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19191 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19192 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19193 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19194 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19195
19196 @kindex k C
19197 @pindex calc-utpc
19198 @tindex utpc
19199 @ignore
19200 @mindex @idots
19201 @end ignore
19202 @kindex I k C
19203 @ignore
19204 @mindex @null
19205 @end ignore
19206 @tindex ltpc
19207 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19208 @texline @math{\nu}
19209 @infoline @expr{v}
19210 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19211 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19212
19213 @kindex k F
19214 @pindex calc-utpf
19215 @tindex utpf
19216 @ignore
19217 @mindex @idots
19218 @end ignore
19219 @kindex I k F
19220 @ignore
19221 @mindex @null
19222 @end ignore
19223 @tindex ltpf
19224 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19225 various statistical tests. The parameters
19226 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19227 @infoline @expr{v1}
19228 and
19229 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19230 @infoline @expr{v2}
19231 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19232 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19233
19234 @kindex k N
19235 @pindex calc-utpn
19236 @tindex utpn
19237 @ignore
19238 @mindex @idots
19239 @end ignore
19240 @kindex I k N
19241 @ignore
19242 @mindex @null
19243 @end ignore
19244 @tindex ltpn
19245 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19246 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19247 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19248 @infoline @expr{s}.
19249 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19250 would exceed @expr{x}.
19251
19252 @kindex k P
19253 @pindex calc-utpp
19254 @tindex utpp
19255 @ignore
19256 @mindex @idots
19257 @end ignore
19258 @kindex I k P
19259 @ignore
19260 @mindex @null
19261 @end ignore
19262 @tindex ltpp
19263 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19264 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19265 Poisson random events will occur.
19266
19267 @kindex k T
19268 @pindex calc-ltpt
19269 @tindex utpt
19270 @ignore
19271 @mindex @idots
19272 @end ignore
19273 @kindex I k T
19274 @ignore
19275 @mindex @null
19276 @end ignore
19277 @tindex ltpt
19278 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19279 with
19280 @texline @math{\nu}
19281 @infoline @expr{v}
19282 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19283 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19284 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19285 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19286 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19287 where
19288 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19289 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19290 and
19291 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19292 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19293 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19294 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19295
19296 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19297 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19298 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19299 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19300 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19301
19302 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19303 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19304
19305 @noindent
19306 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19307 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19308 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19309 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19310 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19311
19312 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19313 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19314 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19315 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19316 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19317
19318 @menu
19319 * Packing and Unpacking::
19320 * Building Vectors::
19321 * Extracting Elements::
19322 * Manipulating Vectors::
19323 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19324 * Set Operations::
19325 * Statistical Operations::
19326 * Reducing and Mapping::
19327 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19328 @end menu
19329
19330 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19331 @section Packing and Unpacking
19332
19333 @noindent
19334 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19335 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19336 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19337 vectors.
19338
19339 @kindex v p
19340 @pindex calc-pack
19341 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19342 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19343 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19344 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19345 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19346 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19347 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19348 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19349
19350 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19351 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19352 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19353 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19354
19355 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19356
19357 @table @cite
19358 @item -1
19359 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19360 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19361 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19362 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19363 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19364 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19365 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19366 components are not suitable.)
19367
19368 @item -2
19369 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19370 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19371 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19372 mode.
19373
19374 @item -3
19375 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19376 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19377 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19378 number.
19379
19380 @item -4
19381 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19382 may be real numbers or formulas.
19383
19384 @item -5
19385 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19386 must be real numbers.
19387
19388 @item -6
19389 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19390 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19391
19392 @item -7
19393 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19394
19395 @item -8
19396 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19397
19398 @item -9
19399 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19400
19401 @item -10
19402 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19403
19404 @item -11
19405 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19406 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19407 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19408 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19409
19410 @item -12
19411 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19412 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19413 is desired.
19414
19415 @item -13
19416 A real number is converted into a date form.
19417
19418 @item -14
19419 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19420
19421 @item -15
19422 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19423 @end table
19424
19425 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19426 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19427 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19428 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19429 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19430 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19431 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19432 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19433 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19434 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19435
19436 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19437 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19438 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19439 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19440 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19441
19442 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19443 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19444 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19445 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19446 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19447
19448 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19449 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19450 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19451 @texline @math{2\times3}
19452 @infoline 2x3
19453 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19454 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19455 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19456
19457 @ignore
19458 @starindex
19459 @end ignore
19460 @tindex pack
19461 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19462 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19463 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19464 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19465 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19466 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19467 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19468 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19469 by the mode.
19470
19471 @kindex v u
19472 @pindex calc-unpack
19473 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19474 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19475 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19476 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19477 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19478 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19479
19480 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19481 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19482 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19483 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19484 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19485 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19486 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19487
19488 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19489 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19490 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19491 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19492 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19493 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19494 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19495 is not a composite object.
19496
19497 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19498 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19499 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19500 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19501 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19502 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19503 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19504 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19505
19506 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19507 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19508 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19509 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19510 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19511 original object.
19512
19513 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19514 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19515 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19516 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19517
19518 @ignore
19519 @starindex
19520 @end ignore
19521 @tindex unpack
19522 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19523 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19524 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19525 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19526 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19527 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19528
19529 @ignore
19530 @starindex
19531 @end ignore
19532 @tindex unpackt
19533 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19534 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19535 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19536 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19537 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19538 The identity for re-building the original object is
19539 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19540 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19541 name and a vector of arguments.)
19542
19543 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19544 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19545 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19546 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19547
19548 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19549 @section Building Vectors
19550
19551 @noindent
19552 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19553 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19554
19555 @kindex |
19556 @pindex calc-concat
19557 @ignore
19558 @mindex @null
19559 @end ignore
19560 @tindex |
19561 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19562 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19563 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19564 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19565 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19566 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19567
19568 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19569 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19570 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19571 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19572 one-row matrix.
19573
19574 @kindex H |
19575 @tindex append
19576 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19577 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19578 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19579 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19580 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19581
19582 @kindex I |
19583 @kindex H I |
19584 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19585 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19586 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19587
19588 @kindex v d
19589 @pindex calc-diag
19590 @tindex diag
19591 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19592 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19593 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19594 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19595 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19596 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19597 the prefix argument is required.
19598
19599 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19600 @texline @math{3\times3}
19601 @infoline 3x3
19602 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19603 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19604 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19605
19606 @kindex v i
19607 @pindex calc-ident
19608 @tindex idn
19609 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19610 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19611 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19612 this command prompts for one.
19613
19614 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19615 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19616 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19617 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19618 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19619 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19620 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19621 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19622 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19623 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19624 dimensions.
19625
19626 @kindex v x
19627 @pindex calc-index
19628 @tindex index
19629 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19630 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19631 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19632 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19633 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19634
19635 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19636 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19637 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19638 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19639 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19640 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19641 of numbers or formulas.
19642
19643 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19644 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19645 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19646 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19647 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19648 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19649
19650 @kindex v b
19651 @pindex calc-build-vector
19652 @tindex cvec
19653 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19654 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19655 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19656 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19657 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19658 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19659
19660 @kindex v h
19661 @kindex I v h
19662 @pindex calc-head
19663 @pindex calc-tail
19664 @tindex head
19665 @tindex tail
19666 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19667 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19668 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19669 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19670
19671 @kindex v k
19672 @pindex calc-cons
19673 @tindex cons
19674 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19675 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19676 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19677 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19678 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19679
19680 @kindex H v h
19681 @tindex rhead
19682 @ignore
19683 @mindex @idots
19684 @end ignore
19685 @kindex H I v h
19686 @ignore
19687 @mindex @null
19688 @end ignore
19689 @kindex H v k
19690 @ignore
19691 @mindex @null
19692 @end ignore
19693 @tindex rtail
19694 @ignore
19695 @mindex @null
19696 @end ignore
19697 @tindex rcons
19698 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19699 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19700 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19701 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19702 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19703 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19704 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19705
19706 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19707 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19708
19709 @noindent
19710 @kindex v r
19711 @pindex calc-mrow
19712 @tindex mrow
19713 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19714 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19715 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19716 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19717 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19718 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19719
19720 @cindex Permutations, applying
19721 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19722 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19723 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19724 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19725 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19726 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19727
19728 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19729 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19730 submatrix is returned.
19731
19732 @cindex Subscript notation
19733 @kindex a _
19734 @pindex calc-subscript
19735 @tindex subscr
19736 @tindex _
19737 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19738 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19739 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19740 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19741 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19742 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19743 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19744 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19745 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19746 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19747
19748 @tindex mrrow
19749 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19750 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19751 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19752 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19753 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19754
19755 @tindex getdiag
19756 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19757 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19758 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19759
19760 @kindex v c
19761 @pindex calc-mcol
19762 @tindex mcol
19763 @tindex mrcol
19764 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19765 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19766 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19767 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19768 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19769 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19770
19771 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19772 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19773 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19774 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19775 of matrix @expr{m}.
19776
19777 @kindex v s
19778 @pindex calc-subvector
19779 @tindex subvec
19780 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19781 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19782 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19783 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19784 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19785 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19786 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19787 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19788
19789 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19790 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19791 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19792 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19793 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19794 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19795 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19796
19797 @kindex I v s
19798 @tindex rsubvec
19799 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19800 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19801 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19802 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19803 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19804
19805 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19806 vectors one element at a time.
19807
19808 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19809 @section Manipulating Vectors
19810
19811 @noindent
19812 @kindex v l
19813 @pindex calc-vlength
19814 @tindex vlen
19815 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19816 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19817 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19818 command.
19819
19820 @kindex H v l
19821 @tindex mdims
19822 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19823 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19824 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19825 its argument is a
19826 @texline @math{2\times3}
19827 @infoline 2x3
19828 matrix.
19829
19830 @kindex v f
19831 @pindex calc-vector-find
19832 @tindex find
19833 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19834 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19835 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19836 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19837 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19838 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19839
19840 @kindex v a
19841 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19842 @tindex arrange
19843 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19844 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19845 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19846 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19847 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19848 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19849 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19850 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19851 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19852 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19853 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19854 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19855 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19856 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19857 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19858 @texline @math{1\times4}
19859 @infoline 1x4
19860 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19861 @texline @math{4\times1}
19862 @infoline 4x1
19863 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19864 @texline @math{2\times2}
19865 @infoline 2x2
19866 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19867 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19868 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19869
19870 @cindex Sorting data
19871 @kindex V S
19872 @kindex I V S
19873 @pindex calc-sort
19874 @tindex sort
19875 @tindex rsort
19876 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19877 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19878 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19879 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19880 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19881 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19882 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19883 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19884 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19885 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19886 alphabetical order by this command.
19887
19888 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19889
19890 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19891 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19892 @cindex Index tables
19893 @cindex Rank tables
19894 @kindex V G
19895 @kindex I V G
19896 @pindex calc-grade
19897 @tindex grade
19898 @tindex rgrade
19899 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19900 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19901 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19902 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19903 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19904 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19905 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19906 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19907 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19908 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19909 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19910 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19911 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19912
19913 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19914 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19915 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19916 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19917 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19918 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19919 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19920 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19921 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19922 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19923 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19924
19925 @cindex Histograms
19926 @kindex V H
19927 @pindex calc-histogram
19928 @ignore
19929 @mindex histo@idots
19930 @end ignore
19931 @tindex histogram
19932 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19933 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19934 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19935 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19936 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19937 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19938 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19939 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19940 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19941 input vector.)
19942
19943 @kindex H V H
19944 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19945 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19946 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19947 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19948 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19949 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19950
19951 @kindex v t
19952 @pindex calc-transpose
19953 @tindex trn
19954 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19955 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19956 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19957 a one-column matrix.
19958
19959 @kindex v v
19960 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19961 @tindex rev
19962 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
19963 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19964 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19965 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19966 a matrix.)
19967
19968 @kindex v m
19969 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19970 @tindex vmask
19971 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19972 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19973 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19974 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19975 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19976 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19977 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19978 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19979
19980 @kindex v e
19981 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19982 @tindex vexp
19983 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19984 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19985 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19986 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19987 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19988 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19989 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19990 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19991 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19992
19993 @kindex H v e
19994 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19995 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19996 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19997 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19998 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19999 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
20000 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
20001 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
20002 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20003
20004 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20005 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20006 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20007 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20008 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20009 masking using vectors.
20010
20011 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20012 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20013
20014 @noindent
20015 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20016 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20017 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20018 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20019 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20020
20021 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20022 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20023 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20024 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20025
20026 @kindex V J
20027 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
20028 @tindex ctrn
20029 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20030 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20031
20032 @ignore
20033 @mindex A
20034 @end ignore
20035 @kindex A (vectors)
20036 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20037 @ignore
20038 @mindex abs
20039 @end ignore
20040 @tindex abs (vectors)
20041 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20042 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20043 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20044 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20045 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20046 from that point to the origin.
20047
20048 @kindex v n
20049 @pindex calc-rnorm
20050 @tindex rnorm
20051 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20052 infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20053 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20054 a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20055 the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
20056
20057 @kindex V N
20058 @pindex calc-cnorm
20059 @tindex cnorm
20060 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
20061 the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
20062 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20063 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20064 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
20065 not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20066 vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
20067
20068 @kindex V C
20069 @pindex calc-cross
20070 @tindex cross
20071 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20072 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20073 exactly three elements.
20074
20075 @ignore
20076 @mindex &
20077 @end ignore
20078 @kindex & (matrices)
20079 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20080 @ignore
20081 @mindex inv
20082 @end ignore
20083 @tindex inv (matrices)
20084 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20085 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20086 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20087 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20088 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20089 quickly in the future.
20090
20091 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20092 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20093 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20094 by a matrix.
20095
20096 @kindex V D
20097 @pindex calc-mdet
20098 @tindex det
20099 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20100 determinant of a square matrix.
20101
20102 @kindex V L
20103 @pindex calc-mlud
20104 @tindex lud
20105 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20106 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20107 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20108 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20109 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20110 and the third is upper-triangular.
20111
20112 @kindex V T
20113 @pindex calc-mtrace
20114 @tindex tr
20115 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20116 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20117 elements of the matrix.
20118
20119 @kindex V K
20120 @pindex calc-kron
20121 @tindex kron
20122 The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20123 the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20124
20125 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20126 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20127
20128 @noindent
20129 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20130 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20131 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20132 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20133 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20134 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20135 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20136 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20137 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20138 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20139 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20140 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20141 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20142
20143 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20144 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20145 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20146 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20147 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20148 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20149
20150 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20151 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20152 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20153 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20154
20155 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20156 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20157 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20158
20159 @kindex V +
20160 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20161 @tindex rdup
20162 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20163 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20164 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20165 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20166 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20167 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20168 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20169 them.
20170
20171 @kindex V V
20172 @pindex calc-set-union
20173 @tindex vunion
20174 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20175 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20176 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20177 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20178 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20179
20180 @kindex V ^
20181 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20182 @tindex vint
20183 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20184 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20185 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20186 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20187 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20188 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20189 notation for set
20190 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20191 @infoline union
20192 and
20193 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20194 @infoline intersection.
20195
20196 @kindex V -
20197 @pindex calc-set-difference
20198 @tindex vdiff
20199 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20200 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20201 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20202 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20203 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20204 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20205 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20206 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20207 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20208 enough to express in a few intervals).
20209
20210 @kindex V X
20211 @pindex calc-set-xor
20212 @tindex vxor
20213 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20214 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20215 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20216 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20217 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20218
20219 @kindex V ~
20220 @pindex calc-set-complement
20221 @tindex vcompl
20222 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20223 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20224 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20225 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20226 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20227
20228 @kindex V F
20229 @pindex calc-set-floor
20230 @tindex vfloor
20231 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20232 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20233 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20234 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20235 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20236 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20237 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20238 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20239
20240 @kindex V E
20241 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20242 @tindex venum
20243 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20244 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20245 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20246 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20247 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20248
20249 @kindex V :
20250 @pindex calc-set-span
20251 @tindex vspan
20252 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20253 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20254 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20255 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20256 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20257
20258 @kindex V #
20259 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20260 @tindex vcard
20261 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20262 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20263 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20264 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20265
20266 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20267 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20268 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20269 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20270 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20271 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20272 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20273 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20274 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20275 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20276 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20277 convenient to you.
20278
20279 @kindex b p
20280 @kindex b u
20281 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20282 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20283 @tindex vpack
20284 @tindex vunpack
20285 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20286 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20287 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20288 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20289 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20290 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20291 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20292 (binary) prefix key.
20293
20294 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20295 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20296 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20297 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20298 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20299 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20300 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20301 representation
20302 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20303 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20304
20305 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20306 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20307
20308 @noindent
20309 @cindex Statistical functions
20310 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20311 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20312 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20313 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20314 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20315 Vetterling.
20316
20317 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20318 a shifted letter or other character.
20319
20320 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20321 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20322
20323 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20324 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20325
20326 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20327 probability distribution functions.
20328
20329 @menu
20330 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20331 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20332 @end menu
20333
20334 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20335 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20336
20337 @noindent
20338 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20339 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20340 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20341 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20342 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20343 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20344 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20345
20346 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20347 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20348 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20349 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20350
20351 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20352 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20353 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20354 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20355 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20356 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20357 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20358
20359 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20360 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20361 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20362 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20363 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20364 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20365 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20366 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20367 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20368 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20369
20370 @kindex u #
20371 @pindex calc-vector-count
20372 @tindex vcount
20373 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20374 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20375 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20376 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20377 simply computes the length of the vector.
20378
20379 @kindex u +
20380 @kindex u *
20381 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20382 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20383 @tindex vsum
20384 @tindex vprod
20385 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20386 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20387 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20388 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20389 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20390 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20391 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20392
20393 @kindex u X
20394 @kindex u N
20395 @pindex calc-vector-max
20396 @pindex calc-vector-min
20397 @tindex vmax
20398 @tindex vmin
20399 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20400 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20401 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20402 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20403 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20404 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20405 plus or minus infinity.
20406
20407 @kindex u M
20408 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20409 @tindex vmean
20410 @cindex Mean of data values
20411 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20412 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20413 If the inputs are error forms
20414 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20415 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20416 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20417 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20418 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20419 @tex
20420 \turnoffactive
20421 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20422 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20423 @end tex
20424 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20425 values divided by the count of the values.
20426
20427 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20428 error
20429 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20430 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20431 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20432 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20433 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20434 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20435 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20436 weight is completely negligible.)
20437
20438 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20439 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20440 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20441 and maximum values of the interval.
20442
20443 @kindex I u M
20444 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20445 @tindex vmeane
20446 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20447 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20448 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20449 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20450 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20451 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20452 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20453 @tex
20454 \turnoffactive
20455 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20456 @end tex
20457 If the inputs are plain
20458 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20459 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20460 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20461 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20462 deviation.)
20463 @tex
20464 \turnoffactive
20465 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20466 @end tex
20467
20468 @kindex H u M
20469 @pindex calc-vector-median
20470 @tindex vmedian
20471 @cindex Median of data values
20472 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20473 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20474 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20475 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20476 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20477 The median function is different from the other functions in
20478 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20479 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20480 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20481 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20482 ignored.
20483
20484 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20485 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20486 the same as the mean.
20487
20488 @kindex H I u M
20489 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20490 @tindex vhmean
20491 @cindex Harmonic mean
20492 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20493 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20494 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20495 of the values.
20496 @tex
20497 \turnoffactive
20498 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20499 @end tex
20500
20501 @kindex u G
20502 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20503 @tindex vgmean
20504 @cindex Geometric mean
20505 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20506 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20507 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20508 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20509 of the data values.
20510 @tex
20511 \turnoffactive
20512 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20513 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20514 @end tex
20515
20516 @kindex H u G
20517 @tindex agmean
20518 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20519 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20520 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20521 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20522 @tex
20523 \turnoffactive
20524 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20525 @end tex
20526
20527 @cindex Root-mean-square
20528 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20529 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20530
20531 @kindex u S
20532 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20533 @tindex vsdev
20534 @cindex Standard deviation
20535 @cindex Sample statistics
20536 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20537 computes the standard
20538 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20539 @infoline deviation
20540 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20541 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20542 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20543 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20544 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20545 @tex
20546 \turnoffactive
20547 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20548 @end tex
20549
20550 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20551 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20552 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20553 limits, divided by
20554 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20555 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20556 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20557 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20558
20559 @kindex I u S
20560 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20561 @tindex vpsdev
20562 @cindex Population statistics
20563 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20564 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20565 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20566 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20567 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20568 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20569 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20570 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20571 only an estimate of the true mean.
20572 @tex
20573 \turnoffactive
20574 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20575 @end tex
20576
20577 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20578 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20579 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20580
20581 @kindex H u S
20582 @kindex H I u S
20583 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20584 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20585 @tindex vvar
20586 @tindex vpvar
20587 @cindex Variance of data values
20588 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20589 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20590 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20591 is the
20592 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20593 @infoline square
20594 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20595 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20596 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20597
20598 @ignore
20599 @starindex
20600 @end ignore
20601 @tindex vflat
20602 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20603 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20604 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20605 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20606
20607 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20608 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20609
20610 @noindent
20611 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20612 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20613 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20614 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20615 the stack, which must be an
20616 @texline @math{N\times2}
20617 @infoline Nx2
20618 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20619 of actual vectors and matrices.
20620
20621 @kindex u C
20622 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20623 @tindex vcov
20624 @cindex Covariance
20625 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20626 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20627 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20628 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20629 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20630 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20631 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20632 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20633 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20634 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20635 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20636 input errors.
20637 @tex
20638 \turnoffactive
20639 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20640 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20641 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20642 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20643 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20644 $$
20645 @end tex
20646
20647 @kindex I u C
20648 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20649 @tindex vpcov
20650 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20651 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20652 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20653 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20654
20655 @kindex H u C
20656 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20657 @tindex vcorr
20658 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20659 @cindex Linear correlation
20660 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20661 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20662 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20663 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20664 between sample or population statistics here.)
20665 @tex
20666 \turnoffactive
20667 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20668 @end tex
20669
20670 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20671 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20672
20673 @noindent
20674 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20675 elements of vectors.
20676
20677 @kindex V A
20678 @pindex calc-apply
20679 @tindex apply
20680 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20681 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20682 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20683 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20684 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20685 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20686 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20687
20688 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20689 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20690
20691 @menu
20692 * Specifying Operators::
20693 * Mapping::
20694 * Reducing::
20695 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20696 * Generalized Products::
20697 @end menu
20698
20699 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20700 @subsection Specifying Operators
20701
20702 @noindent
20703 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20704 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20705 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20706 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20707 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20708 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20709 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20710 element as its argument.)
20711
20712 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20713 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20714 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20715 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20716 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20717 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20718 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20719 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20720 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20721 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20722 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20723 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20724 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20725 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20726 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20727
20728 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20729 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20730 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20731 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20732 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20733 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20734 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20735 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20736 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20737 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20738
20739 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20740 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20741 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20742 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20743 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20744 entry interacts with the stack.)
20745
20746 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20747 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20748 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20749 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20750 prompted for an argument list.
20751
20752 @cindex Nameless functions
20753 @cindex Generic functions
20754 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20755 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20756 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20757 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20758 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20759 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20760 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20761 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20762 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20763 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20764 can get it back later if you wish.
20765
20766 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20767 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20768 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20769 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20770 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20771
20772 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20773 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20774 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20775 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20776 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20777 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20778 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20779
20780 @cindex Lambda expressions
20781 @ignore
20782 @starindex
20783 @end ignore
20784 @tindex lambda
20785 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20786 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20787 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20788 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20789 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20790 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20791 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20792
20793 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20794 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20795 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20796 called.)
20797
20798 @tindex add
20799 @tindex sub
20800 @ignore
20801 @mindex @idots
20802 @end ignore
20803 @tindex mul
20804 @ignore
20805 @mindex @null
20806 @end ignore
20807 @tindex div
20808 @ignore
20809 @mindex @null
20810 @end ignore
20811 @tindex pow
20812 @ignore
20813 @mindex @null
20814 @end ignore
20815 @tindex neg
20816 @ignore
20817 @mindex @null
20818 @end ignore
20819 @tindex mod
20820 @ignore
20821 @mindex @null
20822 @end ignore
20823 @tindex vconcat
20824 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20825 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20826 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20827 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20828 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20829 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20830 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20831 @code{vconcat}.
20832
20833 @ignore
20834 @starindex
20835 @end ignore
20836 @tindex call
20837 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20838 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20839 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20840 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20841 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20842 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20843
20844 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20845 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20846 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20847 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20848 about it.)
20849
20850 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20851 @subsection Mapping
20852
20853 @noindent
20854 @kindex V M
20855 @pindex calc-map
20856 @tindex map
20857 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20858 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20859 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20860 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20861 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20862 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20863 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20864 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20865 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20866 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20867 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20868 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20869
20870 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20871 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20872 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20873 produce another
20874 @texline @math{3\times2}
20875 @infoline 3x2
20876 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20877
20878 @tindex mapr
20879 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20880 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20881 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20882 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20883 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20884 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20885 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20886 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20887 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20888
20889 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20890 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20891 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20892 their individual elements.
20893
20894 @tindex mapc
20895 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20896 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20897 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20898 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20899 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20900 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20901
20902 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20903 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20904 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20905 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20906
20907 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20908 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20909 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20910 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20911 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20912 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20913
20914 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20915 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20916 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20917 column.
20918
20919 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20920 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20921 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20922 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20923 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20924 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20925 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20926 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20927 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20928 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20929
20930 @tindex mapa
20931 @tindex mapd
20932 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20933 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20934 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20935 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20936 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20937 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20938 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20939 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20940
20941 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20942 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20943 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20944 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20945
20946 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20947 @subsection Reducing
20948
20949 @noindent
20950 @kindex V R
20951 @pindex calc-reduce
20952 @tindex reduce
20953 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20954 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20955 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20956 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20957 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20958 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20959 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20960 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20961
20962 @kindex I V R
20963 @tindex rreduce
20964 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20965 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20966 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20967 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20968 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20969 in power series expansions.
20970
20971 @kindex V U
20972 @tindex accum
20973 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20974 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20975 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20976 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20977 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20978 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20979
20980 @kindex I V U
20981 @tindex raccum
20982 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20983 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20984 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20985
20986 @tindex reducea
20987 @tindex rreducea
20988 @tindex reduced
20989 @tindex rreduced
20990 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20991 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20992 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20993 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20994 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20995 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20996 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20997 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
20998 b + e, c + f]}.
20999
21000 @tindex reducer
21001 @tindex rreducer
21002 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21003 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21004 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21005 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21006 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21007 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21008 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21009
21010 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21011 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21012
21013 @tindex reducec
21014 @tindex rreducec
21015 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21016 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21017
21018 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21019 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21020 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21021 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21022
21023 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21024 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21025
21026 @noindent
21027 @kindex H V R
21028 @tindex nest
21029 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21030 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21031 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21032 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21033 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21034 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21035 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21036
21037 @kindex H V U
21038 @tindex anest
21039 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21040 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21041 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21042 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21043 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21044
21045 @kindex H I V R
21046 @tindex fixp
21047 @cindex Fixed points
21048 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21049 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21050 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21051 no longer changes.
21052
21053 @kindex H I V U
21054 @tindex afixp
21055 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21056 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21057 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21058 by @code{fixp}.
21059
21060 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21061 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
21062 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21063 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
21064 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21065 to converge to 0.739085.)
21066
21067 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21068 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21069 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21070 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21071 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
21072 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21073 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21074
21075 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21076 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21077 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21078 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21079 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21080 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21081 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21082 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21083
21084 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21085 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21086 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21087 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21088 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21089 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21090 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21091 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21092 exactly equal.)
21093
21094 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21095 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21096 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21097 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21098
21099 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21100 @subsection Generalized Products
21101
21102 @kindex V O
21103 @pindex calc-outer-product
21104 @tindex outer
21105 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21106 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21107 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21108 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21109 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21110 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21111 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21112
21113 @kindex V I
21114 @pindex calc-inner-product
21115 @tindex inner
21116 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21117 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21118 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21119 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21120 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21121 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21122 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21123 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21124 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21125 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21126 generalized dot product.
21127
21128 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21129 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21130 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21131 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21132 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21133
21134 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21135 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21136
21137 @noindent
21138 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21139 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21140 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21141 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21142 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21143 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21144
21145 @kindex V <
21146 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21147 @kindex V =
21148 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21149 @kindex V >
21150 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21151 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21152 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21153 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21154 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21155
21156 @kindex V [
21157 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21158 @kindex V @{
21159 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21160 @kindex V (
21161 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21162 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21163 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21164 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21165 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21166 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21167 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21168 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21169 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21170 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21171 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21172
21173 @kindex V ]
21174 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21175 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21176 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
21177 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
21178 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
21179 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
21180 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
21181 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
21182 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
21183
21184 @example
21185 @group
21186 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21187 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21188 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21189
21190 RO ROC
21191
21192 @end group
21193 @end example
21194 @noindent
21195 @example
21196 @group
21197 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21198 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21199 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21200
21201 O OC
21202
21203 @end group
21204 @end example
21205 @noindent
21206 @example
21207 @group
21208 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21209 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21210 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21211
21212 R @r{blank}
21213 @end group
21214 @end example
21215
21216 @noindent
21217 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21218 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21219 the others are useful for display only.
21220
21221 @kindex V ,
21222 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21223 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21224 off in vector and matrix display.
21225
21226 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21227 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21228 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21229 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21230 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21231 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21232 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21233 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21234 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21235
21236 @kindex V .
21237 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21238 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21239 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21240 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21241 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21242 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21243 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21244 improve Calc's display speed.
21245
21246 @kindex t .
21247 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21248 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21249 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21250 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21251 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21252 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21253 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21254 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21255 that involve the trail.
21256
21257 @kindex V /
21258 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21259 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21260 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21261 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21262 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21263 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21264 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21265
21266 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21267 @chapter Algebra
21268
21269 @noindent
21270 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21271 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21272 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21273 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21274 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21275 is discussed.
21276
21277 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21278 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21279 for anything else'') prefix.
21280
21281 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21282 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21283
21284 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21285 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21286 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21287 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21288 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21289 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21290 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21291
21292 @menu
21293 * Selecting Subformulas::
21294 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21295 * Simplifying Formulas::
21296 * Polynomials::
21297 * Calculus::
21298 * Solving Equations::
21299 * Numerical Solutions::
21300 * Curve Fitting::
21301 * Summations::
21302 * Logical Operations::
21303 * Rewrite Rules::
21304 @end menu
21305
21306 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21307 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21308
21309 @noindent
21310 @cindex Selections
21311 @cindex Sub-formulas
21312 @cindex Parts of formulas
21313 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21314 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21315 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21316 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21317 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21318 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21319
21320 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21321 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21322 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21323
21324 @menu
21325 * Making Selections::
21326 * Changing Selections::
21327 * Displaying Selections::
21328 * Operating on Selections::
21329 * Rearranging with Selections::
21330 @end menu
21331
21332 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21333 @subsection Making Selections
21334
21335 @noindent
21336 @kindex j s
21337 @pindex calc-select-here
21338 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21339 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21340 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21341 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21342 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21343 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21344 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21345
21346 @smallexample
21347 @group
21348 3 ___
21349 (a + b) + V c
21350 1: ---------------
21351 2 x + 1
21352 @end group
21353 @end smallexample
21354
21355 @noindent
21356 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21357 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21358 to
21359
21360 @smallexample
21361 @group
21362 . ...
21363 .. . b. . . .
21364 1* ...............
21365 . . . .
21366 @end group
21367 @end smallexample
21368
21369 @noindent
21370 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21371 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21372 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21373 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21374 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21375 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21376
21377 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21378 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21379
21380 @smallexample
21381 @group
21382 . ...
21383 (a + b) . . .
21384 1* ...............
21385 . . . .
21386 @end group
21387 @end smallexample
21388
21389 @noindent
21390 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21391 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21392 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21393 would have had the same effect.
21394
21395 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21396 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21397 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21398 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21399
21400 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21401 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21402 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21403 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21404 and so on.
21405
21406 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21407 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21408
21409 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21410 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21411 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21412 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21413 cursor on any stack entry.
21414
21415 @kindex j a
21416 @pindex calc-select-additional
21417 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21418 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21419 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21420 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21421 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21422 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21423
21424 @kindex j o
21425 @pindex calc-select-once
21426 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21427 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21428 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21429 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21430 by the cursor.
21431
21432 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21433 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21434 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21435 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21436
21437 @kindex j S
21438 @kindex j O
21439 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21440 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21441 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21442 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21443 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21444 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21445 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21446 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21447 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21448 commands.
21449
21450 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21451 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21452 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21453 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21454 entire four-term sum.
21455
21456 @kindex j b
21457 @pindex calc-break-selections
21458 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21459 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21460 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21461 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21462 obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21463 right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21464 with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21465 c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21466 considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21467 although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21468 as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21469 U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21470 (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21471
21472 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21473 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21474 you get.
21475
21476 @kindex j u
21477 @pindex calc-unselect
21478 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21479 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21480 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21481 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21482 position.
21483
21484 @kindex j c
21485 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21486 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21487 stack elements.
21488
21489 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21490 @subsection Changing Selections
21491
21492 @noindent
21493 @kindex j m
21494 @pindex calc-select-more
21495 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21496 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21497 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21498
21499 @smallexample
21500 @group
21501 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21502 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21503 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21504 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21505 @end group
21506 @end smallexample
21507
21508 @noindent
21509 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21510 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21511 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21512
21513 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21514 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21515 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21516 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21517 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21518
21519 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21520 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21521 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21522 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21523
21524 @kindex j l
21525 @pindex calc-select-less
21526 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21527 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21528 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21529 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21530 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21531
21532 @kindex j 1-9
21533 @pindex calc-select-part
21534 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21535 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21536 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21537 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21538 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21539 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21540 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21541 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21542
21543 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21544 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21545 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21546 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21547 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21548
21549 @kindex j n
21550 @kindex j p
21551 @pindex calc-select-next
21552 @pindex calc-select-previous
21553 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21554 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21555 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21556 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21557 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21558 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21559 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21560 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21561 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21562 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21563
21564 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21565 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21566 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21567
21568 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21569 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21570 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21571 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21572 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21573 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21574 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21575 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21576 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21577
21578 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21579 @subsection Displaying Selections
21580
21581 @noindent
21582 @kindex j d
21583 @pindex calc-show-selections
21584 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21585 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21586 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21587 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21588 by @samp{#} signs:
21589
21590 @smallexample
21591 @group
21592 3 ... # ___
21593 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21594 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21595 . . . . 2 x + 1
21596 @end group
21597 @end smallexample
21598
21599 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21600 @subsection Operating on Selections
21601
21602 @noindent
21603 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21604 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21605 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21606 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21607 given stack element.)
21608
21609 @kindex j e
21610 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21611 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21612 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21613 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21614 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21615 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21616 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21617
21618 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21619 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21620 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21621 element.
21622
21623 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21624 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21625 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21626 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21627 portion to the top of the stack.
21628
21629 @smallexample
21630 @group
21631 3 ... ... ___
21632 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21633 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21634 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21635
21636 3 3
21637 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21638 @end group
21639 @end smallexample
21640
21641 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21642 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21643 the complete, edited formula.
21644
21645 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21646 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21647
21648 @kindex j '
21649 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21650 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21651 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21652 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21653 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21654 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21655 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21656 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21657 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21658 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21659
21660 @kindex j `
21661 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21662 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21663 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21664 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21665 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21666
21667 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21668 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21669 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21670 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21671
21672 @smallexample
21673 @group
21674 ###
21675 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21676 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21677 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21678 @end group
21679 @end smallexample
21680
21681 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21682 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21683 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21684 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21685 and resimplifies.
21686
21687 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21688 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21689 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21690
21691 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21692 @pindex calc-del-selection
21693 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21694 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21695 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21696 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21697 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21698
21699 @kindex j @key{RET}
21700 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21701 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21702 command.)
21703
21704 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21705 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21706 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21707 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21708
21709 @smallexample
21710 @group
21711 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21712 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21713 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21714 V 4 - 2 x
21715 @end group
21716 @end smallexample
21717
21718 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21719 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21720 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21721 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21722 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21723 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21724 the command will abort with an error message.
21725
21726 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21727 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21728 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21729 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21730
21731 @smallexample
21732 @group
21733 .. . .. .
21734 1* .......... 1* ...........
21735 ......... ..........
21736 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21737 @end group
21738 @end smallexample
21739
21740 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21741 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21742 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21743 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21744 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21745 to be simplified.
21746
21747 @smallexample
21748 @group
21749 17 y 17 y
21750 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21751 __________ _________
21752 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21753 @end group
21754 @end smallexample
21755
21756 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21757 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21758
21759 @noindent
21760 @kindex j R
21761 @pindex calc-commute-right
21762 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21763 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21764 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21765 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21766
21767 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21768 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21769 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21770 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21771
21772 @smallexample
21773 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21774 @end smallexample
21775
21776 @noindent
21777 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21778 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21779 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21780 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21781
21782 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21783 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21784 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21785 course be drastically changed.
21786
21787 @smallexample
21788 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21789
21790 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21791 @end smallexample
21792
21793 @kindex j L
21794 @pindex calc-commute-left
21795 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21796 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21797
21798 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21799 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21800 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21801 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21802 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21803
21804 @kindex j D
21805 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21806 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21807 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21808 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21809 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21810 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21811 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21812 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21813 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21814
21815 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21816 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21817 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21818 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21819 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21820 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21821
21822 @vindex DistribRules
21823 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21824 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21825 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21826 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21827 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21828 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21829 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21830
21831 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21832 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21833 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21834 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21835
21836 @kindex j M
21837 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21838 @vindex MergeRules
21839 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21840 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21841 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21842 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21843 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21844 the relevant rules.
21845
21846 @kindex j C
21847 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21848 @vindex CommuteRules
21849 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21850 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21851 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21852 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21853 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21854 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21855 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21856 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21857 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21858
21859 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21860 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21861 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21862 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21863 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21864 manipulations described in this section.
21865
21866 @kindex j N
21867 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21868 @vindex NegateRules
21869 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21870 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21871 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21872 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21873 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21874 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21875 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21876 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21877
21878 @kindex j &
21879 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21880 @vindex InvertRules
21881 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21882 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21883 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21884 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21885
21886 @kindex j E
21887 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21888 @vindex JumpRules
21889 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21890 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21891 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21892 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21893 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21894 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21895
21896 @kindex j I
21897 @kindex H j I
21898 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21899 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21900 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21901 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21902 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21903 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21904 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21905 as well as equations.
21906
21907 @kindex j *
21908 @kindex j /
21909 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21910 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21911 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21912 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21913 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21914 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21915 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21916 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21917 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21918 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21919
21920 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21921 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21922 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21923 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21924 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21925 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21926 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21927 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21928 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21929 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21930 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21931 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21932 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21933 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21934
21935 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21936 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21937 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21938 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21939 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21940 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21941 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21942 message.
21943
21944 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21945 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21946 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21947 back by the formula.
21948
21949 @kindex j +
21950 @kindex j -
21951 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21952 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21953 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21954 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21955 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21956 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21957 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21958 results.
21959
21960 @kindex j U
21961 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21962 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21963 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21964 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21965 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21966 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21967 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21968
21969 @kindex j v
21970 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21971 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21972 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21973 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21974 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21975 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21976 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21977 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21978
21979 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21980 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21981 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21982 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21983 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21984 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21985 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21986 sub-formula.
21987
21988 @kindex j "
21989 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21990 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21991 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21992
21993 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21994 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21995
21996 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21997 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21998
21999 @noindent
22000 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
22001 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
22002 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22003 formula).
22004
22005 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22006 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22007 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22008 from the second-to-top stack level.
22009
22010 @kindex a v
22011 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22012 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22013 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22014 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22015 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22016 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22017 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22018
22019 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22020 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22021 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22022
22023 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22024 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22025 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22026 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22027
22028 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22029 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22030 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22031 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22032 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22033 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22034 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
22035 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22036 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22037
22038 @tindex evalv
22039 @tindex evalvn
22040 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22041 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22042 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22043 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22044 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22045 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22046 it as a temporary different working precision.)
22047
22048 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22049 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22050 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22051 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22052 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22053 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22054 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22055 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22056 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22057 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22058 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22059 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22060
22061 @kindex a "
22062 @pindex calc-expand-formula
22063 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22064 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22065 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22066 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22067 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22068 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22069 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22070 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22071 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22072 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22073 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22074 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22075 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22076 top-level function call.
22077
22078 @kindex a M
22079 @pindex calc-map-equation
22080 @tindex mapeq
22081 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22082 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22083 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22084 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22085 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22086 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22087 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22088 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22089 respective sides of a new equation.
22090
22091 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22092 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22093 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22094 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22095 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22096 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22097 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22098 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22099 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22100 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22101
22102 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22103 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22104 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22105 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22106 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22107
22108 @kindex H a M
22109 @tindex mapeqp
22110 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22111 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22112 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22113 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22114 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22115
22116 @kindex I a M
22117 @tindex mapeqr
22118 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22119 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22120 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22121 working with small positive angles.
22122
22123 @kindex a b
22124 @pindex calc-substitute
22125 @tindex subst
22126 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22127 all occurrences
22128 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22129 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22130 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22131 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22132 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22133 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22134 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22135 doing substitutions.
22136
22137 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22138 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22139 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22140 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22141 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22142 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22143 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22144
22145 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22146 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22147 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22148 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22149 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22150 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22151 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22152 these limitations.
22153
22154 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22155 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22156 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22157 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22158 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22159
22160 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22161 @section Simplifying Formulas
22162
22163 @noindent
22164 @kindex a s
22165 @pindex calc-simplify
22166 @tindex simplify
22167 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22168 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22169 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22170 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22171 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22172 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22173 simplified to @samp{x}.
22174
22175 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22176 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22177 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22178 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22179 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22180 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22181 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22182 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22183
22184 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22185 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22186 simplifications'' occur.
22187
22188 @menu
22189 * Default Simplifications::
22190 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22191 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22192 * Simplification of Units::
22193 @end menu
22194
22195 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22196 @subsection Default Simplifications
22197
22198 @noindent
22199 @cindex Default simplifications
22200 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22201 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22202 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22203 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22204
22205 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22206 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22207 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22208 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22209 back on.
22210
22211 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22212 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22213 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22214 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22215 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22216 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22217 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22218 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22219
22220 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22221 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22222 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22223 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22224 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22225 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22226 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22227 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22228
22229 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22230 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22231 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22232 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22233 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22234 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22235 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22236
22237 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22238 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22239 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22240 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22241 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22242
22243 @tex
22244 \bigskip
22245 @end tex
22246
22247 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22248 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22249 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22250 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22251
22252 @tex
22253 \bigskip
22254 @end tex
22255
22256 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22257
22258 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22259 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22260 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22261 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22262 (by default) a right-associative form for products,
22263 @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22264 rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22265 Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22266 and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22267 associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22268 below.
22269
22270 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22271 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22272 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22273 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22274 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22275 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22276 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22277 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22278 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22279 Simplifications}.
22280
22281 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22282 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22283 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22284 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22285 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22286 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22287 negative-looking.
22288
22289 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22290 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22291 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22292 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22293 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22294 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22295 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22296 simplifications.)
22297
22298 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22299 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22300 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22301 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22302 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22303 using the distributive law.
22304
22305 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22306 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22307 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22308 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22309 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22310 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22311 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22312 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22313
22314 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22315 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22316 to @expr{-a}.
22317
22318 @tex
22319 \bigskip
22320 @end tex
22321
22322 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22323 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22324 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22325 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22326 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22327 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22328
22329 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22330 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22331 numbers.
22332
22333 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22334 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22335
22336 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22337 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22338 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22339 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22340 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22341
22342 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22343 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22344 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22345 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22346 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22347 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22348 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22349 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22350 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22351 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22352
22353 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22354 power is changed to use division:
22355 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22356 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22357 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22358 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22359 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22360
22361 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22362 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22363
22364 @tex
22365 \bigskip
22366 @end tex
22367
22368 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22369 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22370 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22371 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22372 respectively.
22373
22374 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22375 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22376 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22377
22378 The expression
22379 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22380 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22381 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22382 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22383 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22384 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22385 for any power @expr{c}.
22386
22387 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22388 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22389 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22390 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22391 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22392
22393 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22394 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22395 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22396 described for multiplication.
22397
22398 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22399 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22400 is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22401 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22402 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22403
22404 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22405 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22406 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22407
22408 @tex
22409 \bigskip
22410 @end tex
22411
22412 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22413 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22414 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22415 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22416 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22417 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22418
22419 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22420 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22421 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22422 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22423 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22424 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22425 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22426 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22427 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22428 (In other words,
22429 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22430 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22431 is safe to simplify, but
22432 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22433 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22434 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22435 variables satisfy these requirements.
22436
22437 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22438 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22439 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22440 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22441
22442 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22443 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22444 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22445
22446 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22447 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22448 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22449
22450 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22451 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22452 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22453 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22454
22455 Also, note that
22456 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22457 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22458 is changed to
22459 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22460 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22461 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22462
22463 @tex
22464 \bigskip
22465 @end tex
22466
22467 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22468 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22469 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22470 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22471 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22472 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22473 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22474 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22475 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22476 @expr{n} is an integer.
22477
22478 @tex
22479 \bigskip
22480 @end tex
22481
22482 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22483 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22484 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22485 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22486 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22487 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22488
22489 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22490 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22491 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22492 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22493 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22494
22495 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22496 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22497 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22498
22499 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22500 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22501 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22502 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22503 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22504 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22505 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22506
22507 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22508 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22509 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22510 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22511 these functions, though.
22512
22513 One important simplification that does occur is that
22514 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22515 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22516 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22517 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22518
22519 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22520 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22521 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22522 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22523 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22524 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22525
22526 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22527 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22528 suitable numbers.
22529
22530 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22531 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22532
22533 @noindent
22534 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22535 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22536 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22537 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22538 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22539
22540 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22541 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22542 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22543 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22544 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22545
22546 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22547 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22548 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22549 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22550 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22551 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22552 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22553 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22554 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22555
22556 @tex
22557 \bigskip
22558 @end tex
22559
22560 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22561 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22562 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22563 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22564 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22565
22566 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22567 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22568 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22569 non-adjacent ones.
22570
22571 @tex
22572 \bigskip
22573 @end tex
22574
22575 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22576 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22577 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22578 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22579 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22580 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22581 of identical terms.
22582
22583 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22584 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22585 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22586 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22587
22588 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22589 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22590 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22591
22592 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22593 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22594 use for adjacent terms of products.
22595
22596 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22597 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22598 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22599 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22600 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22601 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22602 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22603
22604 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22605 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22606 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22607 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22608 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22609
22610 @tex
22611 \bigskip
22612 @end tex
22613
22614 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22615 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22616 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22617 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22618 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22619 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22620 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22621 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22622
22623 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22624 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22625 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22626 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22627
22628 @tex
22629 \bigskip
22630 @end tex
22631
22632 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22633 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22634 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22635 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22636 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22637 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22638 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22639 user might not have been thinking of.
22640
22641 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22642 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22643 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22644 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22645 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22646 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22647 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22648 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22649 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22650
22651 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22652 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22653 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22654 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22655
22656 @tex
22657 \bigskip
22658 @end tex
22659
22660 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22661 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22662 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22663 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22664 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22665
22666 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22667 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22668 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22669 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22670 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22671 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22672 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22673
22674 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22675 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22676 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22677 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22678 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22679 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22680 declared to be an integer.
22681
22682 @tex
22683 \bigskip
22684 @end tex
22685
22686 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22687 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22688 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22689 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22690 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22691 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22692 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22693 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22694
22695 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22696 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22697 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22698 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22699 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22700 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22701
22702 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22703 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22704 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22705 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22706
22707 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22708 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22709 hyperbolic functions.
22710
22711 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22712 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22713 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22714 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22715 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22716 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22717 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22718 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22719 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22720
22721 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22722 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22723 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22724 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22725 and
22726 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22727 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22728 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22729 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22730 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22731 is a suitable multiple of
22732 @texline @math{\pi i}
22733 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22734 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22735 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22736 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22737 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22738 negative imaginary.
22739
22740 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22741 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22742 function.
22743
22744 @tex
22745 \bigskip
22746 @end tex
22747
22748 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22749 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22750 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22751 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22752 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22753 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22754 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22755 sign is known.
22756
22757 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22758 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22759 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22760 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22761 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22762 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22763 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22764
22765 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22766 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22767
22768 @noindent
22769 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22770 @cindex Extended simplification
22771 @kindex a e
22772 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22773 @ignore
22774 @mindex esimpl@idots
22775 @end ignore
22776 @tindex esimplify
22777 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22778 is like @kbd{a s}
22779 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22780 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22781 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22782 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22783 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22784 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22785 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22786 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22787
22788 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22789 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22790 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22791 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22792 to any specific part of a formula.
22793
22794 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22795 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22796 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22797 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22798
22799 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22800 by @kbd{a e}.
22801
22802 @tex
22803 \bigskip
22804 @end tex
22805
22806 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22807 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22808 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22809 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
22810 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
22811 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22812 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22813 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22814 functions always produce.
22815
22816 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
22817 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
22818 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
22819 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
22820 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
22821 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
22822 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
22823 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
22824 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22825
22826 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22827 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
22828 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
22829 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
22830
22831 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22832 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22833 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22834
22835 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22836 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22837 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
22838 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22839
22840 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
22841 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
22842 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
22843 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
22844
22845 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22846 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
22847 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22848 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22849 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
22850 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
22851 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22852 both sides of an inequality.
22853
22854 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22855 @subsection Simplification of Units
22856
22857 @noindent
22858 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22859 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22860 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22861 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22862
22863 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22864 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22865 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22866
22867 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22868 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22869
22870 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22871 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22872 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
22873 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22874 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22875 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
22876
22877 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22878 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22879 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22880
22881 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22882 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22883 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22884 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22885 are not combined in this way.
22886
22887 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22888 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22889 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22890
22891 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22892 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22893 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22894 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22895 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
22896
22897 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22898 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22899 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22900
22901 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22902 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
22903 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
22904 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22905 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22906 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
22907 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
22908 real.)
22909
22910 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22911 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22912 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22913 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22914 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22915 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22916 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22917 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22918 replaced by approximately
22919 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
22920 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
22921 which is then changed to
22922 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
22923 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
22924 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
22925
22926 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22927 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22928 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22929 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22930 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22931 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22932
22933 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22934 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22935 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22936 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22937
22938 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22939 @section Polynomials
22940
22941 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22942 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22943 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22944 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22945 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22946 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22947 involving the base variable.
22948
22949 @kindex a f
22950 @pindex calc-factor
22951 @tindex factor
22952 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22953 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22954 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22955 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22956 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22957
22958 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22959 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22960 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22961 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22962 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22963 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22964 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22965 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22966 rewrite mechanism.
22967
22968 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22969 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22970 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22971 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22972 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22973 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22974 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22975 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22976 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22977 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22978 version of Calc.)
22979
22980 @vindex FactorRules
22981 @ignore
22982 @starindex
22983 @end ignore
22984 @tindex thecoefs
22985 @ignore
22986 @starindex
22987 @end ignore
22988 @ignore
22989 @mindex @idots
22990 @end ignore
22991 @tindex thefactors
22992 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22993 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22994 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22995 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22996 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22997 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22998 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22999 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
23000 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
23001 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
23002 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23003 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23004 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23005 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23006 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23007 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23008 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23009 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23010
23011 @kindex H a f
23012 @tindex factors
23013 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23014 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23015 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23016 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23017 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23018 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23019 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23020 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23021 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23022 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23023 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23024
23025 @kindex a c
23026 @pindex calc-collect
23027 @tindex collect
23028 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23029 formula as a
23030 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23031 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23032 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23033 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23034 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23035 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23036 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23037 not be expanded.
23038
23039 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23040 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23041 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23042 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23043 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23044
23045 @kindex a x
23046 @pindex calc-expand
23047 @tindex expand
23048 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23049 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23050 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23051 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23052 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23053 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23054
23055 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23056 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23057 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23058 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23059 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23060 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23061 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23062 do not do.)
23063
23064 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23065 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23066 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23067 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23068 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23069 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23070 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23071 the way in one step.
23072
23073 @kindex a a
23074 @pindex calc-apart
23075 @tindex apart
23076 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23077 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23078 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23079 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23080 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23081 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23082 chooses the base variable automatically.
23083
23084 @kindex a n
23085 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
23086 @tindex nrat
23087 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23088 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23089 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23090 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23091 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23092 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23093
23094 @kindex a \
23095 @pindex calc-poly-div
23096 @tindex pdiv
23097 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23098 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23099 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23100 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23101 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23102 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23103 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23104 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23105 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23106
23107 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23108 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23109 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23110 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23111 above.
23112
23113 @kindex a %
23114 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23115 @tindex prem
23116 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23117 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23118 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23119 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23120 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23121 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23122
23123 @kindex a /
23124 @kindex H a /
23125 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23126 @tindex pdivrem
23127 @tindex pdivide
23128 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23129 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23130 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23131 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23132 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23133 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23134
23135 @kindex a g
23136 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23137 @tindex pgcd
23138 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23139 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23140 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23141 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23142 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23143 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23144 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23145 leaving a remainder.)
23146
23147 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23148 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23149 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23150 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23151 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23152 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23153 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23154
23155 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23156 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23157 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23158
23159 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23160 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23161
23162 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23163 @section Calculus
23164
23165 @noindent
23166 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23167 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23168 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23169 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23170 readable way.
23171
23172 @menu
23173 * Differentiation::
23174 * Integration::
23175 * Customizing the Integrator::
23176 * Numerical Integration::
23177 * Taylor Series::
23178 @end menu
23179
23180 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23181 @subsection Differentiation
23182
23183 @noindent
23184 @kindex a d
23185 @kindex H a d
23186 @pindex calc-derivative
23187 @tindex deriv
23188 @tindex tderiv
23189 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23190 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23191 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23192 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23193 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23194 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23195 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23196 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23197 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23198 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23199 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23200
23201 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23202 @var{n}th derivative.
23203
23204 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23205 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23206 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23207 answer!
23208
23209 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23210 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23211 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23212 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23213 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23214
23215 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23216 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23217 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23218 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23219 derivative of @code{f}.
23220
23221 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23222 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23223 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23224 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23225 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23226 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23227 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23228 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23229
23230 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23231 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23232 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23233 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23234 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23235 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23236 argument once).
23237
23238 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23239 @subsection Integration
23240
23241 @noindent
23242 @kindex a i
23243 @pindex calc-integral
23244 @tindex integ
23245 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23246 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23247 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23248 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23249 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23250 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23251 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23252 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23253 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23254 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23255 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23256 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23257 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23258 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23259
23260 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23261 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23262 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23263 lower limit and an upper limit.
23264
23265 @ifnottex
23266 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23267 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23268 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23269 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23270 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23271 @end ifnottex
23272 @tex
23273 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23274 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23275 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23276 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23277 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23278 @end tex
23279
23280 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23281 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23282 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23283 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23284 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23285 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23286 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23287 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23288 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23289 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23290 Calc's solution for
23291 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23292 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23293 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23294 constant factor of
23295 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23296 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23297 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23298
23299 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23300 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23301 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23302 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23303 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23304
23305 @vindex IntegLimit
23306 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23307 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23308 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23309 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23310 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23311 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23312 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23313 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23314 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23315 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23316 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23317 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23318
23319 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23320 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23321 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23322 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23323 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23324
23325 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23326 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23327
23328 @noindent
23329 @vindex IntegRules
23330 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23331 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23332 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23333 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23334 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23335 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23336 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23337 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23338 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23339 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23340 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23341 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23342 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23343 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23344 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23345 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23346
23347 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23348 @ignore
23349 @starindex
23350 @end ignore
23351 @tindex Ei
23352 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23353 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23354 integral'' function
23355 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23356 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23357 was invented to describe it.
23358 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23359 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23360 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23361 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23362 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23363 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23364 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23365 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23366 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23367
23368 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23369 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23370 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23371 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23372 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23373 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23374 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23375 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23376 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23377 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23378 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23379 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23380 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23381
23382 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23383 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23384 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23385 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23386 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23387 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23388 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23389 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23390 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23391 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23392 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23393 it need not be.
23394
23395 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23396 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23397 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23398 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23399 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23400 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23401 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23402 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23403 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23404 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23405 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23406 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23407 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23408 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23409
23410 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23411 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23412 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23413 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23414 forever!)
23415
23416 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23417 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23418 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23419 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23420 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23421 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23422
23423 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23424 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23425 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23426 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23427 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23428 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23429 do this.)
23430
23431 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23432 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23433 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23434 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23435 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23436 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23437 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23438 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23439 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23440 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23441 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23442 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23443 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23444 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23445 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23446 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23447 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23448 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23449
23450 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23451 @subsection Numerical Integration
23452
23453 @noindent
23454 @kindex a I
23455 @pindex calc-num-integral
23456 @tindex ninteg
23457 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23458 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23459 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23460 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23461 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23462 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23463
23464 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23465 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23466 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23467 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23468 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23469 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23470 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23471 determine the value of the integral.
23472
23473 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23474 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23475 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23476 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23477 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23478 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23479
23480 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23481 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23482 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23483 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23484 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23485 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23486 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23487
23488 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23489 @subsection Taylor Series
23490
23491 @noindent
23492 @kindex a t
23493 @pindex calc-taylor
23494 @tindex taylor
23495 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23496 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23497 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23498 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23499 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23500 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23501 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23502 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23503 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23504
23505 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23506 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23507 Taylor series.
23508
23509 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23510 @section Solving Equations
23511
23512 @noindent
23513 @kindex a S
23514 @pindex calc-solve-for
23515 @tindex solve
23516 @cindex Equations, solving
23517 @cindex Solving equations
23518 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23519 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23520 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23521 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23522 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23523 form @expr{X = 0}.
23524
23525 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23526 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23527 be; for example, solving
23528 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23529 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23530 for @expr{b} is impossible
23531 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23532 produce the result
23533 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23534 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23535 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23536 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23537 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23538 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23539 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23540 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23541
23542 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23543 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23544 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23545 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23546
23547 @menu
23548 * Multiple Solutions::
23549 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23550 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23551 @end menu
23552
23553 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23554 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23555
23556 @noindent
23557 @kindex H a S
23558 @tindex fsolve
23559 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23560 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23561 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23562 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23563 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23564 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23565 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23566 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23567 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23568 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23569 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23570 of these variables.
23571
23572 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23573 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23574 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23575 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23576 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23577 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23578 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23579 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23580
23581 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23582 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23583 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23584 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23585 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23586 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23587 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23588 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23589
23590 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23591 @vindex GenCount
23592 @ignore
23593 @starindex
23594 @end ignore
23595 @tindex an
23596 @ignore
23597 @starindex
23598 @end ignore
23599 @tindex as
23600 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23601 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23602 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23603 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23604 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23605 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23606 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23607 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23608 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23609 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23610 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23611 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23612 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23613 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23614
23615 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23616 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23617
23618 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23619 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23620 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23621
23622 @kindex I a S
23623 @kindex H I a S
23624 @tindex finv
23625 @tindex ffinv
23626 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23627 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23628 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23629 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23630 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23631 fully general inverse, as described above.
23632
23633 @kindex a P
23634 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23635 @tindex roots
23636 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23637 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23638 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23639 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23640 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23641 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23642 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23643 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23644 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23645 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23646 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23647 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23648 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23649
23650 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23651 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23652 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23653 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23654 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23655 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23656 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23657 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23658 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23659 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23660 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23661 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23662 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23663 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23664 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23665 are all numbers (real or complex).
23666
23667 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23668 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23669
23670 @noindent
23671 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23672 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23673 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23674 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23675 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23676 at the prompt.)
23677
23678 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23679 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23680 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23681 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23682 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23683 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23684 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23685 command.
23686
23687 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23688 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23689 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23690 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23691 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23692 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23693 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23694 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23695 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23696 nonlinear systems.
23697
23698 @ignore
23699 @starindex
23700 @end ignore
23701 @tindex elim
23702 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23703 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23704 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23705 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23706 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23707 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23708 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23709 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23710 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23711 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23712 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23713 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23714
23715 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23716 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23717 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23718 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23719 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23720 by one.
23721
23722 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23723 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23724 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23725 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23726 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23727 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23728 variables you requested.)
23729
23730 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23731 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23732 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23733
23734 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23735 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23736
23737 @noindent
23738 @ignore
23739 @starindex
23740 @end ignore
23741 @tindex poly
23742 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23743 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23744 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23745 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23746 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23747 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23748 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23749 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23750 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23751 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23752 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23753 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23754
23755 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23756 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23757 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23758 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23759 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23760 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23761 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23762
23763 @ignore
23764 @starindex
23765 @end ignore
23766 @tindex gpoly
23767 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23768 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23769 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23770 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23771 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23772 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23773 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23774 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23775 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23776 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23777 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23778 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23779 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23780 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23781 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23782 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23783 is considered trivial.
23784
23785 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23786 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23787
23788 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23789 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23790 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23791 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23792 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23793
23794 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23795 discover:
23796
23797 @smallexample
23798 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23799 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23800 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23801 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23802 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23803 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23804 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23805 @end smallexample
23806
23807 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23808 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23809 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
23810 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23811 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23812 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23813 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23814 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23815
23816 @ignore
23817 @starindex
23818 @end ignore
23819 @tindex pdeg
23820 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23821 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23822 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23823 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23824 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23825 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23826 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23827 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23828 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23829 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23830 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23831 (minus infinity).
23832
23833 @ignore
23834 @starindex
23835 @end ignore
23836 @tindex plead
23837 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23838 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23839 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23840 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23841 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
23842
23843 @ignore
23844 @starindex
23845 @end ignore
23846 @tindex pcont
23847 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23848 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23849 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23850 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23851 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23852 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23853 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23854 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23855 coefficient.
23856
23857 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23858 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23859 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23860 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23861 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23862 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23863 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23864 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23865 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23866 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23867
23868 @ignore
23869 @starindex
23870 @end ignore
23871 @tindex pprim
23872 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23873 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23874 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23875 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23876 terms.
23877
23878 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23879 @section Numerical Solutions
23880
23881 @noindent
23882 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23883 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23884 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23885 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23886 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23887
23888 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23889 on numerical data.)
23890
23891 @menu
23892 * Root Finding::
23893 * Minimization::
23894 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23895 @end menu
23896
23897 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23898 @subsection Root Finding
23899
23900 @noindent
23901 @kindex a R
23902 @pindex calc-find-root
23903 @tindex root
23904 @cindex Newton's method
23905 @cindex Roots of equations
23906 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23907 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23908 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23909 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23910 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
23911
23912 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23913 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23914 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23915 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23916 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23917 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23918 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23919 this command.
23920
23921 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23922 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23923 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23924 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23925 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23926 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23927 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23928 the equation yourself.)
23929
23930 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23931 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23932
23933 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23934 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23935 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23936 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23937 to real numbers inside that interval.
23938
23939 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23940 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23941 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23942 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23943 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23944 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23945 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23946
23947 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23948 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23949 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23950 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23951 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23952 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23953
23954 @kindex H a R
23955 @tindex wroot
23956 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23957 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23958 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23959 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23960 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23961
23962 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23963 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23964 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23965 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23966 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23967
23968 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23969 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23970 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23971 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23972
23973 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23974 @subsection Minimization
23975
23976 @noindent
23977 @kindex a N
23978 @kindex H a N
23979 @kindex a X
23980 @kindex H a X
23981 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23982 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23983 @tindex minimize
23984 @tindex maximize
23985 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23986 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23987 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23988 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23989 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23990 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23991 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23992 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23993 with the minimum value itself.
23994
23995 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23996 have more than one minimum; some, like
23997 @texline @math{x \sin x},
23998 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
23999 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
24000 ``global'' minimum of
24001 @texline @math{x \sin x}
24002 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24003 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24004 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24005 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24006 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24007
24008 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24009 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24010 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24011 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24012 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24013 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24014 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24015 any, that happens to lie in that range.
24016
24017 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24018 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24019 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24020 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24021 answer.
24022
24023 @ignore
24024 @mindex wmin@idots
24025 @end ignore
24026 @tindex wminimize
24027 @ignore
24028 @mindex wmax@idots
24029 @end ignore
24030 @tindex wmaximize
24031 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24032 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24033 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24034
24035 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24036 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24037 negative of the formula you supply.
24038
24039 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24040 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24041 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24042 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24043 be minimized over the reals.
24044
24045 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24046 @subsection Systems of Equations
24047
24048 @noindent
24049 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24050 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24051 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24052 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24053 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24054 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24055 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24056 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24057 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24058 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24059 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24060 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24061 no effect when solving a system of equations.
24062
24063 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24064 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24065 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24066 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24067 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24068 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24069 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24070
24071 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24072 @section Curve Fitting
24073
24074 @noindent
24075 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24076 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24077 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24078 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24079 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24080 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24081 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24082
24083 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24084 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24085 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24086 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24087
24088 @menu
24089 * Linear Fits::
24090 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24091 * Error Estimates for Fits::
24092 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
24093 * Curve Fitting Details::
24094 * Interpolation::
24095 @end menu
24096
24097 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24098 @subsection Linear Fits
24099
24100 @noindent
24101 @kindex a F
24102 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24103 @tindex fit
24104 @cindex Linear regression
24105 @cindex Least-squares fits
24106 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24107 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24108 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24109 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24110 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24111 fit for the data.
24112
24113 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24114 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24115 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24116 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24117 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24118 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24119 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24120 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24121
24122 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24123 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24124 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24125 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24126
24127 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24128 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24129 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24130 @texline @math{2\times N}
24131 @infoline 2xN
24132 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24133 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24134 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24135 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24136
24137 If you happen to have an
24138 @texline @math{N\times2}
24139 @infoline Nx2
24140 matrix instead of a
24141 @texline @math{2\times N}
24142 @infoline 2xN
24143 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24144
24145 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24146 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24147
24148 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24149 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24150 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24151 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24152 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24153 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24154 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24155
24156 For example, suppose the data matrix
24157
24158 @ifnottex
24159 @example
24160 @group
24161 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24162 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24163 @end group
24164 @end example
24165 @end ifnottex
24166 @tex
24167 \turnoffactive
24168 \turnoffactive
24169 \beforedisplay
24170 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24171 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24172 $$
24173 \afterdisplay
24174 @end tex
24175
24176 @noindent
24177 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24178 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24179 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24180 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24181 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24182 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24183 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24184 formula.
24185
24186 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24187 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24188 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24189 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24190 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24191 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24192
24193 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24194 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24195 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24196 the equations that go into the trail.
24197
24198 @tex
24199 \bigskip
24200 @end tex
24201
24202 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24203 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24204 The result is:
24205
24206 @example
24207 2.6 + 2.2 x
24208 @end example
24209
24210 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24211 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24212
24213 @example
24214 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24215 @end example
24216
24217 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24218 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24219 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24220 error measure
24221
24222 @ifnottex
24223 @example
24224 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24225 @end example
24226 @end ifnottex
24227 @tex
24228 \turnoffactive
24229 \beforedisplay
24230 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24231 \afterdisplay
24232 @end tex
24233
24234 @noindent
24235 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24236 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24237 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24238 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24239 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24240 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24241 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24242 for which the error
24243 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24244 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24245 is as small as possible.
24246
24247 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24248 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24249
24250 @tex
24251 \bigskip
24252 @end tex
24253
24254 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24255 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24256 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24257 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24258 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24259
24260 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24261 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24262 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24263 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24264 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24265
24266 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24267 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24268
24269 @noindent
24270 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24271 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24272 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24273 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24274 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24275
24276 @example
24277 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24278 @end example
24279
24280 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24281 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24282 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24283 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24284 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24285 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24286 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24287 won't help.)
24288
24289 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24290 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24291 line slightly to improve the fit.
24292
24293 @example
24294 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24295 @end example
24296
24297 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24298 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24299 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24300 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24301 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24302
24303 @example
24304 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24305 @end example
24306
24307 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24308 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24309 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24310 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24311 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24312 results.
24313
24314 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24315 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24316 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24317 automatically.
24318
24319 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24320 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24321 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24322 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24323 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24324 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24325
24326 @tex
24327 \bigskip
24328 @end tex
24329
24330 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24331 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24332 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24333 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24334 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24335
24336 Given the data matrix,
24337
24338 @example
24339 @group
24340 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24341 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24342 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24343 @end group
24344 @end example
24345
24346 @noindent
24347 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24348 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24349 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24350
24351 @example
24352 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24353 @end example
24354
24355 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24356 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24357
24358 @tex
24359 \bigskip
24360 @end tex
24361
24362 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24363 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24364 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24365 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24366 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24367 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24368 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24369 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24370 message.
24371
24372 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24373 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24374 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24375 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24376 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24377
24378 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24379 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24380
24381 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24382 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24383
24384 @noindent
24385 @kindex H a F
24386 @tindex efit
24387 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24388 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24389 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24390 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24391
24392 @example
24393 3. + 2. x
24394 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24395 @end example
24396
24397 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24398 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24399 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24400
24401 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24402 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24403 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24404 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24405 row contains error forms
24406 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24407 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24408 then the
24409 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24410 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24411 statistic is now,
24412
24413 @ifnottex
24414 @example
24415 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24416 @end example
24417 @end ifnottex
24418 @tex
24419 \turnoffactive
24420 \beforedisplay
24421 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24422 \afterdisplay
24423 @end tex
24424
24425 @noindent
24426 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24427 the fitting operation.
24428
24429 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24430 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24431 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24432 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24433 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24434 used for the data point.
24435
24436 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24437 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24438 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24439 estimates.
24440
24441 If the input contains error forms but all the
24442 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24443 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24444 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24445 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24446 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24447 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24448 is simply scaled uniformly by
24449 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24450 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24451 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24452 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24453 @kbd{H a F}.
24454
24455 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24456 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24457 interpreted.
24458
24459 @tex
24460 \bigskip
24461 @end tex
24462
24463 @kindex I a F
24464 @tindex xfit
24465 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24466 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24467
24468 @enumerate
24469 @item
24470 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24471 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24472 produced.
24473
24474 @item
24475 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24476 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24477 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24478 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24479 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24480
24481 @item
24482 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24483 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24484 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24485 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24486 are the variances
24487 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24488 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24489 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24490 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24491 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24492 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24493 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24494 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24495 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24496 are defined as
24497 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24498 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24499
24500 @item
24501 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24502 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24503 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24504 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24505
24506 @item
24507 The value of
24508 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24509 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24510 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24511 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24512 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24513 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24514 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24515 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24516
24517 @item
24518 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24519 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24520 function using
24521 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24522 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24523 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24524 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24525 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24526 particular,
24527 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24528 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24529 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24530 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24531 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24532
24533 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24534 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24535 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24536 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24537 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24538 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24539 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24540 over to use for a confidence test.
24541 @end enumerate
24542
24543 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24544 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24545
24546 @noindent
24547 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24548 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24549 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24550
24551 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24552
24553 @table @kbd
24554 @item 1
24555 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24556 @item 2-9
24557 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24558 @item e
24559 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24560 @item E
24561 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24562 @item x
24563 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24564 @item X
24565 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24566 @item l
24567 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24568 @item L
24569 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24570 @item ^
24571 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24572 @item p
24573 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24574 @item q
24575 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24576 @item g
24577 Gaussian.
24578 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24579 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24580 @item s
24581 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24582 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24583 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24584 @item b
24585 Logistic bell curve.
24586 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24587 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24588 @item o
24589 Hubbert linearization.
24590 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24591 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24592 @end table
24593
24594 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24595 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24596 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24597 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24598 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24599
24600 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24601 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24602 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24603 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24604 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24605 before the model key.
24606
24607 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24608 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24609 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24610 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24611 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24612 matches the problem.
24613
24614 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24615 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24616 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24617 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24618 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24619 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24620
24621 @tex
24622 \bigskip
24623 @end tex
24624
24625 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24626 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24627 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24628 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24629
24630 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24631 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24632 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24633 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24634 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24635 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24636 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24637 model.
24638
24639 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24640 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24641 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24642 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24643 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24644 and thus does not need a name.
24645
24646 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24647 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24648 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24649 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24650 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24651 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24652 variables.
24653
24654 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24655 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24656 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24657 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24658 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24659 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24660 in the model formula will become parameters.
24661
24662 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24663 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24664 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24665 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24666 a linear model.
24667
24668 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24669 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24670 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24671 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24672 which are parameters.
24673
24674 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24675 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24676 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24677 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24678 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24679 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24680
24681 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24682 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24683
24684 @tex
24685 \bigskip
24686 @end tex
24687
24688 @vindex Model1
24689 @vindex Model2
24690 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24691 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24692 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24693 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24694 accept for a model on the stack.
24695
24696 @tex
24697 \bigskip
24698 @end tex
24699
24700 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24701 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24702 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24703 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24704 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24705 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24706 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24707 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24708 @texline @math{3\times360}
24709 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24710 degrees.
24711 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24712 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24713 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24714 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24715 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24716 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24717 even approximately.
24718
24719 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24720 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24721 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24722 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24723 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24724 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24725 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24726
24727 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24728 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24729
24730 @noindent
24731 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24732 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24733 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24734 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24735 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24736
24737 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24738 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24739 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24740 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24741
24742 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24743 to try to put the problem into the form
24744
24745 @smallexample
24746 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24747 @end smallexample
24748
24749 @noindent
24750 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24751 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24752 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24753 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24754 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24755
24756 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24757 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24758 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24759 can be rewritten as follows:
24760
24761 @example
24762 y = a x^b
24763 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24764 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24765 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24766 @end example
24767
24768 @noindent
24769 which matches the desired form with
24770 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24771 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24772 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24773 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24774 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24775 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24776 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24777 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24778 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24779 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24780 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24781 and @expr{b = B}.
24782
24783 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24784 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24785
24786 @example
24787 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24788 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24789 @end example
24790
24791 @noindent
24792 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24793 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24794 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24795 @expr{H = x^2}.
24796
24797 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24798 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24799 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24800
24801 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24802 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24803 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24804 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24805
24806 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24807 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24808 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24809 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24810 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24811 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24812 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24813 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24814 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24815 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
24816 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
24817 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
24818
24819 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24820 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24821 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24822
24823 @tex
24824 \bigskip
24825 @end tex
24826
24827 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24828 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24829 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
24830 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24831 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24832 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24833 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24834 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24835 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24836
24837 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24838 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24839 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24840 to be minimized would be the value of
24841 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24842 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24843 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24844
24845 @smallexample
24846 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24847 @end smallexample
24848
24849 @noindent
24850 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24851 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24852 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24853 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24854 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24855 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24856
24857 @tex
24858 \bigskip
24859 @end tex
24860
24861 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24862 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24863 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
24864 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24865 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24866 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24867 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
24868 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24869 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24870 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24871 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24872 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24873 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
24874 and so on.
24875
24876 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24877 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24878 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24879 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24880 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24881 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24882 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24883 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24884 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24885
24886 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24887 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24888 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24889 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24890 nontrivial filter functions.
24891
24892 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24893 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
24894 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24895 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24896 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
24897 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
24898 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24899 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24900 form. The error part of that result is used for
24901 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24902 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24903 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24904 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
24905 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
24906 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
24907 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
24908 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24909 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24910 arithmetic with no error forms.
24911
24912 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24913 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
24914 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
24915 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24916 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24917 @texline @math{\sigma}
24918 @infoline @expr{sigma}
24919 for the data point with no further ado.)
24920
24921 @tex
24922 \bigskip
24923 @end tex
24924
24925 @vindex FitRules
24926 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24927 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24928 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24929 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24930 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24931 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24932 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24933
24934 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24935
24936 @ignore
24937 @starindex
24938 @end ignore
24939 @tindex fitvar
24940 @ignore
24941 @starindex
24942 @end ignore
24943 @ignore
24944 @mindex @idots
24945 @end ignore
24946 @tindex fitparam
24947 @ignore
24948 @starindex
24949 @end ignore
24950 @ignore
24951 @mindex @null
24952 @end ignore
24953 @tindex fitmodel
24954 @ignore
24955 @starindex
24956 @end ignore
24957 @ignore
24958 @mindex @null
24959 @end ignore
24960 @tindex fitsystem
24961 @ignore
24962 @starindex
24963 @end ignore
24964 @ignore
24965 @mindex @null
24966 @end ignore
24967 @tindex fitdummy
24968 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24969 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24970 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24971 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24972 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24973 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24974 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24975 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24976 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
24977
24978 @smallexample
24979 @group
24980 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24981 @end group
24982 @end smallexample
24983
24984 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24985 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24986 changes are possible.)
24987
24988 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24989 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24990
24991 @example
24992 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24993 @end example
24994
24995 @noindent
24996 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
24997 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24998 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24999 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
25000 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
25001 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
25002 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25003
25004 The power law model eventually boils down to
25005
25006 @smallexample
25007 @group
25008 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25009 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25010 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25011 @end group
25012 @end smallexample
25013
25014 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25015 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25016 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25017 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25018 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25019 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25020 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25021 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25022 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25023 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25024 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25025 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25026 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25027
25028 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25029 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25030 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25031 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25032 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25033 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25034 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25035 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25036 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25037 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25038 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25039 raw parameters, for now.)
25040
25041 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25042 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25043 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25044 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25045 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25046 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25047 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25048 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25049 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25050 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25051 raw parameters needed.
25052
25053 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25054 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25055 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25056 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25057 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25058 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25059 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25060 least-squares solver wants to see.
25061
25062 @ignore
25063 @starindex
25064 @end ignore
25065 @ignore
25066 @mindex hasfit@idots
25067 @end ignore
25068 @tindex hasfitparams
25069 @ignore
25070 @starindex
25071 @end ignore
25072 @ignore
25073 @mindex @null
25074 @end ignore
25075 @tindex hasfitvars
25076 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25077 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25078 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25079 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25080 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25081 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25082 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25083 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25084 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25085
25086 @tex
25087 \bigskip
25088 @end tex
25089
25090 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25091 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25092 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25093 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25094 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25095 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25096 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25097 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25098 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25099 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25100
25101 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25102 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25103 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25104 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25105 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25106
25107 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25108 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25109 and variables, as discussed previously.
25110
25111 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25112 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25113 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25114 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25115
25116 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25117 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25118
25119 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25120 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25121
25122 @kindex a p
25123 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25124 @tindex polint
25125 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25126 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25127 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25128 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25129 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25130 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25131 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25132 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25133 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25134
25135 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25136 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25137 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25138 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25139 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25140 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25141
25142 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25143 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25144
25145 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25146 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25147 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25148 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25149 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25150 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25151
25152 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25153 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25154
25155 @kindex H a p
25156 @tindex ratint
25157 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25158 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25159 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25160 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25161 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25162 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25163
25164 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25165 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25166 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25167 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25168 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25169 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25170
25171 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25172 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25173 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25174 capabilities to fit.)
25175
25176 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25177 @section Summations
25178
25179 @noindent
25180 @cindex Summation of a series
25181 @kindex a +
25182 @pindex calc-summation
25183 @tindex sum
25184 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25185 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25186 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25187 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25188 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25189 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25190 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25191 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25192 produces the result 55.
25193 @tex
25194 \turnoffactive
25195 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25196 @end tex
25197
25198 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25199 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25200 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25201 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25202 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25203 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25204 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25205 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25206 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25207
25208 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25209 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25210 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25211 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25212 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25213 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25214 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25215 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25216 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25217
25218 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25219 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25220 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25221 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25222 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25223 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25224 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25225 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25226 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25227 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25228
25229 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25230 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25231 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25232 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25233 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25234 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25235
25236 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25237 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25238 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25239 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25240 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25241 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25242 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25243 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25244
25245 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25246 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25247 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25248 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25249 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25250 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25251
25252 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25253 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25254 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25255 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25256 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25257
25258 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25259 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25260 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25261 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25262 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25263 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25264 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25265 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25266
25267 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25268 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25269 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25270 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25271 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25272 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25273 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25274
25275 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25276 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25277 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25278 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25279 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25280 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25281 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25282 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25283 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25284 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25285 closed form.
25286
25287 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25288 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25289 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25290 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25291 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25292 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25293 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25294 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25295 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25296 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25297 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25298 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25299 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25300 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25301
25302 @cindex Alternating sums
25303 @kindex a -
25304 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25305 @tindex asum
25306 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25307 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25308 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25309 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25310 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25311 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25312 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25313 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25314 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25315 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25316 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25317 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25318
25319 @cindex Product of a sequence
25320 @kindex a *
25321 @pindex calc-product
25322 @tindex prod
25323 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25324 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25325 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25326 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25327 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25328
25329 @kindex a T
25330 @pindex calc-tabulate
25331 @tindex table
25332 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25333 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25334 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25335 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25336 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25337
25338 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25339 @section Logical Operations
25340
25341 @noindent
25342 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25343 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25344 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25345 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25346 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25347 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25348 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25349 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25350 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25351 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25352 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25353 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25354 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25355 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25356
25357 @kindex a =
25358 @pindex calc-equal-to
25359 @tindex eq
25360 @tindex =
25361 @tindex ==
25362 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25363 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25364 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25365 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25366 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25367 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25368 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25369 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25370 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25371
25372 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25373 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25374 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25375 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25376 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25377 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25378 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25379 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25380 zero if not.
25381
25382 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25383 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25384 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25385 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25386 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25387 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25388 variables).
25389
25390 @kindex a #
25391 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25392 @tindex neq
25393 @tindex !=
25394 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25395 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25396 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25397 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25398 distinct numbers.
25399
25400 @kindex a <
25401 @tindex lt
25402 @ignore
25403 @mindex @idots
25404 @end ignore
25405 @kindex a >
25406 @ignore
25407 @mindex @null
25408 @end ignore
25409 @kindex a [
25410 @ignore
25411 @mindex @null
25412 @end ignore
25413 @kindex a ]
25414 @pindex calc-less-than
25415 @pindex calc-greater-than
25416 @pindex calc-less-equal
25417 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25418 @ignore
25419 @mindex @null
25420 @end ignore
25421 @tindex gt
25422 @ignore
25423 @mindex @null
25424 @end ignore
25425 @tindex leq
25426 @ignore
25427 @mindex @null
25428 @end ignore
25429 @tindex geq
25430 @ignore
25431 @mindex @null
25432 @end ignore
25433 @tindex <
25434 @ignore
25435 @mindex @null
25436 @end ignore
25437 @tindex >
25438 @ignore
25439 @mindex @null
25440 @end ignore
25441 @tindex <=
25442 @ignore
25443 @mindex @null
25444 @end ignore
25445 @tindex >=
25446 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25447 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25448 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25449 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25450 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25451
25452 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25453 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25454 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25455 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25456 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25457 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25458 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25459 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25460
25461 @kindex a .
25462 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25463 @tindex rmeq
25464 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25465 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25466 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25467 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25468 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25469 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25470 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25471 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25472 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25473 taking the lefthand side.
25474
25475 @kindex a &
25476 @pindex calc-logical-and
25477 @tindex land
25478 @tindex &&
25479 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25480 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25481 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25482 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25483 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25484
25485 @kindex a |
25486 @pindex calc-logical-or
25487 @tindex lor
25488 @tindex ||
25489 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25490 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25491 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25492 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25493 zero.
25494
25495 @kindex a !
25496 @pindex calc-logical-not
25497 @tindex lnot
25498 @tindex !
25499 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25500 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25501 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25502 number.
25503
25504 @kindex a :
25505 @pindex calc-logical-if
25506 @tindex if
25507 @ignore
25508 @mindex ? :
25509 @end ignore
25510 @tindex ?
25511 @ignore
25512 @mindex @null
25513 @end ignore
25514 @tindex :
25515 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25516 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25517 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25518 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25519 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25520 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25521 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25522 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25523 @code{condition}.
25524
25525 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25526 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25527 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25528 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25529
25530 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25531 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25532 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25533 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25534 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25535 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25536 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25537
25538 @kindex a @{
25539 @pindex calc-in-set
25540 @tindex in
25541 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25542 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25543 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25544 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25545 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25546 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25547 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25548 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25549 of this sort.
25550
25551 @ignore
25552 @starindex
25553 @end ignore
25554 @tindex typeof
25555 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25556 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25557 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25558
25559 @example
25560 1 Integer
25561 2 Fraction
25562 3 Floating-point number
25563 4 HMS form
25564 5 Rectangular complex number
25565 6 Polar complex number
25566 7 Error form
25567 8 Interval form
25568 9 Modulo form
25569 10 Date-only form
25570 11 Date/time form
25571 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25572 100 Variable
25573 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25574 102 Matrix
25575 @end example
25576
25577 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25578 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25579
25580 @ignore
25581 @starindex
25582 @end ignore
25583 @tindex integer
25584 @ignore
25585 @starindex
25586 @end ignore
25587 @tindex real
25588 @ignore
25589 @starindex
25590 @end ignore
25591 @tindex constant
25592 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25593 The @samp{real(a)} function
25594 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25595 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25596 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25597 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25598 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25599 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25600 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25601
25602 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25603 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25604 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25605 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25606 literally an integer constant.
25607
25608 @ignore
25609 @starindex
25610 @end ignore
25611 @tindex refers
25612 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25613 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25614 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25615 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25616 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25617 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25618
25619 @ignore
25620 @starindex
25621 @end ignore
25622 @tindex negative
25623 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25624 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25625 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25626 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25627 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25628 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25629 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25630 as a rewrite rule condition).
25631
25632 @ignore
25633 @starindex
25634 @end ignore
25635 @tindex variable
25636 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25637 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25638 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25639 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25640
25641 @ignore
25642 @starindex
25643 @end ignore
25644 @tindex nonvar
25645 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25646 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25647 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25648 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25649 often good enough.
25650
25651 @ignore
25652 @starindex
25653 @end ignore
25654 @tindex lin
25655 @ignore
25656 @starindex
25657 @end ignore
25658 @tindex linnt
25659 @ignore
25660 @starindex
25661 @end ignore
25662 @tindex islin
25663 @ignore
25664 @starindex
25665 @end ignore
25666 @tindex islinnt
25667 @cindex Linearity testing
25668 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25669 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25670 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25671 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25672 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25673 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25674 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25675 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25676 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25677 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25678 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25679 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25680 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25681 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25682 returns true.
25683
25684 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25685 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25686 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25687 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25688 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25689 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25690 linear in @expr{x}).
25691
25692 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25693 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25694 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25695 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25696 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25697 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25698 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25699 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25700 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25701 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25702
25703 @ignore
25704 @starindex
25705 @end ignore
25706 @tindex istrue
25707 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25708 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25709 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25710 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25711 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25712 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25713 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25714 in symbolic form.)
25715
25716 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25717 @section Rewrite Rules
25718
25719 @noindent
25720 @cindex Rewrite rules
25721 @cindex Transformations
25722 @cindex Pattern matching
25723 @kindex a r
25724 @pindex calc-rewrite
25725 @tindex rewrite
25726 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25727 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25728 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25729 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25730 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25731 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25732 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25733 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25734 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25735
25736 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25737 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25738 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25739 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25740 Calc formulas.
25741
25742 @menu
25743 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25744 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25745 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25746 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25747 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25748 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25749 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25750 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25751 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25752 * Matching Commands::
25753 * Automatic Rewrites::
25754 * Debugging Rewrites::
25755 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25756 @end menu
25757
25758 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25759 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25760
25761 @noindent
25762 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25763 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25764 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25765 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25766 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25767 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25768 assignments in special ways.
25769
25770 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25771 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25772 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25773 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25774 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25775
25776 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25777 rules.
25778
25779 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25780 in several ways:
25781
25782 @enumerate
25783 @item
25784 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25785 @item
25786 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25787 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25788 @item
25789 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25790 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25791 @item
25792 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25793 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25794 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25795 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25796 @item
25797 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25798 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25799 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25800 @end enumerate
25801
25802 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25803 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25804 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25805
25806 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25807 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25808 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25809 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25810 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25811 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25812
25813 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25814 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25815 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25816 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25817 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25818 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25819
25820 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25821 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25822 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25823
25824 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25825 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25826
25827 @noindent
25828 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25829 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
25830 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25831 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
25832 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25833 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25834 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25835 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25836 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25837 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25838 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25839
25840 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25841 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
25842 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25843 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25844 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25845
25846 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25847 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25848 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25849 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25850 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25851
25852 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25853 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25854 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25855 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25856
25857 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25858 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25859 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25860 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25861 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25862
25863 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25864 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25865 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25866 change at a time.
25867
25868 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25869 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25870
25871 @noindent
25872 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25873 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25874 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25875 is present in the
25876 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25877 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25878 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25879 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25880 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25881 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25882 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25883 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25884 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25885 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
25886
25887 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
25888 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25889 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25890 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25891 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25892 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
25893 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25894 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25895 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25896
25897 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25898 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25899 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25900 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25901 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25902 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25903 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25904 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25905 the condition.
25906
25907 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25908 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25909 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25910
25911 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25912 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25913
25914 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25915 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25916 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25917 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25918 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25919 matched.
25920
25921 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25922 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
25923 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25924 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
25925 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25926 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25927 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25928 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25929 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25930
25931 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25932 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25933 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25934 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25935 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25936 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25937 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25938 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25939 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25940
25941 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25942 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25943 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25944 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25945 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25946 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25947 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25948 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25949 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25950
25951 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25952 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25953
25954 @noindent
25955 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25956 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25957 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25958 account:
25959
25960 @smallexample
25961 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25962 @end smallexample
25963
25964 For example, the rewrite rule:
25965
25966 @example
25967 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25968 @end example
25969
25970 @noindent
25971 will match formulas of the form,
25972
25973 @example
25974 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25975 @end example
25976
25977 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25978 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25979
25980 @example
25981 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25982 @end example
25983
25984 @noindent
25985 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25986
25987 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25988 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25989 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25990
25991 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25992 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
25993 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25994 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25995 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25996 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25997 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25998 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25999
26000 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
26001 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
26002 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26003 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26004 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26005 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26006 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26007 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26008 from occurring.
26009
26010 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26011 the rule
26012
26013 @example
26014 f(-x) := -f(x)
26015 @end example
26016
26017 @noindent
26018 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26019 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26020 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26021 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26022 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26023 condition is:
26024
26025 @example
26026 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26027 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26028 @end example
26029
26030 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26031 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26032
26033 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26034 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26035 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26036 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26037
26038 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26039 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26040 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26041 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26042 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26043 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26044 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26045 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26046 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26047 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26048
26049 Even more subtle is the rule set
26050
26051 @example
26052 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26053 @end example
26054
26055 @noindent
26056 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26057 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26058 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26059 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26060 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26061 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26062 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26063 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26064 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26065 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26066 rule will have to be added.
26067
26068 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26069 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26070 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26071 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26072 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26073
26074 @example
26075 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26076 @end example
26077
26078 @noindent
26079 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26080 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26081 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26082 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26083 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26084 conjugate of a real number.)
26085
26086 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26087
26088 @example
26089 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26090 @end example
26091
26092 @noindent
26093 will match the formula
26094
26095 @example
26096 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26097 @end example
26098
26099 @noindent
26100 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26101 formulas like
26102
26103 @example
26104 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26105 @end example
26106
26107 @noindent
26108 producing, respectively,
26109
26110 @example
26111 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26112 @end example
26113
26114 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26115 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26116
26117 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26118 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26119 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26120 with @samp{a = -1}.
26121
26122 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26123
26124 @example
26125 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26126 @end example
26127
26128 @noindent
26129 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26130
26131 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26132 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26133 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26134 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26135 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26136 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26137 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26138 for a multiplication, not a division.
26139
26140 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26141 by 1,
26142
26143 @example
26144 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26145 @end example
26146
26147 @noindent
26148 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26149 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26150
26151 @example
26152 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26153 @end example
26154
26155 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26156 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26157
26158 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26159
26160 @example
26161 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26162 @end example
26163
26164 @noindent
26165 into the form
26166
26167 @example
26168 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26169 @end example
26170
26171 @noindent
26172 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26173 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26174 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26175 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26176 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26177
26178 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26179 following rule,
26180
26181 @example
26182 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26183 @end example
26184
26185 @noindent
26186 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26187 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26188 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26189 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26190 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26191 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26192 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26193
26194 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26195 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26196 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26197
26198 @example
26199 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26200 @end example
26201
26202 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26203 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26204 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26205 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26206 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26207 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26208 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26209 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26210
26211 @smallexample
26212 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26213 max min re im conj arg
26214 @end smallexample
26215
26216 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26217 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26218 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26219 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26220 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26221 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26222 For example,
26223
26224 @example
26225 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26226 @end example
26227
26228 @noindent
26229 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26230 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26231 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26232 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26233 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26234 further and use
26235
26236 @example
26237 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26238 @end example
26239
26240 @noindent
26241 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26242
26243 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26244 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26245 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26246
26247 @example
26248 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26249 @end example
26250
26251 @noindent
26252 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26253
26254 @example
26255 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26256 @end example
26257
26258 @noindent
26259 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26260 effect!
26261
26262 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26263 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26264 in the rule
26265
26266 @example
26267 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26268 @end example
26269
26270 @noindent
26271 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26272 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26273 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26274 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26275 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26276 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26277 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26278 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26279 marker on the righthand side:
26280
26281 @example
26282 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26283 @end example
26284
26285 @noindent
26286 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26287 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26288 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26289
26290 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26291 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26292
26293 @noindent
26294 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26295 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26296 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26297 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26298
26299 @ignore
26300 @starindex
26301 @end ignore
26302 @tindex import
26303 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26304 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26305 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26306 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26307 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26308 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26309 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26310 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26311 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26312 @texline @math{v_1},
26313 @infoline @expr{v1},
26314 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26315 @texline @math{x_1}
26316 @infoline @expr{x1}
26317 and so on. (If
26318 @texline @math{v_1}
26319 @infoline @expr{v1}
26320 is used as a function name, then
26321 @texline @math{x_1}
26322 @infoline @expr{x1}
26323 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26324 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26325 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26326 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26327 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26328
26329 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26330
26331 @table @samp
26332 @item quote(x)
26333 @ignore
26334 @starindex
26335 @end ignore
26336 @tindex quote
26337 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26338 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26339 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26340 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26341 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26342 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26343 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26344 as a result in this case.)
26345
26346 @item plain(x)
26347 @ignore
26348 @starindex
26349 @end ignore
26350 @tindex plain
26351 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26352 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26353 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26354 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26355 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26356 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26357 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26358 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26359
26360 @item opt(x,def)
26361 @ignore
26362 @starindex
26363 @end ignore
26364 @tindex opt
26365 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26366 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26367 the argument or element is optional.
26368 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26369 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26370 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26371 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26372 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26373 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26374
26375 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26376 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26377 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26378 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26379 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26380 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26381 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26382 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26383 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26384
26385 @item condition(x,c)
26386 @ignore
26387 @starindex
26388 @end ignore
26389 @tindex condition
26390 @tindex ::
26391 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26392 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26393
26394 @item pand(x,y)
26395 @ignore
26396 @starindex
26397 @end ignore
26398 @tindex pand
26399 @tindex &&&
26400 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26401 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26402 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26403
26404 @item por(x,y)
26405 @ignore
26406 @starindex
26407 @end ignore
26408 @tindex por
26409 @tindex |||
26410 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26411 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26412
26413 @item pnot(x)
26414 @ignore
26415 @starindex
26416 @end ignore
26417 @tindex pnot
26418 @tindex !!!
26419 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26420 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26421
26422 @item cons(h,t)
26423 @ignore
26424 @mindex cons
26425 @end ignore
26426 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26427 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26428 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26429 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26430 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26431 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26432 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26433
26434 @item rcons(t,h)
26435 @ignore
26436 @mindex rcons
26437 @end ignore
26438 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26439 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26440 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26441 to @expr{t}.
26442
26443 @item apply(f,args)
26444 @ignore
26445 @mindex apply
26446 @end ignore
26447 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26448 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26449 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26450 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26451 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26452 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26453 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26454 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26455 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26456 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26457 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26458 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26459 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26460 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26461 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26462
26463 @example
26464 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26465 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26466 @end example
26467
26468 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26469 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26470 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26471 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26472 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26473 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26474 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26475
26476 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26477 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26478 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26479
26480 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26481 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26482 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26483 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26484 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26485 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26486 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26487 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26488 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26489 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26490
26491 @item select(x)
26492 @ignore
26493 @starindex
26494 @end ignore
26495 @tindex select
26496 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26497 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26498 @end table
26499
26500 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26501
26502 @table @samp
26503 @item quote(x)
26504 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26505 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26506 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26507 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26508 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26509 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26510 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26511 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26512 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26513 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26514
26515 @item plain(x)
26516 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26517 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26518 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26519 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26520 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26521 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26522 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26523
26524 @item cons(h,t)
26525 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26526 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26527 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26528 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26529 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26530 have been turned off.
26531
26532 @item rcons(t,h)
26533 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26534 the vector @expr{t}.
26535
26536 @item apply(f,args)
26537 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26538 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26539 is also a regular Calc function.
26540
26541 @item eval(x)
26542 @ignore
26543 @starindex
26544 @end ignore
26545 @tindex eval
26546 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26547 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26548 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26549 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26550 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26551 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26552 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26553
26554 @item evalsimp(x)
26555 @ignore
26556 @starindex
26557 @end ignore
26558 @tindex evalsimp
26559 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26560 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26561
26562 @item evalextsimp(x)
26563 @ignore
26564 @starindex
26565 @end ignore
26566 @tindex evalextsimp
26567 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26568 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26569
26570 @item select(x)
26571 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26572 @end table
26573
26574 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26575
26576 @table @samp
26577 @item let(v := x)
26578 @ignore
26579 @starindex
26580 @end ignore
26581 @tindex let
26582 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26583 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26584 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26585 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26586 of simplification. The
26587 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26588 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26589 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26590 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26591 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26592 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26593 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26594 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26595 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26596 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26597 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26598
26599 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26600 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26601 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26602 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26603
26604 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26605 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26606 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26607 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26608 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26609 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26610 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26611 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26612 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26613 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26614 be bound to @code{ia}.
26615
26616 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26617 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26618 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26619 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26620 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26621 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26622 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26623 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26624 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26625 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26626
26627 @ignore
26628 @starindex
26629 @end ignore
26630 @tindex ierf
26631 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26632 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26633 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26634 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26635 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26636 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26637
26638 @example
26639 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26640 @end example
26641
26642 @item matches(v,p)
26643 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26644 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26645 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26646 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26647 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26648 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26649 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26650 rule.
26651
26652 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26653 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26654 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26655
26656 @item remember
26657 @vindex remember
26658 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26659 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26660 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26661 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26662 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26663 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26664 contains any variables.
26665
26666 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26667 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26668 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26669 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26670 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26671 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26672
26673 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26674 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26675 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26676 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26677 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26678 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26679 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26680
26681 @item remember(c)
26682 @ignore
26683 @starindex
26684 @end ignore
26685 @tindex remember
26686 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26687 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26688 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26689 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26690 @end table
26691
26692 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26693 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26694
26695 @noindent
26696 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26697 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26698 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26699 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26700 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26701
26702 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26703 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26704 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26705
26706 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26707 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26708 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26709 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26710
26711 @example
26712 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26713 @end example
26714
26715 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26716
26717 @example
26718 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26719 @end example
26720
26721 @ignore
26722 @starindex
26723 @end ignore
26724 @tindex ends
26725 Here's another interesting example:
26726
26727 @example
26728 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26729 @end example
26730
26731 @noindent
26732 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26733 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26734 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26735
26736 @example
26737 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26738 @end example
26739
26740 @noindent
26741 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26742 one-element vector.
26743
26744 @tex
26745 \bigskip
26746 @end tex
26747
26748 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26749 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26750 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26751
26752 @ignore
26753 @starindex
26754 @end ignore
26755 @tindex curve
26756 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26757
26758 @example
26759 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26760 @end example
26761
26762 @noindent
26763 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26764
26765 Here is a larger example:
26766
26767 @example
26768 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26769 @end example
26770
26771 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26772 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26773 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26774
26775 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26776 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26777
26778 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26779 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26780 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26781 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26782 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26783 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26784 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26785 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26786
26787 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26788 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26789 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26790 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26791
26792 @example
26793 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26794 @end example
26795
26796 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26797 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26798
26799 @tex
26800 \bigskip
26801 @end tex
26802
26803 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26804 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26805 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26806
26807 For example,
26808
26809 @example
26810 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26811 @end example
26812
26813 @noindent
26814 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26815 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26816 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26817
26818 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26819 then an equivalent rule would be:
26820
26821 @example
26822 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26823 @end example
26824
26825 @noindent
26826 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26827 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26828 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26829 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26830 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26831 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26832 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26833
26834 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26835 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26836
26837 @example
26838 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26839 @end example
26840
26841 @noindent
26842 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26843 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26844
26845 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26846 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26847 matched last. Thus
26848
26849 @example
26850 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26851 @end example
26852
26853 @noindent
26854 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26855 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26856 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26857 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26858 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26859 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26860
26861 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26862 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26863
26864 @noindent
26865 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26866 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26867 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26868 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26869 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26870 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26871 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26872 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26873
26874 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26875 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26876 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26877 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26878 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26879 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26880 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26881 anywhere in the formula.
26882
26883 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26884 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26885 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26886 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26887 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26888 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26889 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26890 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26891 forms.
26892
26893 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26894 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26895 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26896 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26897 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26898
26899 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26900 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26901 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26902 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26903
26904 @ignore
26905 @starindex
26906 @end ignore
26907 @ignore
26908 @mindex iter@idots
26909 @end ignore
26910 @tindex iterations
26911 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26912 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26913 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26914 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26915 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26916 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26917 rule set.
26918
26919 @example
26920 [ iterations(1),
26921 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26922 @end example
26923
26924 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26925 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26926 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26927 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26928 that was matched.
26929
26930 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26931
26932 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26933 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26934 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26935
26936 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26937 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26938 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26939 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26940 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26941 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26942 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26943 are omitted, 100 is used.
26944
26945 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26946 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26947
26948 @noindent
26949 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26950 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26951 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26952 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26953
26954 @ignore
26955 @starindex
26956 @end ignore
26957 @tindex phase
26958 @vindex all
26959 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26960 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26961 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26962 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26963 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26964 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26965
26966 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26967 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26968 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26969
26970 @example
26971 @group
26972 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26973 phase(1),
26974 f1(x) := g1(x),
26975 phase(2),
26976 f2(x) := g2(x),
26977 phase(3),
26978 f3(x) := g3(x),
26979 phase(1,2),
26980 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26981 @end group
26982 @end example
26983
26984 @noindent
26985 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26986 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26987 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26988 and @code{f3}.
26989
26990 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26991 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26992 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26993 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26994 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26995 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26996 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26997 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26998 100 by default, is reached.)
26999
27000 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
27001 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
27002 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27003 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27004 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27005 in the formula.
27006
27007 @ignore
27008 @starindex
27009 @end ignore
27010 @tindex schedule
27011 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27012 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27013 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27014 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27015 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27016 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27017 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27018 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27019 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27020 moving on to phase 3.
27021
27022 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27023 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27024 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27025 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27026 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27027 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27028 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27029 touches.
27030
27031 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27032 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27033 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27034 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27035 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27036 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27037 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27038
27039 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27040 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27041 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27042 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27043 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27044 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27045
27046 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27047 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27048 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27049 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27050 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27051 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27052 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27053 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27054 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27055 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27056 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27057
27058 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27059 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27060 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27061 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27062 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27063 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27064 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27065
27066 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27067 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27068
27069 @noindent
27070 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27071 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27072 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27073 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27074 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27075
27076 @kindex j r
27077 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27078 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27079 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27080 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27081 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27082 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27083 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27084 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27085 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27086
27087 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27088 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27089 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27090 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27091 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27092 the selected sub-formula should appear.
27093
27094 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27095 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27096 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27097 formula will be unselected.
27098
27099 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27100 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27101 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27102 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27103 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27104 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27105 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27106 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27107
27108 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27109 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27110 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27111 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27112
27113 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27114 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27115 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27116 at stack level 1.)
27117
27118 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27119 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27120 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27121 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27122 target and the rewrite rules).
27123
27124 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27125 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27126 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27127 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27128 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27129 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27130
27131 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27132 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27133 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27134 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27135 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27136 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27137 both with and without selections.
27138
27139 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27140 @subsection Matching Commands
27141
27142 @noindent
27143 @kindex a m
27144 @pindex calc-match
27145 @tindex match
27146 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27147 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27148 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27149 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27150 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27151 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27152 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27153 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27154 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27155 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27156 of the patterns.
27157
27158 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27159 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27160
27161 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27162
27163 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27164 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27165 all the positive vector elements.
27166
27167 @kindex I a m
27168 @tindex matchnot
27169 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27170 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27171
27172 @ignore
27173 @starindex
27174 @end ignore
27175 @tindex matches
27176 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27177 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27178 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27179 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27180
27181 @ignore
27182 @starindex
27183 @end ignore
27184 @tindex vmatches
27185 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27186 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27187 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27188 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27189 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27190
27191 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27192 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27193
27194 @noindent
27195 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27196 @vindex EvalRules
27197 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27198 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27199 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27200 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27201 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27202
27203 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27204 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27205 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27206 set would be,
27207
27208 @smallexample
27209 @group
27210 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27211 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27212 @end group
27213 @end smallexample
27214
27215 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27216 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27217 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27218 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27219 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27220 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27221 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27222
27223 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27224 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27225 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27226 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27227 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27228 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27229 applies rules from the top down.
27230
27231 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27232 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27233
27234 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27235 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27236 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27237 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27238 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27239 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27240 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27241 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27242 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27243 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27244 or ran too long'' message.
27245
27246 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27247 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27248 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27249 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27250 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27251 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27252 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27253 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27254 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27255 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27256 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27257 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27258 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27259
27260 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27261 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27262 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27263 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27264 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27265 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27266 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27267 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27268 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27269 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27270 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27271 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27272 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27273
27274 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27275 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27276 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27277 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27278
27279 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27280 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27281 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27282 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27283 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27284 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27285 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27286 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27287
27288 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27289 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27290 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27291 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27292 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27293 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27294 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27295 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27296 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27297 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27298 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27299 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27300 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27301 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27302
27303 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27304 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27305 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27306 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27307 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27308 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27309 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27310 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27311 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27312 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27313 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27314 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27315 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27316
27317 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27318 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27319
27320 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27321 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27322 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27323 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27324 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27325 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27326 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27327
27328 @smallexample
27329 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27330 @end smallexample
27331
27332 @noindent
27333 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27334 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27335 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27336 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27337
27338 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27339 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27340 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27341 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27342 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27343 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27344 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27345
27346 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27347 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27348 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27349 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27350 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27351 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27352
27353 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27354 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27355 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27356 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27357 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27358 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27359 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27360 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27361 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27362
27363 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27364 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27365
27366 @noindent
27367 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27368 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27369 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27370 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27371 noted.
27372
27373 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27374 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27375
27376 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27377 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27378 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27379 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27380 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27381 be needlessly slow.
27382
27383 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27384 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27385
27386 @noindent
27387 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27388 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27389 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27390 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27391 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27392 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27393 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27394
27395 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27396 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27397 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27398 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27399 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27400 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27401 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27402
27403 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27404 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27405 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27406 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27407 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27408 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27409 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27410 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27411
27412 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27413 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27414 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27415 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27416 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27417 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27418 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27419 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27420 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27421 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27422
27423 @cindex Quaternions
27424 The following rule set, contributed by
27425 @texline Fran\c cois
27426 @infoline Francois
27427 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27428 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27429 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27430 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27431 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27432 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27433 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27434 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27435 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27436 @key{RET}}.
27437
27438 @smallexample
27439 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27440 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27441 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27442 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27443 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27444 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27445 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27446 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27447 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27448 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27449 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27450 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27451 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27452 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27453 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27454 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27455 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27456 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27457 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27458 @end smallexample
27459
27460 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27461 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27462 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27463 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27464 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27465 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27466 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27467
27468 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27469 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27470 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27471 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27472 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27473 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27474
27475 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27476 @chapter Operating on Units
27477
27478 @noindent
27479 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27480 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27481 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27482 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27483 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27484
27485 @menu
27486 * Basic Operations on Units::
27487 * The Units Table::
27488 * Predefined Units::
27489 * User-Defined Units::
27490 @end menu
27491
27492 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27493 @section Basic Operations on Units
27494
27495 @noindent
27496 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27497 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27498 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27499 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27500 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27501 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27502 formula.
27503
27504 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27505 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27506 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27507 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27508 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27509 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27510
27511 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27512 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27513 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27514 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27515 representation of one millimeter.
27516
27517 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27518 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27519 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27520
27521 @kindex u s
27522 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27523 @ignore
27524 @mindex usimpl@idots
27525 @end ignore
27526 @tindex usimplify
27527 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27528 simplifies a units
27529 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27530 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27531 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27532 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27533 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27534 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27535 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27536 automatically at all times.
27537
27538 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27539 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27540 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27541 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27542 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27543 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27544 applied to units expressions, in which case
27545 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27546 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27547 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27548
27549 @kindex u c
27550 @pindex calc-convert-units
27551 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27552 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27553 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27554 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27555 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27556 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27557 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27558 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27559 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27560
27561 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27562 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27563 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27564 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27565 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27566 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27567 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27568
27569 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27570 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27571 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27572 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27573 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27574 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27575 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27576 input units.
27577
27578 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27579 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27580 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27581 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27582 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27583 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27584 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27585 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27586
27587 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27588 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27589 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27590 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27591 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27592 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27593
27594 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27595 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27596 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27597 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27598 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27599 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27600 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27601
27602 @cindex Composite units
27603 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27604 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27605 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27606 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27607 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27608 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27609 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27610 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27611 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27612 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27613 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27614 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27615 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27616
27617 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27618 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27619 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27620 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27621 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27622 converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27623
27624 @kindex u b
27625 @pindex calc-base-units
27626 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27627 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27628 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27629 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27630
27631 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27632 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27633 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27634 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27635
27636 @kindex u t
27637 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27638 @cindex Temperature conversion
27639 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27640 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27641 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27642 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27643 Fahrenheit scale.
27644
27645 @kindex u r
27646 @pindex calc-remove-units
27647 @kindex u x
27648 @pindex calc-extract-units
27649 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27650 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27651 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27652 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27653 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27654 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27655
27656 @kindex u a
27657 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27658 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27659 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27660 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27661 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27662 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27663 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27664 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27665 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27666 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27667
27668 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27669 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27670 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27671 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27672 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27673 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27674 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27675 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27676 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27677 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27678 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27679 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27680 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27681 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27682 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27683 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27684
27685 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27686 @section The Units Table
27687
27688 @noindent
27689 @kindex u v
27690 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27691 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27692 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27693 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27694 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27695 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27696 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27697 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27698 and steradians.
27699
27700 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27701 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27702 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27703 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27704 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27705 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27706
27707 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27708 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27709 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27710
27711 @kindex u V
27712 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27713 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27714 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27715 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27716 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27717 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27718 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27719 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27720
27721 @kindex u g
27722 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27723 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27724 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27725 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27726 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27727 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27728 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27729 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27730 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27731 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27732
27733 @kindex u e
27734 @pindex calc-explain-units
27735 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27736 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27737 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27738 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27739 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27740 column of the Units Table.
27741
27742 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27743 @section Predefined Units
27744
27745 @noindent
27746 The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27747 the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27748 distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27749 precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27750 defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
27751 1/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27752 vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27753 redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27754 example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27755 radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27756 based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27757 change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27758 of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27759 International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27760 kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27761 France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27762 The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27763 were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27764 which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27765 was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27766 Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27767 Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27768
27769 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27770 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27771 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27772 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27773 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27774 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27775 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27776 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27777
27778 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27779 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27780 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27781 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27782 of the various temperature scales.
27783
27784 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27785 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27786
27787 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27788 @tex
27789 for \AA ngstroms.
27790 @end tex
27791 @ifnottex
27792 for Angstroms.
27793 @end ifnottex
27794
27795 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27796 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27797 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27798 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27799 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27800 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27801 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27802 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27803 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27804 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27805 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27806 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27807
27808 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27809 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27810 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27811 preferable to @code{e}.
27812
27813 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27814 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27815 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27816
27817 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27818 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27819
27820 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27821 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27822
27823 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27824 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27825 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27826 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27827 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27828 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27829 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27830 units.
27831
27832 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
27833 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27834 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27835 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27836 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27837 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27838 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27839 really is unitless.)
27840
27841 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27842
27843 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27844 @section User-Defined Units
27845
27846 @noindent
27847 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27848 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27849
27850 @kindex u 0-9
27851 @pindex calc-quick-units
27852 @vindex Units
27853 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27854 @cindex Quick units
27855 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27856 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27857 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27858 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27859 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27860 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27861 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27862 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27863 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27864 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27865 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27866 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27867
27868 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27869 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27870 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27871 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27872 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27873 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27874
27875 @kindex u d
27876 @pindex calc-define-unit
27877 @cindex User-defined units
27878 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27879 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27880 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27881 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27882 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27883 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27884 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27885 appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
27886 be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
27887 asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
27888 command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
27889 for a string that will be used to display the definition.
27890
27891 @kindex u u
27892 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27893 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27894 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27895 however.
27896
27897 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27898 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27899 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27900 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27901 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27902
27903 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27904 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27905 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27906 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27907 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27908 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27909 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27910 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27911 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27912
27913 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27914 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27915
27916 @kindex u p
27917 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27918 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
27919 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27920 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
27921 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so that the
27922 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
27923 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
27924 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
27925 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
27926
27927 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27928 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27929
27930 @noindent
27931 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27932 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27933 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27934 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27935
27936 @menu
27937 * Storing Variables::
27938 * Recalling Variables::
27939 * Operations on Variables::
27940 * Let Command::
27941 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27942 @end menu
27943
27944 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27945 @section Storing Variables
27946
27947 @noindent
27948 @kindex s s
27949 @pindex calc-store
27950 @cindex Storing variables
27951 @cindex Quick variables
27952 @vindex q0
27953 @vindex q9
27954 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27955 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27956 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27957 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
27958 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
27959
27960 @kindex s t
27961 @pindex calc-store-into
27962 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27963 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27964 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27965
27966 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27967 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27968 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27969 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27970 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27971 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27972 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27973 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27974
27975 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27976 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27977 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27978 righthand sides simultaneously.
27979
27980 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27981 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27982 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27983 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27984 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27985 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27986
27987 @kindex s 0-9
27988 @kindex t 0-9
27989 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27990 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27991 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27992 for trail and time/date commands.)
27993
27994 @kindex s +
27995 @kindex s -
27996 @ignore
27997 @mindex @idots
27998 @end ignore
27999 @kindex s *
28000 @ignore
28001 @mindex @null
28002 @end ignore
28003 @kindex s /
28004 @ignore
28005 @mindex @null
28006 @end ignore
28007 @kindex s ^
28008 @ignore
28009 @mindex @null
28010 @end ignore
28011 @kindex s |
28012 @ignore
28013 @mindex @null
28014 @end ignore
28015 @kindex s n
28016 @ignore
28017 @mindex @null
28018 @end ignore
28019 @kindex s &
28020 @ignore
28021 @mindex @null
28022 @end ignore
28023 @kindex s [
28024 @ignore
28025 @mindex @null
28026 @end ignore
28027 @kindex s ]
28028 @pindex calc-store-plus
28029 @pindex calc-store-minus
28030 @pindex calc-store-times
28031 @pindex calc-store-div
28032 @pindex calc-store-power
28033 @pindex calc-store-concat
28034 @pindex calc-store-neg
28035 @pindex calc-store-inv
28036 @pindex calc-store-decr
28037 @pindex calc-store-incr
28038 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28039 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28040 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28041 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28042 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28043 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28044
28045 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28046 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28047 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28048 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28049 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28050 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28051 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28052 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28053 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28054 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28055 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28056 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28057 forwards and backwards:
28058
28059 @example
28060 @group
28061 s + v := v + a v := a + v
28062 s - v := v - a v := a - v
28063 s * v := v * a v := a * v
28064 s / v := v / a v := a / v
28065 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28066 s | v := v | a v := a | v
28067 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28068 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28069 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28070 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28071 @end group
28072 @end example
28073
28074 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28075 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28076 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28077 minus-two minus the variable.
28078
28079 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28080 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28081 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28082
28083 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28084 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28085 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28086 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28087 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28088 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28089 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28090
28091 @kindex s m
28092 @pindex calc-store-map
28093 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28094 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28095 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28096 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28097 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28098 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28099 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28100 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28101 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28102 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28103 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28104
28105 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28106 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28107 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28108 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28109 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28110 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28111 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28112
28113 @kindex s x
28114 @pindex calc-store-exchange
28115 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28116 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28117 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28118
28119 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28120 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28121 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28122
28123 @kindex s u
28124 @pindex calc-unstore
28125 @cindex Void variables
28126 @cindex Un-storing variables
28127 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28128 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28129 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28130 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28131 void state.
28132
28133 @kindex s c
28134 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28135 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28136 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28137 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28138 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28139 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28140 current precision.
28141
28142 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28143 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28144 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28145 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28146 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28147 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28148 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28149 normally void).
28150
28151 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28152 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28153 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28154 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28155 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28156 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28157 @kbd{s c}.
28158
28159 @kindex s k
28160 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28161 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28162 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28163 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28164 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28165 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28166 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28167 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28168 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28169 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28170 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28171
28172 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28173 @section Recalling Variables
28174
28175 @noindent
28176 @kindex s r
28177 @pindex calc-recall
28178 @cindex Recalling variables
28179 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28180 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28181 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28182 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28183 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28184
28185 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28186 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28187 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28188 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28189 latter will produce an error message.
28190
28191 @kindex r 0-9
28192 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28193 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
28194
28195 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28196 @section Other Operations on Variables
28197
28198 @noindent
28199 @kindex s e
28200 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28201 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28202 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28203 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28204 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28205 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28206 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28207 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28208 description of editing.
28209
28210 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28211 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28212 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28213 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28214 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28215 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28216 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28217 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28218 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28219 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28220
28221 @kindex s A
28222 @kindex s D
28223 @ignore
28224 @mindex @idots
28225 @end ignore
28226 @kindex s E
28227 @ignore
28228 @mindex @null
28229 @end ignore
28230 @kindex s F
28231 @ignore
28232 @mindex @null
28233 @end ignore
28234 @kindex s G
28235 @ignore
28236 @mindex @null
28237 @end ignore
28238 @kindex s H
28239 @ignore
28240 @mindex @null
28241 @end ignore
28242 @kindex s I
28243 @ignore
28244 @mindex @null
28245 @end ignore
28246 @kindex s L
28247 @ignore
28248 @mindex @null
28249 @end ignore
28250 @kindex s P
28251 @ignore
28252 @mindex @null
28253 @end ignore
28254 @kindex s R
28255 @ignore
28256 @mindex @null
28257 @end ignore
28258 @kindex s T
28259 @ignore
28260 @mindex @null
28261 @end ignore
28262 @kindex s U
28263 @ignore
28264 @mindex @null
28265 @end ignore
28266 @kindex s X
28267 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28268 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28269 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28270 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28271 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28272 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28273 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28274 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28275 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28276 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28277 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28278 @pindex calc-store-Units
28279 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28280 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28281 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28282
28283 @table @kbd
28284 @item s A
28285 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28286 @item s D
28287 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28288 @item s E
28289 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28290 @item s F
28291 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28292 @item s G
28293 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28294 @item s H
28295 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28296 @item s I
28297 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28298 @item s L
28299 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28300 @item s P
28301 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28302 @item s R
28303 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28304 @item s T
28305 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28306 @item s U
28307 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28308 @item s X
28309 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28310 @end table
28311
28312 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28313 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28314
28315 @kindex s p
28316 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28317 @cindex Storing variables
28318 @cindex Permanent variables
28319 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28320 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28321 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28322 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so
28323 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28324 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28325 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28326 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28327 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28328
28329 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28330 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28331 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28332 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28333 and @code{PlotRejects};
28334 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28335 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28336 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28337 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28338
28339 @kindex s i
28340 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28341 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28342 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28343 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28344 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28345 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28346 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28347 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28348 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28349 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28350 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28351
28352 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28353 @section The Let Command
28354
28355 @noindent
28356 @kindex s l
28357 @pindex calc-let
28358 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28359 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28360 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28361 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28362 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28363 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28364
28365 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28366 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28367 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28368 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28369 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28370 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28371 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28372 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28373 by these commands.
28374
28375 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28376 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28377 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28378
28379 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28380 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28381 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28382
28383 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28384 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28385 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28386 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28387 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28388 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28389
28390 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28391 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28392
28393 @noindent
28394 @tindex evalto
28395 @tindex =>
28396 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28397 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28398 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28399 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28400 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28401 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28402 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28403
28404 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28405 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28406 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28407 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28408 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28409 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28410
28411 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28412 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28413 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28414
28415 @kindex s =
28416 @pindex calc-evalto
28417 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28418 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28419 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28420 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28421 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28422
28423 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28424 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28425 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28426 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28427 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28428 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28429 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28430 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28431 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28432 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28433 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28434 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28435 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28436 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28437 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28438
28439 @kindex m C
28440 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28441 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28442 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28443 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28444 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28445 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28446 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28447 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28448
28449 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28450 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28451 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28452 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28453 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28454 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28455 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28456
28457 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28458 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28459 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28460 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28461 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28462 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28463 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28464 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28465 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28466 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28467 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28468 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28469 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28470 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28471 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28472
28473 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28474 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28475 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28476 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28477 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28478 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28479 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28480 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28481 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28482 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28483
28484 @smallexample
28485 @group
28486 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28487 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28488 . . .
28489
28490 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28491 @end group
28492 @end smallexample
28493
28494 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28495 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28496 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28497 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28498 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28499 side effects.
28500
28501 @kindex s :
28502 @pindex calc-assign
28503 @tindex assign
28504 @tindex :=
28505 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28506 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28507 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28508 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28509 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28510 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28511 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28512 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28513 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28514
28515 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28516 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28517 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28518
28519 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28520 @chapter Graphics
28521
28522 @noindent
28523 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28524 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28525 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28526 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28527 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28528 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28529
28530 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28531 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28532 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
28533 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some Lisp
28534 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28535 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
28536 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28537 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are not using X,
28538 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
28539 graphics that will work on any terminal.
28540
28541 @menu
28542 * Basic Graphics::
28543 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28544 * Managing Curves::
28545 * Graphics Options::
28546 * Devices::
28547 @end menu
28548
28549 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28550 @section Basic Graphics
28551
28552 @noindent
28553 @kindex g f
28554 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28555 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28556 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28557 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28558 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28559 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28560 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28561 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28562 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28563 to indicate the points themselves.
28564
28565 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28566 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28567 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28568
28569 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28570 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28571 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28572
28573 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28574 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28575 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28576 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28577 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28578 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28579 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28580 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28581 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28582
28583 @ignore
28584 @starindex
28585 @end ignore
28586 @tindex xy
28587 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28588 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28589 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28590 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28591 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28592 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28593 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28594 will be a circle.
28595
28596 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28597 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28598 variables.
28599
28600 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28601 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28602 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28603 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28604 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28605 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28606 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28607 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28608 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28609
28610 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28611 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28612
28613 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28614 @vindex PlotRejects
28615 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28616 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28617 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28618 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28619 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28620 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28621 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28622 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28623 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28624 @code{PlotRejects}.
28625
28626 @kindex g c
28627 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28628 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28629 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28630 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28631 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28632 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28633 window if there is one.
28634
28635 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28636 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28637
28638 @kindex g F
28639 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28640 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28641 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28642 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28643
28644 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28645 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28646 are several options for these values.
28647
28648 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28649 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28650 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28651 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28652 result is a surface plot where
28653 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
28654 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
28655 is the height of the point
28656 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28657 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28658 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28659 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28660 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28661
28662 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28663 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28664
28665 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28666 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28667 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28668 of values from the input vectors.
28669
28670 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28671 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28672 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28673 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28674 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28675 3D surface.
28676
28677 @ignore
28678 @starindex
28679 @end ignore
28680 @tindex xyz
28681 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28682 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28683 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28684 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28685 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28686 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28687 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28688 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28689 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28690 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28691 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28692 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28693
28694 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28695 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28696 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28697 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28698 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28699
28700 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28701 variables containing the relevant data.
28702
28703 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28704 @section Managing Curves
28705
28706 @noindent
28707 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28708 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28709 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28710 by using these commands directly.
28711
28712 @kindex g a
28713 @pindex calc-graph-add
28714 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28715 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28716 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28717 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28718 on the same axes.
28719
28720 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28721 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28722 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28723 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28724 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28725 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28726 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28727 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28728 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28729 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28730 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28731 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28732 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28733
28734 @vindex PlotData1
28735 @vindex PlotData2
28736 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28737 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28738 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28739 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28740 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28741 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28742 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28743 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28744
28745 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28746 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28747 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28748 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28749 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28750 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28751
28752 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28753 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28754 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28755
28756 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28757 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28758 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28759 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28760 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28761 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28762
28763 For example, to plot
28764 @texline @math{\sin n x}
28765 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28766 for integers @expr{n}
28767 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28768 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28769 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28770 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28771 command.
28772
28773 @kindex g A
28774 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28775 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28776 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28777 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28778 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28779 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28780 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28781 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28782 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28783 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28784 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28785
28786 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28787 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28788 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28789 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28790 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28791 check for this.)
28792
28793 @kindex g d
28794 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28795 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28796 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28797 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28798 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28799
28800 @kindex g H
28801 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28802 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28803 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28804 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28805 point styles will be retained.
28806
28807 @kindex g j
28808 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28809 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28810 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28811 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28812 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28813 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28814 affect the last curve in the list.
28815
28816 @kindex g p
28817 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28818 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28819 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28820 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28821 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28822 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28823 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28824 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28825 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28826 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28827
28828 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28829 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28830 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28831 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28832 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28833 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28834 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28835
28836 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28837 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28838 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28839 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28840 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28841 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28842 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28843
28844 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28845 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28846 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28847
28848 @kindex g P
28849 @pindex calc-graph-print
28850 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28851 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28852 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28853 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28854 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28855 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28856 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28857 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28858 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28859 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28860 always plot to the printer.
28861
28862 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28863 @section Graphics Options
28864
28865 @noindent
28866 @kindex g g
28867 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28868 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28869 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28870 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28871 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28872 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28873 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28874
28875 @kindex g b
28876 @pindex calc-graph-border
28877 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28878 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28879 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28880
28881 @kindex g k
28882 @pindex calc-graph-key
28883 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28884 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28885 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28886 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28887 curves on the same graph.
28888
28889 @kindex g N
28890 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28891 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28892 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28893 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28894 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28895 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28896 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28897 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28898 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28899 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28900 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28901 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
28902 will be computed for the surface.
28903
28904 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28905 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28906 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28907 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
28908 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28909 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28910 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28911 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28912 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28913
28914 @kindex g h
28915 @pindex calc-graph-header
28916 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28917 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28918 The default title is blank (no title).
28919
28920 @kindex g n
28921 @pindex calc-graph-name
28922 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28923 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28924 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28925 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28926 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28927 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28928 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28929 not used.
28930
28931 @kindex g t
28932 @kindex g T
28933 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28934 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28935 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28936 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28937 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28938 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28939 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28940 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28941 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28942
28943 @kindex g r
28944 @kindex g R
28945 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28946 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28947 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28948 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28949 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28950 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28951 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28952 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28953 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28954 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28955 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28956
28957 @kindex g l
28958 @kindex g L
28959 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28960 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28961 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28962 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28963 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28964
28965 @kindex g C-l
28966 @kindex g C-r
28967 @kindex g C-t
28968 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28969 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28970 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28971 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28972 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28973 for the ``z'' axis.
28974
28975 @kindex g z
28976 @kindex g Z
28977 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28978 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28979 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28980 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28981 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28982 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28983 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28984 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28985 not available for 3D plots.
28986
28987 @kindex g s
28988 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28989 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28990 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28991 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28992 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28993 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28994 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28995 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28996 available for any device.
28997
28998 @kindex g S
28999 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
29000 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
29001 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
29002 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29003 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29004 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29005 the error bars on or off.
29006
29007 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29008 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29009 @vindex LineStyles
29010 @vindex PointStyles
29011 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29012 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29013 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29014 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29015 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29016 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29017 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29018 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29019 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29020 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29021
29022 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29023 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29024 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29025 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29026 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29027
29028 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29029 @section Graphical Devices
29030
29031 @noindent
29032 @kindex g D
29033 @pindex calc-graph-device
29034 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29035 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29036 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29037 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29038 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29039
29040 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29041 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29042 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29043 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29044 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29045 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29046 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
29047 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
29048 This is the initial default value.
29049
29050 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29051 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29052 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29053 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29054 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29055 dumb terminals will be
29056 @texline @math{80\times24}
29057 @infoline 80x24
29058 characters. The graph is displayed in
29059 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29060 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29061 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29062
29063 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29064 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29065 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29066 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29067 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29068 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29069 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29070 of the four directions.
29071
29072 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29073 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29074 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29075 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29076 plot on any text-only printer.
29077
29078 @kindex g O
29079 @pindex calc-graph-output
29080 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
29081 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
29082 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
29083 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
29084 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
29085 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write
29086 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
29087 This is the default setting.
29088
29089 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29090 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29091 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29092 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29093 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29094 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29095 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29096 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29097 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29098
29099 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29100 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29101 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29102 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29103 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29104 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29105
29106 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29107 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29108 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29109 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29110 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29111 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29112
29113 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29114 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29115 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29116 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29117 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29118 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29119 You may wish to configure the default and
29120 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29121 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29122 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29123 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29124 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29125
29126 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29127 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29128 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29129 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29130 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29131 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29132 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29133 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29134
29135 @kindex g x
29136 @pindex calc-graph-display
29137 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29138 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29139 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29140 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29141
29142 @kindex g X
29143 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29144 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29145 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29146 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29147 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29148 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29149 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
29150
29151 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29152 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29153 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29154 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29155 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29156 something has gone wrong.
29157
29158 @kindex g C
29159 @pindex calc-graph-command
29160 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29161 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29162 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29163 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29164 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29165
29166 @kindex g v
29167 @kindex g V
29168 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29169 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29170 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29171 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29172 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29173 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29174 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29175 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29176 buffer is hidden again.
29177
29178 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29179 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29180 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29181 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29182 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29183 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29184 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29185 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29186 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29187 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29188 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29189 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29190 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29191 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29192 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29193 with @kbd{g p}.
29194
29195 @kindex g q
29196 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29197 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29198 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29199 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29200 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29201 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29202 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29203
29204 @kindex g K
29205 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29206 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29207 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29208 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29209 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29210
29211 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29212 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29213
29214 @noindent
29215 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29216 other Emacs editing buffers.
29217
29218 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29219 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29220
29221 @menu
29222 * Killing From Stack::
29223 * Yanking Into Stack::
29224 * Saving Into Registers::
29225 * Inserting From Registers::
29226 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29227 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29228 * X Cut and Paste::
29229 @end menu
29230
29231 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29232 @section Killing from the Stack
29233
29234 @noindent
29235 @kindex C-k
29236 @pindex calc-kill
29237 @kindex M-k
29238 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29239 @kindex C-w
29240 @pindex calc-kill-region
29241 @kindex M-w
29242 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29243 @kindex M-C-w
29244 @cindex Kill ring
29245 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29246 ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29247 Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29248 one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29249 @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29250 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29251 although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29252 ``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29253 only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29254 the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29255 @kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29256 to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29257 deleting anything.
29258
29259 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29260 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29261 the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29262 Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29263 text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29264 including line numbers if they are enabled.
29265
29266 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29267 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29268 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29269 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29270 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29271 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29272 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29273 newline.
29274
29275 @node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29276 @section Yanking into the Stack
29277
29278 @noindent
29279 @kindex C-y
29280 @pindex calc-yank
29281 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29282 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29283 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29284 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29285 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29286 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29287 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29288 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29289 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29290 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29291 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29292 difference.)
29293
29294 @node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29295 @section Saving into Registers
29296
29297 @noindent
29298 @kindex r s
29299 @pindex calc-copy-to-register
29300 @pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29301 @pindex calc-append-to-register
29302 @cindex Registers
29303 An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29304 registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29305 saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29306 commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29307 entries.
29308
29309 Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29310 each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29311 region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29312 register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29313 You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29314 you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29315 register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29316 argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29317 register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29318
29319 It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29320 command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29321 then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29322 contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29323 similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29324 region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29325 @kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29326 added to the register.
29327
29328 @node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29329 @section Inserting from Registers
29330 @noindent
29331 @kindex r i
29332 @pindex calc-insert-register
29333 The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29334 register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29335 Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29336 within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29337 inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29338 register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29339
29340 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
29341 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29342
29343 @noindent
29344 @kindex C-x * g
29345 @pindex calc-grab-region
29346 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29347 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29348 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29349 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29350 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29351 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29352 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29353 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29354
29355 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29356 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29357 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29358 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29359 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29360 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29361 delete given that prefix argument.
29362
29363 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29364 line.
29365
29366 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29367 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29368 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29369 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29370 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29371 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29372 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29373 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29374
29375 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29376 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29377
29378 @kindex C-x * r
29379 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29380 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29381 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29382 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29383 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29384 whose contents are parsed.
29385
29386 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29387 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29388 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29389
29390 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29391 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29392 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29393 is ignored.
29394
29395 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29396 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29397 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29398 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29399 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29400 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29401
29402 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29403 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29404 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29405 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29406 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29407 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29408 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29409 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29410
29411 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29412 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29413 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29414 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29415 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29416
29417 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29418 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29419 @texline @math{1\times1}
29420 @infoline 1x1
29421 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29422
29423 @kindex C-x * :
29424 @kindex C-x * _
29425 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29426 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29427 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29428 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29429 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29430 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29431 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29432 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29433 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29434 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29435
29436 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29437 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29438 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29439 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29440 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29441
29442 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29443 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29444 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29445 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29446 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29447 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29448
29449 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29450 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29451 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29452 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29453 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29454 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29455 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29456
29457 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29458 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29459
29460 @noindent
29461 @kindex y
29462 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29463 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29464 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29465 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29466 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29467 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29468 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29469 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29470 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29471
29472 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29473 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29474 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29475 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29476 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29477 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29478 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29479
29480 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29481 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29482 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29483 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29484 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29485 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29486 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29487 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29488 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29489 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29490
29491 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29492 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29493 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29494 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29495 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29496 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29497 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29498 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29499 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29500 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29501 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29502 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29503 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29504 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29505
29506 @kindex C-x * y
29507 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29508 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29509 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29510
29511 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29512 @section X Cut and Paste
29513
29514 @noindent
29515 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29516 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29517 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29518
29519 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29520 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29521 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29522 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29523 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29524 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29525 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29526 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29527 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29528 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29529 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29530
29531 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29532 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29533 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29534 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29535 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29536 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29537 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29538 in the Calc window.
29539
29540 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29541 @chapter Keypad Mode
29542
29543 @noindent
29544 @kindex C-x * k
29545 @pindex calc-keypad
29546 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29547 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29548 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29549 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29550 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29551 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29552 calculations with the mouse.
29553
29554 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29555 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29556 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29557 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29558 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29559 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29560
29561 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29562 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29563 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29564 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29565
29566 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29567 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29568 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29569
29570 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29571 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29572 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29573 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29574 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29575 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29576 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29577 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29578
29579 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29580 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29581 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29582 original buffer.
29583
29584 @menu
29585 * Keypad Main Menu::
29586 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29587 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29588 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29589 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29590 @end menu
29591
29592 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29593 @section Main Menu
29594
29595 @smallexample
29596 @group
29597 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
29598 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29599 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29600 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29601 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29602 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29603 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29604 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29605 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29606 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29607 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29608 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29609 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29610 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29611 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29612 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29613 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29614 @end group
29615 @end smallexample
29616
29617 @noindent
29618 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29619 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29620 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29621 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29622
29623 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29624 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29625 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29626 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29627 or any other function key.
29628
29629 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29630 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29631 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29632 stack.
29633
29634 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29635 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29636 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29637 below and in the following sections.
29638
29639 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29640 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29641
29642 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29643 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29644 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29645
29646 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29647 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29648 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29649 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29650
29651 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29652 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29653 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29654 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29655 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29656
29657 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29658 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29659 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29660 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29661
29662 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29663 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29664 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29665 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29666
29667 @table @kbd
29668 @item INV +/-
29669 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29670 @item INV +
29671 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29672 @item INV -
29673 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29674 @item INV *
29675 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29676 @item INV /
29677 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29678 @item HYP/INV 1
29679 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29680 @item HYP/INV 2
29681 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29682 @item HYP/INV 3
29683 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29684 @item INV/HYP 4
29685 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29686 @item INV/HYP 5
29687 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29688 @item INV 6
29689 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29690 @item INV 7
29691 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29692 @item INV 8
29693 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29694 @item INV 9
29695 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29696 @item INV 0
29697 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29698 @item INV .
29699 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29700 @item INV ENTER
29701 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29702 @item HYP ENTER
29703 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29704 @item INV HYP ENTER
29705 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29706 @item HYP +/-
29707 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29708 @item HYP EEX
29709 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29710 @item INV EEX
29711 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29712 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29713 by the two limits of the interval.
29714 @end table
29715
29716 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29717 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29718 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29719 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29720 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29721 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29722
29723 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29724 @section Functions Menu
29725
29726 @smallexample
29727 @group
29728 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29729 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29730 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29731 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29732 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29733 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29734 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29735 @end group
29736 @end smallexample
29737
29738 @noindent
29739 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29740 prefix keys.
29741
29742 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29743 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29744
29745 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29746 extracts the imaginary part.
29747
29748 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29749 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29750 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29751 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29752 same limit as last time.
29753
29754 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29755
29756 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29757 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29758 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29759
29760 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29761 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29762
29763 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29764 finds the previous prime.
29765
29766 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29767 @section Binary Menu
29768
29769 @smallexample
29770 @group
29771 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29772 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29773 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29774 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29775 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29776 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29777 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29778 @end group
29779 @end smallexample
29780
29781 @noindent
29782 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29783 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29784 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29785
29786 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29787 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29788
29789 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29790 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29791 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29792 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29793
29794 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29795 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29796 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29797 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29798
29799 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29800 @section Vectors Menu
29801
29802 @smallexample
29803 @group
29804 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
29805 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29806 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29807 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
29808 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29809 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
29810 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29811 @end group
29812 @end smallexample
29813
29814 @noindent
29815 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
29816
29817 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
29818 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
29819 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
29820 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
29821 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
29822 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
29823 rows into a matrix.
29824
29825 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
29826 components separately.
29827
29828 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
29829 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
29830 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
29831 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
29832 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
29833
29834 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
29835 identity matrix.
29836
29837 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
29838
29839 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
29840
29841 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
29842 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
29843
29844 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
29845 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
29846 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
29847 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
29848
29849 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
29850 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
29851 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
29852
29853 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
29854 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
29855 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
29856
29857 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
29858 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
29859 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
29860 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
29861 all the elements of a vector.
29862
29863 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29864 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29865 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29866 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29867 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29868 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29869 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29870 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29871 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29872
29873 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
29874 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29875 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29876 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29877 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29878 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
29879 @expr{t}, respectively.
29880
29881 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29882 @section Modes Menu
29883
29884 @smallexample
29885 @group
29886 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29887 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29888 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29889 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29890 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29891 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29892 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29893 @end group
29894 @end smallexample
29895
29896 @noindent
29897 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29898
29899 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29900 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29901 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29902 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29903 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29904
29905 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29906 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29907 well as to the left.
29908
29909 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29910 for trigonometric functions.
29911
29912 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29913 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29914 fractional or floating-point results.
29915
29916 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29917 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29918
29919 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29920 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29921 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29922
29923 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29924 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29925
29926 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29927 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29928 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29929 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29930
29931 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29932 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29933 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29934 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
29935 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29936
29937 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29938 @chapter Embedded Mode
29939
29940 @noindent
29941 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29942 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29943 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29944 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29945
29946 @menu
29947 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29948 * More About Embedded Mode::
29949 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29950 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29951 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29952 @end menu
29953
29954 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29955 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29956
29957 @noindent
29958 @kindex C-x * e
29959 @pindex calc-embedded
29960 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29961 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29962 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29963 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29964 are visiting your own files.
29965
29966 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
29967 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
29968 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
29969 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
29970 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
29971 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
29972 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
29973 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29974 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
29975 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
29976 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
29977
29978 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29979 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29980 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
29981 understands are:
29982
29983 @enumerate
29984 @item
29985 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29986 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29987 @item
29988 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
29989 @item
29990 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29991 @item
29992 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29993 @item
29994 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29995 @end enumerate
29996
29997 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29998 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29999 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
30000
30001 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
30002 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30003 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30004 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30005
30006 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30007 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30008 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30009
30010 @kindex C-x * w
30011 @pindex calc-embedded-word
30012 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30013 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30014 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30015 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30016 backward to delimit the formula.
30017
30018 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30019 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30020 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30021 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30022 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30023 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30024 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30025 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30026 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30027 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30028 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30029
30030 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30031 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30032 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30033 an algebraic entry.
30034
30035 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30036 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30037 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30038 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30039 not affected by Embedded mode.
30040
30041 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30042 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30043 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30044 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30045 find you need to see the entire stack.
30046
30047 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30048 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30049 inequality:
30050
30051 @example
30052 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30053 @end example
30054
30055 @noindent
30056 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30057 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30058 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30059 to match Calc's usual display style:
30060
30061 @example
30062 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30063 @end example
30064
30065 @noindent
30066 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30067 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30068 Embedded mode.
30069
30070 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30071 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30072 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30073 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30074 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30075 needs to be commuted.
30076
30077 @example
30078 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30079 @end example
30080
30081 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30082 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30083 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30084 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30085
30086 @example
30087 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30088 @end example
30089
30090 @noindent
30091 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30092 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30093 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30094 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30095 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30096 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30097 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30098
30099 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30100 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30101 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30102 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30103 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30104 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30105 Embedded mode is concerned.
30106
30107 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30108 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30109 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30110 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30111 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30112 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30113 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30114 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30115 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30116 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30117
30118 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30119 @section More About Embedded Mode
30120
30121 @noindent
30122 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30123 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30124 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30125 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30126 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30127 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30128 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30129
30130 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30131 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30132 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30133 whatever language mode is in effect.
30134
30135 @tex
30136 \bigskip
30137 @end tex
30138
30139 @kindex d p
30140 @pindex calc-show-plain
30141 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30142 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30143 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30144 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30145 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30146 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30147 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30148 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30149 version.
30150
30151 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30152 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30153 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30154 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30155 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30156 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30157 in a comment for those modes, also.
30158 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30159 formula delimiters.
30160
30161 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30162 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30163 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30164 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30165 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30166 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30167 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30168 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30169
30170 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30171 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30172 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30173 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30174 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30175 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30176
30177 @tex
30178 \bigskip
30179 @end tex
30180
30181 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30182 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30183 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30184 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30185 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30186 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30187 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30188 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30189 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30190 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30191 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30192 ``plain'' mode.
30193
30194 @tex
30195 \bigskip
30196 @end tex
30197
30198 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30199 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30200 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30201 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30202 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30203
30204 @smallexample
30205 The derivative of
30206
30207 ln(ln(x))
30208
30209 is
30210
30211 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30212
30213 whose value at x = 2 is
30214
30215 @r{(the value)}
30216
30217 and at x = 3 is
30218
30219 @r{(the value)}
30220 @end smallexample
30221
30222 @kindex C-x * d
30223 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30224 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30225 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30226 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30227 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30228 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30229
30230 For this example, you would start with just
30231
30232 @smallexample
30233 The derivative of
30234
30235 ln(ln(x))
30236 @end smallexample
30237
30238 @noindent
30239 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30240 is
30241
30242 @smallexample
30243 The derivative of
30244
30245 ln(ln(x))
30246
30247
30248 ln(ln(x))
30249 @end smallexample
30250
30251 @noindent
30252 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30253 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30254 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30255 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30256 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30257 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30258
30259 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30260 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30261 various formulas and numbers.
30262
30263 @tex
30264 \bigskip
30265 @end tex
30266
30267 @kindex C-x * f
30268 @kindex C-x * '
30269 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30270 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30271 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30272 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30273 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30274 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30275 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30276 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30277 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30278
30279 @kindex C-x * n
30280 @kindex C-x * p
30281 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30282 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30283 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30284 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30285 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30286 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30287 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30288 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30289 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30290 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30291 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30292 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30293 formula, they just move the cursor.
30294
30295 @kindex C-x * `
30296 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30297 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30298 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30299 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30300 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30301
30302 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30303 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30304
30305 @noindent
30306 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30307 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30308 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30309 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30310
30311 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30312
30313 @example
30314 foo := 5
30315 @end example
30316
30317 @noindent
30318 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30319 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30320 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30321 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30322 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30323
30324 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30325 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30326 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30327 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30328 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30329
30330 @example
30331 foo + 7 => 12
30332 @end example
30333
30334 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30335
30336 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30337 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30338
30339 @example
30340 foo := 17
30341
30342 foo + 7 => 24
30343 @end example
30344
30345 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30346 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30347 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30348 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30349 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30350
30351 @example
30352 17
30353
30354 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30355 @end example
30356
30357 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30358 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30359 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30360 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30361
30362 @kindex C-x * j
30363 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30364 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30365 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30366 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30367 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30368 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30369 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30370
30371 @example
30372 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30373 @end example
30374
30375 @noindent
30376 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30377
30378 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30379 mode.
30380
30381 @kindex C-x * u
30382 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30383 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30384 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30385 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30386 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30387 command is a convenient way to do this.
30388
30389 @example
30390 foo := 6
30391
30392 foo + 7 => 13
30393 @end example
30394
30395 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30396 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30397 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30398 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30399 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30400 that formula will not be disturbed.
30401
30402 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30403 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30404 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30405 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30406 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30407
30408 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30409 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30410
30411 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30412 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30413 file.
30414
30415 @kindex C-x * a
30416 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30417 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30418 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30419 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30420 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30421 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30422 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30423 changed.
30424
30425 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30426 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30427 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30428 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30429 a few lines that look like this:
30430
30431 @example
30432 --- Local Variables: ---
30433 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30434 --- End: ---
30435 @end example
30436
30437 @noindent
30438 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30439 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30440 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30441 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30442 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30443 trailing strings.
30444
30445 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30446 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30447 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30448 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30449 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30450 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30451 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30452 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30453 Emacs manual}.
30454
30455 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30456 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30457 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30458 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30459 saved.
30460
30461 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30462 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30463 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30464 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30465 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30466 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30467
30468 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30469 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30470 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30471 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30472 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30473 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30474 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30475 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30476 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30477 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30478 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30479 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30480 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30481 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30482 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30483
30484 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30485 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30486 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30487 following assignment is used.
30488
30489 @example
30490 x => 1
30491
30492 x := 1
30493
30494 x => 1
30495
30496 x := 2
30497
30498 x => 2
30499 @end example
30500
30501 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30502 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30503 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30504 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30505 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30506 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30507
30508 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30509 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30510 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30511 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30512 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30513 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30514 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30515
30516 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30517 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30518 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30519 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30520 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30521 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30522 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30523 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30524 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30525 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30526 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30527
30528 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30529 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30530
30531 @kindex m e
30532 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30533 @noindent
30534 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30535 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30536 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30537 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30538 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30539 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30540
30541 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30542 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30543 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30544 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30545 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30546 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30547
30548 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30549 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30550 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30551 delimiter of the formula.
30552
30553 @example
30554 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30555 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30556 @end example
30557
30558 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30559 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30560 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30561 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30562 the file, or up to a line of the form
30563
30564 @example
30565 % [calc-defaults]
30566 @end example
30567
30568 @noindent
30569 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30570 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30571 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30572
30573 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30574 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30575 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30576 below).
30577
30578 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30579 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30580 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30581 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30582 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30583 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30584 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30585 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30586 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30587
30588 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30589 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30590 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30591 one.
30592
30593 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30594 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30595 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30596 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30597 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30598 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30599 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30600 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30601 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30602
30603 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30604 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30605 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30606 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30607 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30608 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30609
30610 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30611 that look like this, respectively:
30612
30613 @example
30614 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30615 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30616 @end example
30617
30618 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30619 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30620 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30621 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30622 yet, is not relevant here.)
30623
30624 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30625 of the file:
30626
30627 @example
30628 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30629 @end example
30630
30631 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30632 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30633 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30634 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30635 formulas in the file.
30636
30637 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30638 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30639 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30640 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30641 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30642
30643 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30644 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30645 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30646 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30647 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30648 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30649
30650 @example
30651 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30652 1.23e2
30653
30654 456.
30655 @end example
30656
30657 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30658 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30659
30660 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30661 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30662 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30663 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30664 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el})
30665 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30666 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30667 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30668 annotations at all.
30669
30670 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30671 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30672
30673 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30674 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30675
30676 @noindent
30677 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30678 variables described here. These variables are customizable
30679 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30680 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30681 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30682 the end of the file;
30683 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30684 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30685 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30686
30687 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30688 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30689 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30690 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30691 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30692 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30693 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30694 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30695 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30696 in detail.
30697
30698 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30699 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30700 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30701 Lisp program.
30702
30703 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30704 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30705 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30706 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30707 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30708 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30709 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30710 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30711
30712 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30713 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30714 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30715 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30716 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30717 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30718
30719 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30720 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30721 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30722 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30723 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30724 one or two dollar signs.
30725
30726 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30727 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30728 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30729
30730 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30731 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30732 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30733 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30734 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30735 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30736 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30737
30738 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30739 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30740 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30741 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30742 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30743 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30744 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30745
30746 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30747 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30748 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30749 regular expression to match the above example would be
30750 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30751 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30752 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30753 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30754 case).
30755
30756 @vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
30757 The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
30758 used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
30759 @kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
30760
30761 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30762 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30763 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30764 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30765 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30766 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30767 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30768 be different for certain major modes.
30769
30770 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30771 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30772 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30773 different for different major modes. Without
30774 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30775 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30776
30777 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30778 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30779 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30780 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30781 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30782 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30783 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30784 the file.
30785
30786 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30787 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30788 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30789 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30790 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30791 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30792 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30793
30794 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30795 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30796 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30797 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30798 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30799 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30800 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30801 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30802 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30803 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
30804 different for different major modes.
30805 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
30806 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
30807 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
30808 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
30809
30810 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
30811 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
30812 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
30813 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
30814 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
30815 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
30816 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
30817 modes.
30818
30819 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
30820 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
30821 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
30822 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
30823 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
30824 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
30825
30826 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
30827 @chapter Programming
30828
30829 @noindent
30830 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
30831 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
30832
30833 @enumerate
30834 @item
30835 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
30836 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
30837 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
30838 as loops and conditionals.
30839
30840 @item
30841 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
30842 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
30843 as an interactive command.
30844
30845 @item
30846 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
30847 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
30848 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
30849 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
30850 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
30851
30852 @item
30853 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
30854 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
30855 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
30856 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
30857 rewrite rules.
30858 @end enumerate
30859
30860 @kindex z
30861 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
30862 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
30863 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
30864 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
30865 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
30866 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
30867 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
30868
30869 @menu
30870 * Creating User Keys::
30871 * Keyboard Macros::
30872 * Invocation Macros::
30873 * Algebraic Definitions::
30874 * Lisp Definitions::
30875 @end menu
30876
30877 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
30878 @section Creating User Keys
30879
30880 @noindent
30881 @kindex Z D
30882 @pindex calc-user-define
30883 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30884 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30885 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30886
30887 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30888 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30889 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30890 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30891 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30892 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30893 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30894 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30895
30896 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30897 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30898
30899 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30900 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30901 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30902
30903 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30904 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30905 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30906 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30907 of a letter if you wish.
30908
30909 @kindex Z U
30910 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30911 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30912 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30913 key we defined above.
30914
30915 @kindex Z P
30916 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30917 @cindex Storing user definitions
30918 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30919 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
30920 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30921 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30922 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30923 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
30924 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}.) For example,
30925 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
30926 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
30927 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
30928 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
30929
30930 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30931 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30932 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30933 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30934 command will save all of these definitions.
30935 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30936 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
30937 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
30938 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
30939 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
30940 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
30941 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
30942 or key bindings associated with the function.)
30943
30944 @kindex Z E
30945 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30946 @cindex Editing user definitions
30947 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30948 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30949 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30950 following sections.
30951
30952 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30953 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30954
30955 @noindent
30956 @kindex X
30957 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30958 @cindex Keyboard macros
30959 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30960 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30961 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30962 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30963 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30964 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30965 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30966 information.
30967
30968 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30969 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30970 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30971 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30972 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30973 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30974 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30975 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30976 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30977 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30978 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30979 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30980 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30981
30982 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30983 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30984 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30985 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30986
30987 @menu
30988 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30989 * Conditionals in Macros::
30990 * Loops in Macros::
30991 * Local Values in Macros::
30992 * Queries in Macros::
30993 @end menu
30994
30995 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30996 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30997
30998 @noindent
30999 @kindex Z K
31000 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
31001 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
31002 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31003 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31004 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31005 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31006 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31007 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31008 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31009 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31010 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31011 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31012 descriptive command name if you wish.
31013
31014 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31015 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31016 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31017 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31018
31019 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31020 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31021
31022 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31023 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31024 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31025 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31026 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31027 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31028 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31029 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31030 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31031 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31032 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31033 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31034 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31035 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31036 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31037
31038 @kindex C-x * m
31039 @pindex read-kbd-macro
31040 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31041 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31042 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31043 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31044
31045 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31046 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31047
31048 @noindent
31049 @kindex Z [
31050 @kindex Z ]
31051 @pindex calc-kbd-if
31052 @pindex calc-kbd-else
31053 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31054 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31055 @cindex Conditional structures
31056 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31057 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31058 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31059 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31060 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31061 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31062 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31063
31064 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31065 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31066 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31067 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31068 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31069 command is skipped.
31070
31071 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31072 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31073 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31074 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31075 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31076 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31077
31078 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31079 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31080
31081 @kindex Z :
31082 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31083 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31084 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31085 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31086 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31087 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31088 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31089
31090 @kindex Z |
31091 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31092 between any number of alternatives. For example,
31093 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31094 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31095 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31096 it will execute @var{part3}.
31097
31098 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31099 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31100 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31101 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31102 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31103 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31104 does not.
31105
31106 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31107 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31108 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31109 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31110 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31111 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31112 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31113 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31114 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31115
31116 @kindex Z C-g
31117 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31118 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31119 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31120
31121 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31122 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31123
31124 @noindent
31125 @kindex Z <
31126 @kindex Z >
31127 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31128 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31129 @cindex Looping structures
31130 @cindex Iterative structures
31131 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31132 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31133 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31134 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31135 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31136 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31137 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31138 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31139 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31140
31141 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31142 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31143 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31144 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31145 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31146 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31147 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31148 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31149 macro.
31150
31151 @kindex Z /
31152 @pindex calc-break
31153 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31154 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31155 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31156 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31157 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31158 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31159 in the C language.
31160
31161 @kindex Z (
31162 @kindex Z )
31163 @pindex calc-kbd-for
31164 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31165 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31166 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31167 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31168 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31169 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31170 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31171 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31172 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31173 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31174
31175 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31176 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31177 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31178 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31179 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31180 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31181 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31182
31183 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31184 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31185 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31186 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31187 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31188 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31189
31190 @kindex Z @{
31191 @kindex Z @}
31192 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31193 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31194 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31195 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31196 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31197 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31198 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31199 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31200 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31201 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31202 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31203 this feature.)
31204
31205 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31206 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31207 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31208 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31209 as easily as in a macro definition.
31210
31211 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31212 conditional and looping commands.
31213
31214 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31215 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31216
31217 @noindent
31218 @cindex Local variables
31219 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31220 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31221 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31222 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31223 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31224 modes.
31225
31226 @kindex Z `
31227 @kindex Z '
31228 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31229 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31230 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31231 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31232 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31233 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31234
31235 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31236 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31237 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31238 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31239 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31240
31241 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31242 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31243 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31244 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31245 in exceptional conditions.
31246
31247 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31248 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31249 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31250 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31251 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31252 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31253 macros were involved.
31254
31255 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31256 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31257 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31258 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31259 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31260 thereof) are also saved.
31261
31262 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31263 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31264 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31265 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31266 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31267
31268 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31269 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31270 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31271 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31272 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31273 outside the construct.
31274
31275 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31276 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31277 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31278
31279 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31280 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31281
31282 @c @noindent
31283 @c @kindex Z =
31284 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31285 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31286 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31287 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31288 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31289 @c to turn such messages off.
31290
31291 @noindent
31292 @kindex Z #
31293 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31294 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31295 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31296 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31297 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31298 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31299 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31300 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31301 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31302 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31303 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31304 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31305
31306 As an example,
31307 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31308 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31309 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31310 will not be part of the macro.)
31311
31312 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31313 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31314 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31315 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31316 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31317 return control to the keyboard macro.
31318
31319 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31320 @section Invocation Macros
31321
31322 @kindex C-x * z
31323 @kindex Z I
31324 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31325 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31326 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31327 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31328 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31329 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31330 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31331 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31332 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31333 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31334
31335 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31336 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31337 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31338 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31339 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31340 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31341
31342 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31343 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31344 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31345 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31346 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31347
31348 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31349 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31350 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31351
31352 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31353 @section Programming with Formulas
31354
31355 @noindent
31356 @kindex Z F
31357 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31358 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31359 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31360 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31361 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31362 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31363 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31364 non-numeric arguments.
31365
31366 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31367 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31368 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31369 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31370 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31371 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31372 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31373
31374 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31375 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31376 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31377 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31378
31379 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31380 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31381 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31382 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31383 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31384 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31385 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31386 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31387 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31388
31389 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31390 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31391 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31392 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31393 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31394 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31395 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31396 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31397 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31398 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31399 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31400 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31401
31402 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31403 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31404 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31405 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31406 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31407 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31408 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31409
31410 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31411 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31412 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31413 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31414
31415 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31416 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31417 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31418 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31419 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31420 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31421 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31422 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31423 question.
31424
31425 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31426 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31427 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31428 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31429
31430 @kindex Z G
31431 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31432 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31433 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31434 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31435 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31436 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31437 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31438 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31439
31440 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31441 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31442 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31443 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31444 @kbd{C-x k} to
31445 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31446 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31447 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31448 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31449
31450 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31451 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31452 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31453
31454 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31455 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31456 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31457 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31458 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31459 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31460 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31461 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31462 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31463
31464 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31465 @section Programming with Lisp
31466
31467 @noindent
31468 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31469 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31470 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31471 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31472 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31473 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31474 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31475 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31476 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31477
31478 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31479 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31480 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31481 to program the Calculator.
31482
31483 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31484 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31485 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31486 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31487 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31488
31489 @menu
31490 * Defining Functions::
31491 * Defining Simple Commands::
31492 * Defining Stack Commands::
31493 * Argument Qualifiers::
31494 * Example Definitions::
31495
31496 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31497 * Internals::
31498 @end menu
31499
31500 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31501 @subsection Defining New Functions
31502
31503 @noindent
31504 @findex defmath
31505 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31506 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31507 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31508 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31509 example,
31510
31511 @example
31512 (defmath myfact (n)
31513 (if (> n 0)
31514 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31515 1))
31516 @end example
31517
31518 @noindent
31519 This actually expands to the code,
31520
31521 @example
31522 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31523 (if (math-posp n)
31524 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31525 1))
31526 @end example
31527
31528 @noindent
31529 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31530
31531 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31532 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31533 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31534 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31535
31536 @smallexample
31537 (defmath myfact (n)
31538 (if (> n 0)
31539 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31540 (if (= n 0)
31541 1
31542 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31543 @end smallexample
31544
31545 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31546 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31547 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31548 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31549 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31550 efficiently as possible.
31551
31552 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31553 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31554 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31555 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31556 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31557 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31558
31559 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31560 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31561 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31562 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31563 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31564 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31565 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31566
31567 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31568 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31569 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31570 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31571 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31572
31573 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31574
31575 @itemize @bullet
31576 @item
31577 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31578 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31579 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31580 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31581 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31582
31583 @item
31584 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31585 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31586 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31587 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31588 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31589 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31590 into one element of a matrix.
31591
31592 @item
31593 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31594 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31595 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31596 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31597 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31598 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31599 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31600 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31601 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31602 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31603 things, not just two.
31604
31605 @item
31606 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31607 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31608 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31609 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31610 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31611
31612 @item
31613 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31614 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31615 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31616 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31617
31618 @item
31619 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31620 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31621 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31622 inside the body of the function.
31623 @end itemize
31624
31625 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31626 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31627 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31628 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31629 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31630
31631 @smallexample
31632 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31633 (and (numberp x)
31634 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31635 @end smallexample
31636
31637 expands to
31638
31639 @smallexample
31640 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31641 (and (math-numberp x)
31642 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31643 @end smallexample
31644
31645 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31646 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31647 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31648 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31649 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31650
31651 @example
31652 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31653 @end example
31654
31655 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31656 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31657 @file{~/.calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31658 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31659 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31660 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31661 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31662 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31663 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31664 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31665 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31666
31667 @example
31668 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31669 (defmath ... )
31670 (defmath ... )
31671 ))
31672 @end example
31673
31674 @noindent
31675 @vindex calc-define
31676 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31677 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31678 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31679 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31680 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31681 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31682 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31683 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31684 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31685
31686 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31687 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31688 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31689 after Calc itself is loaded.
31690
31691 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31692 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31693 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31694 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31695
31696 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31697 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31698 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31699 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31700 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31701 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31702 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31703 protect against this situation, you can put
31704
31705 @example
31706 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31707 @end example
31708
31709 @findex calc-check-defines
31710 @noindent
31711 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31712 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31713 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31714 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31715
31716 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31717 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31718 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31719 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31720
31721 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31722 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31723
31724 @noindent
31725 @findex interactive
31726 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31727 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31728 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31729 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31730 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31731 the command work in the Calc environment.
31732
31733 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31734 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31735
31736 @smallexample
31737 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31738 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31739 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31740 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31741 @end smallexample
31742
31743 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31744
31745 @smallexample
31746 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31747 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31748 (interactive "p")
31749 (calc-wrapper
31750 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31751
31752 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31753 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31754 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31755 @end smallexample
31756
31757 @noindent
31758 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31759 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31760 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31761 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31762
31763 @findex calc-wrapper
31764 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31765 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31766
31767 @smallexample
31768 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31769 (unwind-protect
31770 (save-excursion
31771 (calc-select-buffer)
31772 @emph{body of function}
31773 @emph{renumber stack}
31774 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31775 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31776 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31777 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31778 @end smallexample
31779
31780 @findex calc-select-buffer
31781 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31782 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31783 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31784
31785 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31786 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31787 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31788 following command flags:
31789
31790 @table @code
31791 @item renum-stack
31792 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31793 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31794 @code{calc-push}.
31795
31796 @item clear-message
31797 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31798 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31799
31800 @item no-align
31801 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31802
31803 @item position-point
31804 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31805 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31806 this command finishes.
31807
31808 @item keep-flags
31809 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
31810 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
31811
31812 @item do-edit
31813 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
31814
31815 @item hold-trail
31816 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
31817 there.
31818 @end table
31819
31820 @kindex Y
31821 @kindex Y ?
31822 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
31823 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
31824 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
31825 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
31826 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
31827 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
31828 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
31829 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
31830 future versions of Calc.
31831
31832 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
31833 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
31834 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
31835 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
31836 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
31837 within your package.
31838
31839 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
31840 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
31841 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
31842 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
31843 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
31844 if necessary without having to modify the file.
31845
31846 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
31847 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
31848 decreases the precision.
31849
31850 @smallexample
31851 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
31852 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
31853
31854 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
31855 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
31856
31857 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
31858
31859 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
31860 'increase-precision)
31861 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
31862 'decrease-precision)
31863
31864 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
31865 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
31866 calc-Y-help-msgs))
31867
31868 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31869 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31870 (interactive "p")
31871 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31872
31873 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
31874 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
31875 (interactive "p")
31876 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
31877
31878 )) ; end of calc-define property
31879
31880 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31881 @end smallexample
31882
31883 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31884 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31885
31886 @noindent
31887 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31888 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31889
31890 @example
31891 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31892 @end example
31893
31894 @noindent
31895 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31896 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31897 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31898 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31899 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31900 parameters is valid.
31901
31902 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31903 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31904 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31905 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31906 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31907 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31908
31909 As an example, the definition
31910
31911 @smallexample
31912 (defmath myfact (n)
31913 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31914 (interactive 1 "fact")
31915 (if (> n 0)
31916 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31917 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31918 @end smallexample
31919
31920 @noindent
31921 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31922 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31923
31924 @smallexample
31925 (defun calc-myfact ()
31926 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31927 (interactive)
31928 (calc-slow-wrapper
31929 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31930 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31931
31932 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31933 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31934 (if (math-posp n)
31935 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31936 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31937 @end smallexample
31938
31939 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31940 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31941 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31942 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31943 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31944
31945 @findex calc-top-list-n
31946 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31947 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31948 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31949 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31950
31951 @findex calc-enter-result
31952 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31953 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31954 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31955 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31956 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31957 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31958
31959 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31960 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31961 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31962 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31963 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31964
31965 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31966 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31967 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31968
31969 @example
31970 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31971 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31972 @var{body})
31973 @end example
31974
31975 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31976 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31977 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
31978
31979 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31980 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31981 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31982 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31983 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31984
31985 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31986 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31987
31988 @noindent
31989 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31990 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31991
31992 @example
31993 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31994 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31995 &rest @var{param})
31996 @var{body})
31997 @end example
31998
31999 @noindent
32000 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
32001
32002 @example
32003 (@var{qual} @var{param})
32004 @end example
32005
32006 The following qualifiers are recognized:
32007
32008 @table @samp
32009 @item complete
32010 @findex complete
32011 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32012 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32013 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32014 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32015
32016 @item integer
32017 @findex integer
32018 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32019 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32020 formulas are rejected.
32021
32022 @item natnum
32023 @findex natnum
32024 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32025
32026 @item fixnum
32027 @findex fixnum
32028 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32029 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32030 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32031
32032 @item float
32033 @findex float
32034 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32035 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32036 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32037
32038 @item @var{pred}
32039 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32040 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32041
32042 @item not-@var{pred}
32043 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32044 @end table
32045
32046 For example,
32047
32048 @example
32049 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32050 &rest (integer d))
32051 @var{body})
32052 @end example
32053
32054 @noindent
32055 expands to
32056
32057 @example
32058 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32059 (and (math-matrixp b)
32060 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32061 (or (math-constp b)
32062 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32063 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32064 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32065 @var{body})
32066 @end example
32067
32068 @noindent
32069 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32070 body of the function.
32071
32072 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32073 @subsection Example Definitions
32074
32075 @noindent
32076 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32077 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32078 @pxref{Internals}.
32079
32080 @menu
32081 * Bit Counting Example::
32082 * Sine Example::
32083 @end menu
32084
32085 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32086 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
32087
32088 @noindent
32089 @ignore
32090 @starindex
32091 @end ignore
32092 @tindex bcount
32093 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32094 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32095 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32096 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32097 create an intermediate set.
32098
32099 @smallexample
32100 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32101 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32102 (let ((count 0))
32103 (while (> n 0)
32104 (if (oddp n)
32105 (setq count (1+ count)))
32106 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32107 count))
32108 @end smallexample
32109
32110 @noindent
32111 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32112 Emacs Lisp function:
32113
32114 @smallexample
32115 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32116 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32117 (let ((count 0))
32118 (while (math-posp n)
32119 (if (math-oddp n)
32120 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32121 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32122 count))
32123 @end smallexample
32124
32125 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32126 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32127 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32128 involve actual division.
32129
32130 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32131 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32132 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32133 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
32134 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32135
32136 @smallexample
32137 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32138 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32139 (let ((count 0))
32140 (while (not (fixnump n))
32141 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32142 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32143 n (car qr))))
32144 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32145
32146 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32147 (let ((count 0))
32148 (while (> n 0)
32149 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32150 n (lsh n -1)))
32151 count))
32152 @end smallexample
32153
32154 @noindent
32155 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32156 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32157 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32158 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32159 uses.
32160
32161 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32162 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32163 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32164 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32165 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32166 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32167 same thing with a single division by 512.
32168
32169 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32170 @subsubsection The Sine Function
32171
32172 @noindent
32173 @ignore
32174 @starindex
32175 @end ignore
32176 @tindex mysin
32177 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32178 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32179 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32180 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32181
32182 @smallexample
32183 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32184 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32185 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32186 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32187 newsum
32188 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32189 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32190 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32191 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32192 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32193 x (* x xnegsqr)
32194 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32195 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32196 (break)) ; then we are done.
32197 (setq sum newsum))
32198 sum))
32199 @end smallexample
32200
32201 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32202 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32203 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32204 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32205 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32206 by a separate algorithm.
32207
32208 @smallexample
32209 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32210 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32211 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32212 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32213 (cond ((complexp x)
32214 (mysin-complex x))
32215 ((< x 0)
32216 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32217 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32218
32219 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32220 (cond ((>= x 7)
32221 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32222 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32223 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32224 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32225 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32226 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32227 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32228 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32229 @end smallexample
32230
32231 @noindent
32232 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32233 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32234 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32235 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32236
32237 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32238 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32239 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32240 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32241 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32242 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32243 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32244 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32245 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32246 that this rule misses.
32247
32248 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32249 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32250 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32251 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32252
32253 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32254 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32255
32256 @noindent
32257 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32258 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32259 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32260 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32261 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32262 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32263 much simpler to use!
32264
32265 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32266 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32267
32268 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32269 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32270 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32271
32272 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32273 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32274 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32275 loaded and initialized for you.
32276
32277 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32278 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32279
32280 @ifinfo
32281 @example
32282
32283 @end example
32284 @end ifinfo
32285 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32286
32287 @noindent
32288 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32289 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32290 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32291 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32292
32293 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32294 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32295 one by one below.
32296
32297 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32298 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32299 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32300 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32301 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32302 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32303
32304 @ifinfo
32305 @example
32306
32307 @end example
32308 @end ifinfo
32309 @subsubsection Error Handling
32310
32311 @noindent
32312 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32313 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32314 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32315 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32316 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32317 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32318
32319 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32320 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32321 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32322 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32323
32324 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32325 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32326 ignored.
32327
32328 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32329 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32330 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32331
32332 @ifinfo
32333 @example
32334
32335 @end example
32336 @end ifinfo
32337 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32338
32339 @noindent
32340 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32341 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32342 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32343 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32344 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32345 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32346
32347 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32348 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32349 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32350
32351 @ifinfo
32352 @example
32353
32354 @end example
32355 @end ifinfo
32356 @subsubsection Default Modes
32357
32358 @noindent
32359 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32360 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32361 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32362 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32363 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32364 mode is used.
32365
32366 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32367 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32368 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32369
32370 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32371 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32372 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32373 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32374 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32375 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32376
32377 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32378 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32379 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32380 of the default of 12.
32381
32382 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32383 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32384 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32385 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32386 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32387
32388 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32389 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32390 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32391 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32392 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32393 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32394
32395 @ifinfo
32396 @example
32397
32398 @end example
32399 @end ifinfo
32400 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32401
32402 @noindent
32403 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32404 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32405 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32406 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32407 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32408
32409 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32410 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32411 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32412 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32413 structure.
32414
32415 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32416 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32417 an error if that object is not a constant).
32418
32419 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32420 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32421 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32422 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32423 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32424 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32425
32426 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32427 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32428 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32429 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32430
32431 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32432 to format it as a string.
32433
32434 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32435 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32436 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32437
32438 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32439 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32440 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32441
32442 @ifinfo
32443 @example
32444
32445 @end example
32446 @end ifinfo
32447 @subsubsection Predicates
32448
32449 @noindent
32450 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32451 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32452 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32453 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32454
32455 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32456 one value is less than another.
32457
32458 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32459 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32460 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32461 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32462 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32463
32464 @ifinfo
32465 @example
32466
32467 @end example
32468 @end ifinfo
32469 @subsubsection Variable Values
32470
32471 @noindent
32472 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32473 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32474 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32475 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32476 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32477 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32478 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32479
32480 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32481 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32482 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32483 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32484 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32485 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32486
32487 @example
32488 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32489 @end example
32490
32491 @ifinfo
32492 @example
32493
32494 @end example
32495 @end ifinfo
32496 @subsubsection Stack Access
32497
32498 @noindent
32499 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32500 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32501 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32502 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32503 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32504 usual way).
32505
32506 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32507 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32508 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32509 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32510 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32511 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32512 the stack.
32513
32514 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32515 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32516 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32517 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32518 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32519
32520 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32521 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32522 as a string.
32523
32524 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32525 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32526 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32527 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32528 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32529 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32530
32531 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32532 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32533 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32534
32535 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32536 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32537 the stack buffer if necessary.
32538
32539 @ifinfo
32540 @example
32541
32542 @end example
32543 @end ifinfo
32544 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32545
32546 @noindent
32547 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32548 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32549 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32550 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32551 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32552 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32553 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32554
32555 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32556 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32557 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32558 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32559 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32560
32561 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32562 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32563 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32564
32565 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32566
32567 @ifinfo
32568 @example
32569
32570 @end example
32571 @end ifinfo
32572 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32573
32574 @noindent
32575 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32576 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32577 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32578 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32579 @code{calc-eval}.
32580
32581 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32582 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32583 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32584 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32585
32586 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32587 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32588 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32589 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32590 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32591 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32592 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32593 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32594 your original buffer when it is done.
32595
32596 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32597 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32598
32599 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32600 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32601
32602 @ifinfo
32603 @example
32604
32605 @end example
32606 @end ifinfo
32607 @subsubsection Example
32608
32609 @noindent
32610 @findex convert-temp
32611 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32612 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32613 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32614 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32615 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32616 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32617 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32618
32619 @example
32620 (defun convert-temp ()
32621 (interactive)
32622 (save-excursion
32623 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32624 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32625 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32626 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32627 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32628 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32629 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32630 (if (equal type "F")
32631 (setq type "C"
32632 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32633 (setq type "F"
32634 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32635 (goto-char top2)
32636 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32637 (insert-before-markers type)
32638 (goto-char top1)
32639 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32640 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32641 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32642 (insert number))))
32643 @end example
32644
32645 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32646 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32647 instead of after it.
32648
32649 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32650 @subsection Calculator Internals
32651
32652 @noindent
32653 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32654 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32655 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32656 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32657 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32658 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32659 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32660 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32661
32662 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32663 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32664 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32665 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32666 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32667 in the remaining component files.
32668
32669 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32670 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32671 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32672 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32673 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32674 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32675 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32676 prove this file will already be loaded.
32677
32678 @menu
32679 * Data Type Formats::
32680 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32681 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32682 * Predicates::
32683 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32684 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32685 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32686 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32687 * Hooks::
32688 @end menu
32689
32690 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32691 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32692
32693 @noindent
32694 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32695 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32696 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32697 which is not a Lisp list.
32698
32699 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32700 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32701 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32702 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32703 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32704 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32705 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32706
32707 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32708 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32709 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32710 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32711 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32712 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32713
32714 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32715 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32716 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32717 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32718 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32719 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32720
32721 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32722 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32723 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32724 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32725 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32726 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32727 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32728 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32729 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32730 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32731
32732 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32733 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32734 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32735 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32736 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32737
32738 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32739 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32740 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32741 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32742 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32743 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32744 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32745 negative real number.)
32746
32747 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32748 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32749 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32750 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32751 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32752
32753 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32754 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32755 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32756 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32757
32758 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32759 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32760 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32761
32762 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32763 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32764 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32765 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32766 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32767 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32768
32769 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32770 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32771 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32772 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32773 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32774 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32775 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32776 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32777 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32778 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32779
32780 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32781 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32782 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32783 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32784 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32785 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32786
32787 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32788 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32789 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32790 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32791 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32792 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32793 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32794 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32795 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32796 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32797 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32798 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32799 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32800 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32801 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32802 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32803 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32804 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32805 the variable is used.
32806
32807 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
32808 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
32809 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
32810 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
32811 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
32812 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
32813 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
32814 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
32815 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
32816 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
32817 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
32818 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
32819 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
32820 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
32821 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
32822 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
32823 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
32824 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
32825 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
32826
32827 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
32828 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
32829
32830 @noindent
32831 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
32832 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
32833 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
32834 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
32835
32836 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
32837 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
32838 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
32839 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
32840 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
32841 @end defun
32842
32843 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
32844 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
32845 remove it from that list.
32846 @end defun
32847
32848 @defun calc-record-undo rec
32849 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
32850 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
32851 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
32852 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
32853 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
32854 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
32855 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
32856 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
32857 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
32858 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
32859 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
32860 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
32861 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
32862 @end defun
32863
32864 @defun calc-record-why msg args
32865 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
32866 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
32867 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
32868 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
32869 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
32870 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
32871 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
32872 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
32873 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
32874 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
32875 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
32876 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
32877 @end defun
32878
32879 @defun calc-is-inverse
32880 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
32881 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
32882 @end defun
32883
32884 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
32885 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
32886 @end defun
32887
32888 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32889 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32890
32891 @noindent
32892 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32893 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32894
32895 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32896 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32897 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32898 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32899 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32900 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32901 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32902 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32903 is an empty list, nothing happens.
32904
32905 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32906 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32907 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32908 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32909 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32910 @end defun
32911
32912 @defun calc-top-list n m
32913 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32914 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32915 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32916 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32917 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32918 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32919 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32920 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32921 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32922 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
32923
32924 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32925 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32926 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32927 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32928 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32929 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32930 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32931 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32932 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32933 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32934 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32935 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32936 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32937 @end defun
32938
32939 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32940 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32941 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32942 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32943
32944 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32945 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32946 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32947 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32948 contain selections.
32949 @end defun
32950
32951 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32952 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32953 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32954 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32955 will be used.
32956 @end defun
32957
32958 @defun calc-normalize n
32959 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32960 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32961 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32962 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32963 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32964 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32965 @end defun
32966
32967 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32968 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32969 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32970 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32971 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32972 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32973 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32974 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32975 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32976 @code{calc-top-list}.
32977 @end defun
32978
32979 @defun calc-top-n m
32980 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32981 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32982 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32983 @end defun
32984
32985 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32986 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32987 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32988 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32989 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32990 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32991 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32992
32993 @smallexample
32994 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32995 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32996 @end smallexample
32997
32998 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32999 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
33000 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
33001 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
33002 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33003 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33004 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33005 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33006 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33007 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33008 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33009 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33010 are present.
33011 @end defun
33012
33013 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33014 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33015 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33016 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33017 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33018 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33019
33020 @smallexample
33021 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
33022 (interactive "P")
33023 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33024 @end smallexample
33025 @end defun
33026
33027 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33028 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33029 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33030 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33031 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33032 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33033 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33034 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33035 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33036 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33037 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33038 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33039 top element.
33040 @end defun
33041
33042 @defun calc-stack-size
33043 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33044 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33045 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33046 @end defun
33047
33048 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33049 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33050 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33051 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33052 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33053 line number, not the stack entry itself.
33054 @end defun
33055
33056 @defun calc-substack-height n
33057 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33058 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33059 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33060 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33061 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33062 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33063 entries.)
33064 @end defun
33065
33066 @defun calc-refresh
33067 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33068 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33069 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33070 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33071 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33072 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33073 @end defun
33074
33075 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33076 @subsubsection Predicates
33077
33078 @noindent
33079 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33080 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33081 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33082 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33083 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33084 the full range of Calc data types.
33085
33086 @defun zerop x
33087 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33088 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33089 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33090 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33091 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33092 @end defun
33093
33094 @defun negp x
33095 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33096 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33097 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33098 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33099 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33100 @end defun
33101
33102 @defun posp x
33103 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33104 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33105 @end defun
33106
33107 @defun looks-negp x
33108 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33109 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33110 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33111 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33112 @end defun
33113
33114 @defun integerp x
33115 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33116 @end defun
33117
33118 @defun fixnump x
33119 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33120 @end defun
33121
33122 @defun natnump x
33123 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33124 @end defun
33125
33126 @defun fixnatnump x
33127 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33128 @end defun
33129
33130 @defun num-integerp x
33131 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33132 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33133 the decimal point.
33134 @end defun
33135
33136 @defun messy-integerp x
33137 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33138 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33139 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33140 @end defun
33141
33142 @defun num-natnump x
33143 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33144 @end defun
33145
33146 @defun evenp x
33147 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33148 @end defun
33149
33150 @defun looks-evenp x
33151 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33152 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33153 @end defun
33154
33155 @defun oddp x
33156 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33157 @end defun
33158
33159 @defun ratp x
33160 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33161 fraction.
33162 @end defun
33163
33164 @defun realp x
33165 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33166 or floating-point number.
33167 @end defun
33168
33169 @defun anglep x
33170 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33171 @end defun
33172
33173 @defun floatp x
33174 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33175 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33176 is a float.
33177 @end defun
33178
33179 @defun complexp x
33180 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33181 (but not a real number).
33182 @end defun
33183
33184 @defun rect-complexp x
33185 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33186 @end defun
33187
33188 @defun polar-complexp x
33189 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33190 @end defun
33191
33192 @defun numberp x
33193 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33194 @end defun
33195
33196 @defun scalarp x
33197 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33198 @end defun
33199
33200 @defun vectorp x
33201 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33202 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33203 @end defun
33204
33205 @defun numvecp x
33206 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33207 @end defun
33208
33209 @defun matrixp x
33210 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33211 all of the same size.
33212 @end defun
33213
33214 @defun square-matrixp x
33215 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33216 @end defun
33217
33218 @defun objectp x
33219 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33220 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33221 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33222 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33223 @end defun
33224
33225 @defun objvecp x
33226 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33227 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33228 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33229 @end defun
33230
33231 @defun primp x
33232 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33233 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33234 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33235 and intervals.
33236 @end defun
33237
33238 @defun constp x
33239 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33240 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33241 components are @code{constp}.
33242 @end defun
33243
33244 @defun lessp x y
33245 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33246 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33247 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33248 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33249 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33250 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33251 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33252 @end defun
33253
33254 @defun beforep x y
33255 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33256 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33257 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33258 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33259 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33260 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33261 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33262 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33263 @end defun
33264
33265 @defun equal x y
33266 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33267 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33268 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33269 0 and 0.0 as different.
33270 @end defun
33271
33272 @defun math-equal x y
33273 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33274 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33275 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33276 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33277 @end defun
33278
33279 @defun equal-int x n
33280 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33281 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33282 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33283 whenever possible.
33284 @end defun
33285
33286 @defun nearly-equal x y
33287 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33288 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33289 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33290 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33291 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33292 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33293 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33294 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33295 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33296 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33297 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33298 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33299 @end defun
33300
33301 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33302 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33303 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33304 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33305 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33306 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33307 @var{y} must be real.
33308 @end defun
33309
33310 @defun is-true x
33311 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33312 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33313 or a provably non-zero formula.
33314 @end defun
33315
33316 @defun reject-arg val pred
33317 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33318 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33319 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33320 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33321 @end defun
33322
33323 @defun inexact-value
33324 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33325 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33326 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33327 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33328 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33329 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33330 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33331 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33332 @end defun
33333
33334 @defun overflow
33335 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33336 @end defun
33337
33338 @defun underflow
33339 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33340 @end defun
33341
33342 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33343 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33344
33345 @noindent
33346 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33347 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33348 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33349 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33350 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33351 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33352 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33353
33354 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33355 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33356 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33357 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33358 respectively, instead.
33359
33360 @defun normalize val
33361 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33362 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33363 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33364 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33365 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33366 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33367 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33368 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33369 return 6.
33370
33371 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33372 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33373 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33374 the formula still in symbolic form.
33375
33376 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33377 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33378 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33379 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33380 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33381 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33382 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33383 on the stack.
33384 @end defun
33385
33386 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33387 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33388 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33389 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33390 @end defun
33391
33392 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33393 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33394 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33395
33396 @smallexample
33397 (math-normalize
33398 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33399 @var{body}))
33400 @end smallexample
33401
33402 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33403 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33404 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33405 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33406 @end defmac
33407
33408 @defun make-frac n d
33409 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33410 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33411 @end defun
33412
33413 @defun make-float mant exp
33414 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33415 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33416 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33417 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33418 @end defun
33419
33420 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33421 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33422 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33423 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33424 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33425 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33426 @end defun
33427
33428 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33429 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33430 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33431 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33432 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33433 @end defun
33434
33435 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33436 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33437 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33438 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33439 @end defun
33440
33441 @defun make-mod n m
33442 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33443 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33444 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33445 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33446 @end defun
33447
33448 @defun float x
33449 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33450 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33451 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33452 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33453 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33454 @end defun
33455
33456 @defun compare x y
33457 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33458 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33459 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33460 undefined or cannot be determined.
33461 @end defun
33462
33463 @defun numdigs n
33464 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33465 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33466 considered to have zero digits.
33467 @end defun
33468
33469 @defun scale-int x n
33470 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33471 digits with truncation toward zero.
33472 @end defun
33473
33474 @defun scale-rounding x n
33475 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33476 integer rather than truncating.
33477 @end defun
33478
33479 @defun fixnum n
33480 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33481 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
33482 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33483 @end defun
33484
33485 @defun sqr x
33486 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33487 @end defun
33488
33489 @defun quotient x y
33490 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33491 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33492 direction of rounding is undefined.
33493 @end defun
33494
33495 @defun idiv x y
33496 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33497 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33498 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33499 slower than for @code{quotient}.
33500 @end defun
33501
33502 @defun imod x y
33503 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33504 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33505 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33506 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33507 @end defun
33508
33509 @defun idivmod x y
33510 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33511 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33512 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33513 @end defun
33514
33515 @defun pow x y
33516 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33517 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33518 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33519 @end defun
33520
33521 @defun abs-approx x
33522 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33523 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33524 the absolute values of the components.
33525 @end defun
33526
33527 @findex e
33528 @findex gamma-const
33529 @findex ln-2
33530 @findex ln-10
33531 @findex phi
33532 @findex pi-over-2
33533 @findex pi-over-4
33534 @findex pi-over-180
33535 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33536 @findex sqrt-e
33537 @findex two-pi
33538 @defun pi
33539 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33540 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33541 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33542 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33543 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33544 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33545 first are essentially free.
33546 @end defun
33547
33548 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33549 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33550 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33551 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33552 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33553 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33554 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33555 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33556 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33557 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33558 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33559 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33560 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33561 @end defmac
33562
33563 @findex half-circle
33564 @findex quarter-circle
33565 @defun full-circle symb
33566 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33567 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33568 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33569 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33570 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33571 @end defun
33572
33573 @defun power-of-2 n
33574 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33575 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33576 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33577 @end defun
33578
33579 @defun integer-log2 n
33580 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33581 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33582 return @code{nil}.
33583 @end defun
33584
33585 @defun div-mod a b m
33586 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33587 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33588 @end defun
33589
33590 @defun pow-mod a b m
33591 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33592 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33593 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33594 @end defun
33595
33596 @defun isqrt n
33597 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33598 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33599 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33600 @end defun
33601
33602 @defun to-hms a ang
33603 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33604 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33605 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33606 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33607 @end defun
33608
33609 @defun from-hms a ang
33610 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33611 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33612 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33613 is returned as-is.
33614 @end defun
33615
33616 @defun to-radians a
33617 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33618 angular mode.
33619 @end defun
33620
33621 @defun from-radians a
33622 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33623 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33624 @end defun
33625
33626 @defun to-radians-2 a
33627 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33628 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33629 @end defun
33630
33631 @defun from-radians-2 a
33632 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33633 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33634 @end defun
33635
33636 @defun random-digit
33637 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33638 @end defun
33639
33640 @defun random-digits n
33641 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33642 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33643 @end defun
33644
33645 @defun random-float
33646 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33647 @end defun
33648
33649 @defun prime-test n iters
33650 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33651 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33652 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33653 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33654 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33655 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33656 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33657 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33658 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33659 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33660 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33661 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33662 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33663 @end defun
33664
33665 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33666 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33667 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33668 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33669 fast.
33670 @end defun
33671
33672 @defun to-fraction f tol
33673 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33674 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33675 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33676 @end defun
33677
33678 @defun quarter-integer n
33679 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33680 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33681 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33682 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33683 returns @code{nil}.
33684 @end defun
33685
33686 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33687 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33688
33689 @noindent
33690 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33691 matrices.
33692
33693 @defun math-concat x y
33694 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33695 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33696 @end defun
33697
33698 @defun vec-length v
33699 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33700 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33701 rows in the matrix.
33702 @end defun
33703
33704 @defun mat-dimens m
33705 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33706 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33707 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33708 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33709 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33710 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33711 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33712 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33713 elements.
33714 @end defun
33715
33716 @defun dimension-error
33717 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33718 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33719 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33720 @end defun
33721
33722 @defun build-vector args
33723 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33724 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33725 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33726 @end defun
33727
33728 @defun make-vec obj dims
33729 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33730 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33731 filled with 27's.
33732 @end defun
33733
33734 @defun row-matrix v
33735 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33736 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33737 leave it alone.
33738 @end defun
33739
33740 @defun col-matrix v
33741 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33742 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33743 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33744 @end defun
33745
33746 @defun map-vec f v
33747 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33748 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33749 of vector @var{v}.
33750 @end defun
33751
33752 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33753 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33754 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33755 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33756 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33757 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33758 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33759 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33760 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33761 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33762 @end defun
33763
33764 @defun reduce-vec f v
33765 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33766 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33767 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33768 @end defun
33769
33770 @defun reduce-cols f m
33771 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33772 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33773 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33774 @end defun
33775
33776 @defun mat-row m n
33777 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33778 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33779 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33780 @end defun
33781
33782 @defun mat-col m n
33783 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33784 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33785 @end defun
33786
33787 @defun mat-less-row m n
33788 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33789 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33790 @end defun
33791
33792 @defun mat-less-col m n
33793 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33794 @end defun
33795
33796 @defun transpose m
33797 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33798 @end defun
33799
33800 @defun flatten-vector v
33801 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33802 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33803 @end defun
33804
33805 @defun copy-matrix m
33806 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
33807 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
33808 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
33809 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
33810 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
33811 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
33812 @end defun
33813
33814 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
33815 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
33816 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
33817 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
33818 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
33819 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
33820 @var{m}.
33821 @end defun
33822
33823 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
33824 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
33825
33826 @noindent
33827 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
33828 Calculator.
33829
33830 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
33831 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
33832 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
33833 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
33834 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
33835 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
33836 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
33837 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
33838 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
33839 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
33840 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
33841 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
33842 their corresponding sub-formulas.
33843
33844 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
33845 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
33846 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
33847 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
33848 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
33849 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
33850 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
33851 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
33852 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
33853 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
33854 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
33855 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
33856 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
33857 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
33858 @end defun
33859
33860 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
33861 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
33862 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
33863 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
33864 the formula in-place.
33865 @end defun
33866
33867 @defun calc-find-selected-part
33868 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
33869 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
33870 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
33871 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
33872 @end defun
33873
33874 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
33875 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
33876 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
33877 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
33878 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
33879 to reflect the new selection.
33880 @end defun
33881
33882 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
33883 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
33884 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
33885 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
33886 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
33887 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
33888 @end defun
33889
33890 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33891 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33892 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33893 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33894 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33895 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33896 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33897 This function does not take associativity into account.
33898 @end defun
33899
33900 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33901 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33902 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33903 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33904 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33905 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33906 return the whole expression.
33907 @end defun
33908
33909 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33910 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33911 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33912 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33913 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33914 @end defun
33915
33916 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33917 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33918 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33919 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33920 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33921 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33922 function does not take associativity into account.
33923 @end defun
33924
33925 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33926 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33927 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33928 @end defun
33929
33930 @defun simplify expr
33931 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33932 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33933 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33934 to remains unchanged in memory.
33935
33936 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33937 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33938 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33939 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33940 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33941 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33942 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33943 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33944 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33945 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33946 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33947 further simplifications were possible.
33948 @end defun
33949
33950 @defun simplify-extended expr
33951 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33952 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33953 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33954 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33955 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33956 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33957 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33958 before taking any action.
33959 @end defun
33960
33961 @defun simplify-units expr
33962 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33963 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33964 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33965 @end defun
33966
33967 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33968 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33969 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33970 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33971 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33972 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33973 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33974 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33975 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33976 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33977 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33978 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33979 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33980 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
33981
33982 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33983 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33984 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33985 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33986 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33987
33988 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33989 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33990 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33991 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33992
33993 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33994 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33995 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33996 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33997 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33998
33999 @smallexample
34000 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
34001 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
34002 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34003 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34004 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34005 (or math-living-dangerously
34006 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34007 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34008 @end smallexample
34009
34010 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34011 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34012 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34013 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34014 @end defmac
34015
34016 @defun common-constant-factor expr
34017 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34018 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34019 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
34020 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
34021 @end defun
34022
34023 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34024 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34025 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34026 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34027 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34028 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34029 square roots:
34030
34031 @smallexample
34032 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34033 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34034 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34035 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34036 (math-normalize
34037 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34038 (math-cancel-common-factor
34039 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34040 @end smallexample
34041 @end defun
34042
34043 @defun frac-gcd a b
34044 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34045 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34046 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34047 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34048 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34049 @end defun
34050
34051 @defun map-tree func expr many
34052 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34053 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34054 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34055 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34056 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34057 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34058 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34059 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34060 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34061 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34062 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34063 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34064 @end defun
34065
34066 @defun compile-rewrites rules
34067 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34068 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34069 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34070 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34071 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34072 message.
34073 @end defun
34074
34075 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34076 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34077 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34078 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34079 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34080 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34081 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34082 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34083 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34084 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34085 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34086 @end defun
34087
34088 @defun rewrite-heads expr
34089 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34090 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34091 @end defun
34092
34093 @defun rewrite expr rules many
34094 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34095 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34096 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34097 times.
34098 @end defun
34099
34100 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34101 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34102 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34103 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34104 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34105 @end defun
34106
34107 @defun deriv expr var value symb
34108 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34109 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34110 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34111 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34112 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34113 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34114 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
34115 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34116 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34117
34118 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34119 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34120 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34121 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34122 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34123 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34124 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34125 is defined by
34126
34127 @smallexample
34128 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34129 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34130 @end smallexample
34131
34132 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34133 @smallexample
34134 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34135 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34136 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34137 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34138 @end smallexample
34139 @end defun
34140
34141 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
34142 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34143 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34144 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34145 @end defun
34146
34147 @defun integ expr var low high
34148 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34149 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34150 @end defun
34151
34152 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34153 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34154 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34155 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34156 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34157 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34158 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34159 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34160 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34161 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34162 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34163
34164 @smallexample
34165 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34166 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34167 (and int
34168 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34169
34170 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34171 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34172 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34173 @end smallexample
34174
34175 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34176 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34177 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34178 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34179 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34180 result.
34181 @end defmac
34182
34183 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34184 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34185 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34186 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34187 @var{v}.
34188 @end defmac
34189
34190 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34191 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34192 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34193 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34194 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34195 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34196 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34197 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34198 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34199 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34200 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34201
34202 @smallexample
34203 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34204 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34205 @end smallexample
34206
34207 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34208 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34209 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34210 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34211 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34212 @end defun
34213
34214 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34215 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34216 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34217 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34218 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34219 @end defun
34220
34221 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34222 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34223 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34224 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34225 @end defun
34226
34227 @defun expr-contains expr var
34228 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34229 of @var{expr}.
34230
34231 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34232 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34233 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34234 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34235 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34236 @code{eq} to each other.
34237 @end defun
34238
34239 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34240 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34241 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34242 @end defun
34243
34244 @defun expr-depends expr var
34245 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34246 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34247 in common.
34248 @end defun
34249
34250 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34251 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34252 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34253 @end defun
34254
34255 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34256 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34257 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34258 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34259 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34260 @end defun
34261
34262 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34263 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34264 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34265 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34266 are ignored.
34267 @end defun
34268
34269 @defun expr-weight expr
34270 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34271 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34272 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34273 @end defun
34274
34275 @defun expr-height expr
34276 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34277 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34278 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34279 @end defun
34280
34281 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34282 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34283 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34284 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34285 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34286 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34287 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34288 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34289 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34290 a polynomial of degree 0.
34291 @end defun
34292
34293 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34294 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34295 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34296 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34297 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34298 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34299 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34300 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34301 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34302 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34303 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34304 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34305 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34306 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34307 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34308 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34309 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34310 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34311 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34312 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34313 @end defun
34314
34315 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34316 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34317 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34318 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34319 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34320 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34321 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34322 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34323 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34324 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34325 is found.
34326 @end defun
34327
34328 @defun poly-simplify poly
34329 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34330 clipping off trailing zeros.
34331 @end defun
34332
34333 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34334 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34335 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34336 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34337 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34338 @end defun
34339
34340 @defun poly-mul a b
34341 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34342 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34343 @end defun
34344
34345 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34346 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34347 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34348 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34349 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34350 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34351 @end defun
34352
34353 @defun check-unit-name var
34354 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34355 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34356 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34357 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34358 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34359 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34360 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34361 @end defun
34362
34363 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34364 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34365 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34366 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34367 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34368 @end defun
34369
34370 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34371 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34372 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34373 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34374 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34375 @end defun
34376
34377 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34378 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34379 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34380 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34381 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34382 is an expression to substitute for it.
34383 @end defun
34384
34385 @defun remove-units expr
34386 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34387 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34388 @end defun
34389
34390 @defun extract-units expr
34391 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34392 by ones.
34393 @end defun
34394
34395 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34396 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34397
34398 @noindent
34399 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34400 Calc numbers and formulas.
34401
34402 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34403 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34404 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34405 @end defun
34406
34407 @defun read-number str
34408 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34409 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34410 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34411 @end defun
34412
34413 @defun read-expr str
34414 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34415 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34416 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34417 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34418 a string describing the problem.
34419 @end defun
34420
34421 @defun read-exprs str
34422 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34423 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34424 shown above is returned instead.
34425 @end defun
34426
34427 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34428 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34429 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34430 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34431 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34432 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34433 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34434 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34435 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34436 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34437 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34438
34439 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34440 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34441 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34442 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34443 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34444 that actually appeared in the input.
34445 @end defun
34446
34447 @defun format-number a
34448 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34449 @end defun
34450
34451 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34452 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34453 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34454 This is a simple format designed
34455 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34456 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34457 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34458 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34459 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34460 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34461 @end defun
34462
34463 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34464 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34465 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34466 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34467 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34468 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34469 @end defun
34470
34471 @defun format-value a width
34472 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34473 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34474 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34475 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34476 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34477 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34478 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34479 window is used.
34480 @end defun
34481
34482 @defun compose-expr a prec
34483 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34484 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34485 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34486 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34487 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34488 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34489 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34490 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34491 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34492 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34493 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34494 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34495 normal function-call notation for that language.
34496 @end defun
34497
34498 @defun composition-to-string c w
34499 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34500 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34501 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34502 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34503 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34504 @end defun
34505
34506 @defun comp-width c
34507 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34508 @end defun
34509
34510 @defun comp-height c
34511 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34512 @end defun
34513
34514 @defun comp-ascent c
34515 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34516 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34517 @end defun
34518
34519 @defun comp-descent c
34520 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34521 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34522 @end defun
34523
34524 @defun comp-first-char c
34525 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34526 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34527 return @code{nil}.
34528 @end defun
34529
34530 @defun comp-last-char c
34531 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34532 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34533 @end defun
34534
34535 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34536 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34537 @comment
34538 @comment @noindent
34539 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34540
34541 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34542 @subsubsection Hooks
34543
34544 @noindent
34545 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34546 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34547 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34548 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34549 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34550
34551 @defvar calc-load-hook
34552 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34553 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34554 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34555 @end defvar
34556
34557 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34558 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34559 @end defvar
34560
34561 @defvar calc-start-hook
34562 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34563 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34564 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34565 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34566 @end defvar
34567
34568 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34569 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34570 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34571 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34572 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34573 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34574 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34575 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34576 been evaluated yet.
34577 @end defvar
34578
34579 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34580 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34581 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34582 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34583 per Emacs session.
34584 @end defvar
34585
34586 @defvar calc-end-hook
34587 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34588 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34589 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34590 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34591 @end defvar
34592
34593 @defvar calc-window-hook
34594 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34595 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34596 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34597 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34598 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34599 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34600 @end defvar
34601
34602 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34603 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34604 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34605 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34606 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34607 @end defvar
34608
34609 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34610 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34611 @end defvar
34612
34613 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34614 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34615 new buffer.
34616 @end defvar
34617
34618 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34619 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34620 new formula.
34621 @end defvar
34622
34623 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34624 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34625 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34626 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34627 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34628 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34629 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34630 @end defvar
34631
34632 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34633 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34634 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34635 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34636 message is inserted.
34637 @end defvar
34638
34639 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34640 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34641 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34642 @end defvar
34643
34644 @defvar calc-other-modes
34645 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34646 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34647 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34648 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34649 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34650 @end defvar
34651
34652 @defvar calc-mode-map
34653 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34654 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34655 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34656 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34657 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34658 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34659 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34660 extensions are loaded.
34661 @end defvar
34662
34663 @defvar calc-digit-map
34664 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34665 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34666 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34667 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34668 @end defvar
34669
34670 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34671 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34672 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34673 @end defvar
34674
34675 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34676 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34677 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34678 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34679 @end defvar
34680
34681 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34682 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34683 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34684 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34685 @end defvar
34686
34687 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34688 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34689 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34690 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34691 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34692 non-default variables are written out.
34693 @end defvar
34694
34695 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34696 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34697 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34698 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34699 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34700 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34701 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34702 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34703 @end defvar
34704
34705 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34706 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34707 @include gpl.texi
34708
34709 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34710 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34711 @include doclicense.texi
34712
34713 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34714 @appendix Customizing Calc
34715
34716 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34717 to use a different prefix, you can put
34718
34719 @example
34720 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34721 @end example
34722
34723 @noindent
34724 in your .emacs file.
34725 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34726 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34727 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34728 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34729 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34730 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34731 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34732
34733 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34734 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34735 calculation, and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34736 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34737 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34738 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34739 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34740 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34741 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34742 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34743
34744 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34745 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34746 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34747 to see how regular expressions work.
34748
34749 @defvar calc-settings-file
34750 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34751 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34752 definitions.
34753 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34754 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34755 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34756 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34757
34758 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34759 @end defvar
34760
34761 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34762 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34763 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34764 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34765 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34766 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34767 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34768 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34769 @end defvar
34770
34771 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34772 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34773 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34774 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34775 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34776 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34777 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34778 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34779 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34780 to display or print the output.
34781
34782 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34783 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34784 @code{"lp %s"}.
34785 @end defvar
34786
34787 @defvar calc-language-alist
34788 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34789 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34790 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34791 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34792 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34793 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34794 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34795 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34796 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34797 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34798 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34799
34800 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34801 @example
34802 ((latex-mode . latex)
34803 (tex-mode . tex)
34804 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
34805 (context-mode . tex)
34806 (nroff-mode . eqn)
34807 (pascal-mode . pascal)
34808 (c-mode . c)
34809 (c++-mode . c)
34810 (fortran-mode . fortran)
34811 (f90-mode . fortran))
34812 @end example
34813 @end defvar
34814
34815 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
34816 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
34817 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34818 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
34819 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
34820 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
34821 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
34822 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
34823 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
34824
34825 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
34826 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
34827 @samp{%} and a space.
34828
34829 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
34830 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
34831 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34832 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
34833 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34834 @example
34835 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
34836 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
34837 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
34838 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
34839 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34840 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34841 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
34842 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
34843 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34844 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34845 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
34846 @end example
34847 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34848 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34849 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34850 @end defvar
34851
34852 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
34853 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
34854 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
34855 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34856 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34857 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
34858 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
34859 They are regular expressions;
34860 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
34861 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
34862 delimiters''.
34863
34864 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
34865 Embedded mode understands by default are:
34866 @enumerate
34867 @item
34868 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
34869 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
34870 @item
34871 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
34872 @item
34873 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
34874 @item
34875 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
34876 @item
34877 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
34878 @end enumerate
34879
34880 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
34881 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34882 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
34883 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34884 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34885 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
34886 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34887 @code{nil}.
34888 @end defvar
34889
34890 @defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
34891 @defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
34892 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34893 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
34894 that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
34895 w}. It is a regular expressions.
34896
34897 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
34898 @code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
34899
34900 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
34901 set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
34902 expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34903 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34904 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34905 @code{nil}.
34906 @end defvar
34907
34908 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
34909 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
34910 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
34911 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34912 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34913 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
34914 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
34915 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
34916 buffer as well as to recognize them.
34917
34918 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
34919 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
34920 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
34921 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
34922 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
34923
34924 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
34925 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34926 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
34927 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34928 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34929 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
34930 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
34931 @example
34932 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
34933 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
34934 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
34935 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
34936 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34937 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34938 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
34939 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
34940 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34941 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34942 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
34943 @end example
34944 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34945 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34946 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34947 @end defvar
34948
34949 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
34950 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
34951 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
34952 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34953 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34954 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
34955 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
34956
34957 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
34958 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
34959 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
34960 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
34961 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
34962 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
34963 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
34964 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
34965 closing newline are omitted.)
34966
34967 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
34968 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34969 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
34970 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34971 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34972 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
34973 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
34974 @code{nil}.
34975 @end defvar
34976
34977 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
34978 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
34979 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
34980 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34981 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34982 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
34983 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
34984 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
34985 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
34986
34987 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
34988 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
34989 @code{"\n"}.
34990 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
34991 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
34992 lines by themselves.
34993
34994 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
34995 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34996 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
34997 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34998 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34999 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
35000 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
35001 @example
35002 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35003 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35004 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35005 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35006 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35007 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35008 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35009 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35010 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35011 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35012 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35013 @end example
35014 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35015 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35016 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35017 @end defvar
35018
35019 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35020 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
35021 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35022 formulas in normal language modes. If
35023 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35024 multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35025 right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35026 as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35027 @code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35028 (and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
35029 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35030 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35031 @end defvar
35032
35033 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35034 @appendix Reporting Bugs
35035
35036 @noindent
35037 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35038
35039 @example
35040 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35041 @end example
35042
35043 @noindent
35044 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35045 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35046 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35047 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35048 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35049 regular mailbox.
35050
35051 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35052 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35053 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35054 them right in.
35055
35056 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35057 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35058 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35059 so any efforts can be coordinated.
35060
35061 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35062 CVS tree. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35063
35064 @c [summary]
35065 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35066 @appendix Calc Summary
35067
35068 @noindent
35069 This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
35070 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35071 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35072 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35073 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35074 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35075 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35076 command name refer to notes at the end.
35077
35078 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35079 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35080 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35081
35082 @iftex
35083 @begingroup
35084 @tex
35085 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35086 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35087 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35088 \leavevmode%
35089 {\smallfonts
35090 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35091 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35092 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35093 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35094 \thinspace%
35095 {\tt#5}%
35096 {\sl#6}%
35097 }}%
35098 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35099 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35100 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35101 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35102 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35103 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35104 @end tex
35105 @let@:=@sumsep
35106 @let@r=@sumrow
35107 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35108 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35109 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35110 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35111 @end iftex
35112 @format
35113 @iftex
35114 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35115 @let@c@sumbreak
35116 @end iftex
35117 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35118 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35119 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35120 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35121 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35122 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35123 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35124 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35125 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35126 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35127 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35128 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35129 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35130 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35131 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35132 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35133 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35134 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35135 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35136 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35137 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35138 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35139 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35140 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35141 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35142 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35143 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35144 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35145
35146 @c
35147 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35148 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35149 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35150 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35151 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35152 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35153 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35154 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35155 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35156
35157 @c
35158 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35159 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35160 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35161
35162 @c
35163 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35164 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35165 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35166 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35167 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35168 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35169 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35170 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35171 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35172 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35173 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35174 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35175 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35176 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35177 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35178 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35179 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35180
35181 @c
35182 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35183 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35184 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35185 @r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35186 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35187 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35188 @r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35189 @r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35190 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35191
35192 @c
35193 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35194 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35195 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35196 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35197 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35198 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35199 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35200
35201 @c
35202 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35203 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35204 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35205 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35206 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35207 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35208 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35209
35210 @c
35211 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35212 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35213 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35214 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35215 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35216 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35217
35218 @c
35219 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35220 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35221 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35222 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35223 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35224 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35225 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35226
35227 @c
35228 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35229 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35230 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35231 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35232 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35233 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35234 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35235 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35236 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35237 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35238 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35239 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35240 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35241 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35242 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35243 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35244 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35245 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35246 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35247 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35248 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35249 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35250 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35251 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35252 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35253 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35254 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35255 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35256 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35257 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35258 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35259 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35260 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35261 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35262 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35263 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35264 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35265 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35266 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35267 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35268 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35269 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35270 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35271 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35272
35273 @c
35274 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35275 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35276 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35277 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35278 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35279 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35280 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35281 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35282 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35283 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35284 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35285 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35286 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35287
35288 @c
35289 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35290 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35291 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35292 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35293
35294 @c
35295 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35296 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35297 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35298 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35299
35300 @c
35301 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35302 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35303 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35304 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35305 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35306 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35307 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35308 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35309 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35310 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35311 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35312 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35313 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35314 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35315 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35316 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35317 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35318 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35319 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35320 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35321
35322 @c
35323 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35324 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35325 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35326 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35327 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35328 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35329 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35330 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35331 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35332 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35333 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35334 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35335 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35336 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35337 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35338 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35339 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35340 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35341 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35342
35343 @c
35344 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35345 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35346 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35347 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35348 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35349 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35350 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35351 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35352 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35353 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35354 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35355 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35356 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35357 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35358 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35359
35360 @c
35361 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35362 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35363 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35364 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35365 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35366 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35367 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35368 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35369 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35370 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35371 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35372 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35373 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35374 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35375 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35376 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35377 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35378 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35379 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35380 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35381 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35382 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35383 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35384
35385 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35386 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35387 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35388 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35389
35390 @c
35391 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35392 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35393 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35394 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35395 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35396 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35397 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35398 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35399 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35400 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35401 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35402
35403 @c
35404 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35405 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35406
35407 @c
35408 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35409
35410 @c
35411 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35412 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35413 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35414 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35415 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35416 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35417 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35418 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35419 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35420 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35421 @r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35422 @r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35423
35424 @c
35425 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35426 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35427 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35428 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35429
35430 @c
35431 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35432 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35433 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35434 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35435 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35436 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35437 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35438 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35439 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35440 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35441 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35442 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35443 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35444 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35445 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35446 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35447 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35448 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35449
35450 @c
35451 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35452 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35453 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35454 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35455 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35456 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35457 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35458 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35459 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35460 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35461 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35462 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35463
35464 @c
35465 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35466 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35467
35468 @c
35469 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35470 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35471 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35472 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35473 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35474 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35475 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35476 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35477 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35478 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35479 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35480 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35481
35482 @c
35483 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35484 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35485 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35486 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35487 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35488 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35489 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35490 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35491 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35492 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35493 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35494 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35495 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35496 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35497 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35498 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35499 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35500
35501 @c
35502 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35503 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35504 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35505 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35506 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35507 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35508 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35509 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35510 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35511 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35512 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35513 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35514 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35515 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35516 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35517 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35518 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35519 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35520 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35521
35522 @c
35523 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35524 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35525 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35526 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35527 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35528 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35529 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35530 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35531 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35532 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35533 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35534 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35535 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35536 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35537 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35538 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35539
35540 @c
35541 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35542 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35543 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35544
35545 @c
35546 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35547 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35548 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35549 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35550 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35551 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35552 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35553 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35554 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35555 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35556
35557 @c
35558 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
35559 @r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35560 @r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
35561 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35562 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35563 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35564
35565 @c
35566 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35567 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35568 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35569 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35570 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35571
35572 @c
35573 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35574 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35575 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35576 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35577 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35578 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35579 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35580 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35581 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35582 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35583 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35584 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35585 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35586 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35587
35588 @c
35589 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35590 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35591 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35592 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35593 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35594 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35595 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35596 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35597 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35598 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35599 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35600 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35601
35602 @c
35603 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35604 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35605 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35606 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35607 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35608 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35609 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35610 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35611 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35612 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35613 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35614 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35615 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35616 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35617 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35618 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35619 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35620 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35621 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35622 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35623
35624 @c
35625 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35626 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35627 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35628 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35629 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35630 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35631 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35632 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35633 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35634 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35635 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35636 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35637 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35638
35639 @c
35640 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35641 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35642 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35643 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35644 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35645 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35646 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35647 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35648 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35649 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35650 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35651 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35652 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35653 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35654 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35655
35656 @c
35657 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35658 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35659 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35660 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35661 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35662 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35663 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35664 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35665 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35666 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35667 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35668
35669 @c
35670 @r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
35671 @r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
35672
35673 @c
35674 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35675 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35676 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35677 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35678 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35679 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35680 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35681 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35682 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35683 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35684 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35685 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35686 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35687 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35688 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35689 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35690 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35691
35692 @c
35693 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35694 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35695 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35696 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35697 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35698 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35699 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35700 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35701 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35702 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35703 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35704 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35705 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35706
35707 @c
35708 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35709 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35710 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35711 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35712 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35713 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35714 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35715 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35716 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35717 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35718 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35719
35720 @c
35721 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35722 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35723 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35724 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35725 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35726
35727 @c
35728 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35729 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35730 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35731 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35732 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35733 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35734 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35735 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35736 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35737 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35738 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35739 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35740 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35741
35742 @c
35743 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35744 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35745 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35746 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35747 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35748 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35749 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35750 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35751 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35752 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35753 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35754 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35755 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35756 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35757 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35758 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35759 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35760 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35761 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35762
35763 @c
35764 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35765 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35766
35767 @c
35768 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35769 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35770 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35771 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35772 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35773 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35774 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35775 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35776 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35777 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35778 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35779 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35780 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35781 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35782
35783 @c
35784 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35785 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35786 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35787 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35788 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35789 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35790 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35791 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35792 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35793 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35794 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35795 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35796 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35797 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35798 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35799 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35800
35801 @c
35802 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35803 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35804 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35805
35806 @c
35807 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35808 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35809 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35810 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35811 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35812 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35813 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35814 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35815 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35816 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35817
35818 @c
35819 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35820 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35821 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35822 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35823 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35824 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35825
35826 @c
35827 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35828
35829 @c
35830 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35831 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35832 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35833 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35834 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35835 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35836 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35837 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35838 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35839 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35840 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35841 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35842 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35843 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35844 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35845 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35846 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35847 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35848 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35849 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35850 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35851 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35852 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35853 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35854 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35855 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35856 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35857 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35858 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35859 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35860 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35861 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35862
35863 @c
35864 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35865 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35866 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35867 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35868 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35869 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35870 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35871 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35872 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35873 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35874 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
35875 @r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
35876 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35877 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35878 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35879 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35880 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35881 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35882 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35883 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35884 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35885 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35886 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35887 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35888 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35889 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35890 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35891 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35892 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35893
35894 @c
35895 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35896
35897 @c
35898 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35899
35900 @c
35901 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35902 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35903 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35904 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35905
35906 @c
35907 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35908 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35909 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35910 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35911 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35912 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35913 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35914
35915 @c
35916 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35917
35918 @c
35919 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35920 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35921 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35922
35923 @c
35924 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35925 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35926 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35927 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35928 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35929 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35930 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35931 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35932 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35933 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35934 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35935
35936 @end format
35937
35938 @noindent
35939 NOTES
35940
35941 @enumerate
35942 @c 1
35943 @item
35944 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35945 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
35946 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35947 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35948
35949 @c 2
35950 @item
35951 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35952 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35953 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
35954
35955 @c 3
35956 @item
35957 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
35958 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
35959 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35960
35961 @c 4
35962 @item
35963 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35964
35965 @c 5
35966 @item
35967 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
35968 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
35969
35970 @c 6
35971 @item
35972 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35973 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35974
35975 @c 7
35976 @item
35977 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
35978 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35979
35980 @c 8
35981 @item
35982 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35983
35984 @c 9
35985 @item
35986 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
35987 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
35988
35989 @c 10
35990 @item
35991 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
35992 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35993
35994 @c 11
35995 @item
35996 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35997
35998 @c 12
35999 @item
36000 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
36001 prefix always clears the mode.
36002
36003 @c 13
36004 @item
36005 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36006
36007 @c 14
36008 @item
36009 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36010 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36011 @iftex
36012 {@advance@tableindent10pt
36013 @end iftex
36014 @table @asis
36015 @item Integer
36016 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36017 @item Float
36018 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36019 @item 0.0
36020 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36021 @item Error form
36022 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36023 @item Interval
36024 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36025 @item Vector
36026 Random element from the vector.
36027 @end table
36028 @iftex
36029 }
36030 @end iftex
36031
36032 @c 15
36033 @item
36034 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36035 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36036
36037 @c 16
36038 @item
36039 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36040 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36041
36042 @c 17
36043 @item
36044 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36045
36046 @c 18
36047 @item
36048 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36049 the new units.
36050
36051 @c 19
36052 @item
36053 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36054 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36055
36056 @c 20
36057 @item
36058 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36059 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36060 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36061 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36062
36063 @c 21
36064 @item
36065 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36066 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36067 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36068 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36069
36070 @c 22
36071 @item
36072 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36073 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36074 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36075 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36076 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36077 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36078 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36079 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36080 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36081
36082 @c 23
36083 @item
36084 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36085 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36086 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36087 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36088 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36089 or @code{d} for ``down.''
36090
36091 @c 24
36092 @item
36093 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36094 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36095 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36096 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36097 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36098 @iftex
36099 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
36100 @end iftex
36101 @table @cite
36102 @item -1
36103 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36104 @item -2
36105 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36106 @item -3
36107 (@var{3}) HMS form.
36108 @item -4
36109 (@var{2}) Error form.
36110 @item -5
36111 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
36112 @item -6
36113 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
36114 @item -7
36115 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36116 @item -8
36117 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36118 @item -9
36119 (@var{2}) Open interval.
36120 @item -10
36121 (@var{2}) Fraction.
36122 @item -11
36123 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36124 @item -12
36125 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36126 @item -13
36127 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36128 @item -14
36129 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36130 @item -15
36131 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36132 @end table
36133 @iftex
36134 }
36135 @end iftex
36136
36137 @c 25
36138 @item
36139 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36140 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36141 the input vector.
36142
36143 @c 26
36144 @item
36145 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36146
36147 @c 27
36148 @item
36149 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36150
36151 @c 28
36152 @item
36153 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36154
36155 @c 29
36156 @item
36157 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36158
36159 @c 30
36160 @item
36161 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36162 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36163 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36164 of the result of the edit.
36165
36166 @c 31
36167 @item
36168 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36169
36170 @c 32
36171 @item
36172 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36173
36174 @c 33
36175 @item
36176 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36177 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36178
36179 @c 34
36180 @item
36181 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36182 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36183 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36184 backward by that many lines.
36185
36186 @c 35
36187 @item
36188 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36189 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36190 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36191 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36192
36193 @c 36
36194 @item
36195 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36196 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36197 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36198 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36199
36200 @c 37
36201 @item
36202 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36203
36204 @c 38
36205 @item
36206 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36207 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36208
36209 @c 39
36210 @item
36211 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36212 @expr{v - v_0}.
36213
36214 @c 40
36215 @item
36216 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36217 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36218 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36219 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36220 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36221
36222 @c 41
36223 @item
36224 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36225
36226 @c 42
36227 @item
36228 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36229 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36230
36231 @c 43
36232 @item
36233 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36234 value for this graph.
36235
36236 @c 44
36237 @item
36238 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36239
36240 @c 45
36241 @item
36242 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36243 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36244 otherwise.
36245
36246 @c 46
36247 @item
36248 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36249 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36250 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36251 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36252 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36253 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36254 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36255 to evaluate variables.
36256
36257 @c 47
36258 @item
36259 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36260 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36261 assigns
36262 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36263 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36264
36265 @c 48
36266 @item
36267 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36268 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36269 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36270 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36271 and a vector from the stack.
36272
36273 @c 49
36274 @item
36275 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36276 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36277
36278 @c 50
36279 @item
36280 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36281 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36282 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36283
36284 @c 51
36285 @item
36286 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36287 default 2D resolution.
36288
36289 @c 52
36290 @item
36291 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36292 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36293 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36294 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36295 @end enumerate
36296
36297 @iftex
36298 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36299 @page
36300 @endgroup
36301 @end iftex
36302
36303
36304 @c [end-summary]
36305
36306 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36307 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36308
36309 @printindex ky
36310
36311 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36312 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36313
36314 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36315 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36316 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36317 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36318
36319 @printindex pg
36320
36321 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36322 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36323
36324 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36325 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36326 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36327 @iftex
36328 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36329 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36330 @end iftex
36331
36332 @printindex tp
36333
36334 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36335 @unnumbered Concept Index
36336
36337 @printindex cp
36338
36339 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36340 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36341
36342 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36343 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36344 corresponding Lisp variable.
36345
36346 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36347 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36348
36349 @printindex vr
36350
36351 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36352 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36353
36354 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36355 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36356 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36357 @samp{math-}.
36358
36359 @printindex fn
36360
36361 @bye
36362
36363
36364 @ignore
36365 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
36366 @end ignore